ft ft
ft ft
oiL •
HENRY KIMPTQN,
Medical Bookseller & Publisher
263 High Bolborn London ¥
T IS
35
THE LIBRARY
OF
THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA
PRESENTED BY
PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND
MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID
5
ft % ft ft ft ft f
•fe ;*-s ft ft ft ft
TO •/^^ ;:'TO. ^f • ^ro ^ro
MAP OF
LONDON, 1640
"VACCINATION"
DR. JENNER PERFORMING HIS FIRST VACCINATION
From a bronze by GIULIO MONTEVERDE
SECTIONAL
INDEX
Inoculation in
Antient Times
Smallpox
Inoculations-
Seventeenth to
Eighteenth
Century
27
Inoculation in
British Isles
Genesis of
Vaccination
Discoverer of
Vaccination
Progress of the
Principles of
Vaccination
and
Inoculation
39
51
93
111
Bacteriology
Modern
Developments
115
' Wellcome '
Materia
MedicaFarm 121
Historical
Medical
Equipments
128
Some
Characteristic
Cases 183
Formulary
B. W. & Co.
Products
'Tabloid'
Brand
Products
' Wellcome '
Brand
Products
189
235
283
General Trade Mark.
EDWARD JENNER, M.D.
THE DISCOVERER OF VACCINATION
Born, 174-9 Died, 1823
THE HISTORY OF INOCULATION
AND
VACCINATION
FOR THE
PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF DISEASE
LECTURE MEMORANDA
XVIITH
International Congress of Medicine
LONDON
1913
BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co.
LONDON
NEW YORK MONTREAL SYDNEY CAPE TOWN
MILAN SHANGHAI BUENOS AIRES BOMBAY
COPYRIGHT
INDEX t
& £/ PAGF:
Academic des Sciences ... ... ... O./^"T\.. 107
Ahrun, Earliest Physician to describe Smallpox £+1 & .'.. 23
America, Vaccination in ... ... ... ... ... 75
Analysis Cases, ' Soloid ' Brand ... ... ... ... 175
Antidote Case, 'Tabloid' Brand ... ... ... ... 174
Antiquity of Inoculation ... ... ... ... ... 9
Arabian Methods of Inoculation ... ... ... ... 31
Armenia, Practice of Inoculation in ... ... ... 32
Bacteriological Case, ' Soloid ' Brand ... ... ... 176
Bertin, Mile. Rose 33
Blood Test Case, ' Soloid ' Brand 176
Boer Methods of Inoculation ... ... ... ... 13
Brahmin Inoculators... ... ... ... ... ... 14
" Buying the Smallpox " 10,31,39
Cases, Cycle, Carriage, Motor, etc. ... ... ... 166
Cases, ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' ... ... ... ... 159
Chemicals, ' Wellcome ' Brand ... ... ... ... 283
China, Inoculation in ... ... ... ... ... 18
Circassian Methods of Inoculation ... ... ... 29,34
Constantinople, Inoculation by Women in ... ... 27
Cowherd Tradition ... ... ... ... ... ... 51
Dhan wan tari, Vedic Father of Medicine ... ... ... 13
Dimsdale's Method 36
Dimsdale summoned to St. Petersburg ... ... ... 35
Dressings, Surgical, ' Tabloid ' Brand 191
Eastern Methods Introduced ... ... ... ... 43
Effects of Inoculation ... ... ... ... ... 49
' Elixoid ' Products ... ... ... ... ... ... 194
England, Inoculation in ... ... ... ... ... 41
' Enule ' Products ... ... ... ... ... ... 195
'Epicaine' ... 198
' Epinine ' Products 197
* Ernutin ' Products ... ... ... ... ... ... 198
Europe, First Outbreak of Smallpox in ... ... ... 21
First- Aid, ' Tabloid ' Brand ... 177
Formulary B. W. & Co. Products 189
Germany, Inoculation in ... ... ... ... ... 34
* Hazeline ' Brand Preparations ... .." 200
Hunter, John — Letter to Jenner ... ... ... ... 63
Hydrophobia in Antiquity ... ... ... ... ... 100
Hypodermic Apparatus ... ... ... ... ... 202
Hypodermic Pocket-Cases, ' Tabloid ' Brand ... ... 159
Hypodermic Products, ' Tabloid ' Brand ... ... ... 203
Immunity, " Active " and " Passive " 119
Immunisation, Methods of, Compared ... ... ... 115
Inoculation Hospital Established ... ... ... ... 46
M3560S6
PAGE
Jenner, Edward ... ... ... ... ... ... 61
Jenner's Death ... ... ... ... ... ... 91
Jesty, Benjamin, Earliest Inoculator of Cowpox ... 55~59
' Kepler ' Products ... ... ... ... ... ... 210
Koch's Bacteriological Work ... ... ... ... 112
Koch's Death... ... ... ... ... ... ... 113
" Medicinale Anglicum " ... ... ... ... ... 24
Medicine Pocket-Cases, ' Tabloid ' Brand ... ... 164
Montagu, Lady Mary Wortley ... ... ... ... 41
Napoleon's Soldiers Vaccinated ... ... ... ... 79
Ophthalmic Pocket-Cases, ' Tabloid ' Brand 163
Ophthalmic Products, 'Tabloid' and ' Soloid ' Brands ... 213
Opposition to the Practice of Inoculation ... ... ... 46
Origin of Smallpox and Inoculation ... ... ... 13
Parliamentary Grants to Jenner ... ... ... 8 1 , 89
Pasteur and his Work ... ... ... ... ... 95
Pasteur's Death 109
Pastilles, ' Tabloid ' Brand 216
Persian Methods of Inoculation ... ... ... ... 30
Photographic Chemicals, ' Tabloid ' Brand ... ... 217
Royal Children Inoculated 45
Royal College of Physicians, Manifesto by ... ... 47
Royal Jennerian Society, the ... ... ... ... 83
Rolph's Experiences ... ... ... ... ... ... 55
Russia, Inoculation in ... ... ... ... ... 35
Sanitary Towels, Pleated Compressed, * Tabloid ' Brand 222
Sera, ' Wellcome ' Brand ... ... ... ... ... 222
Serum Therapy, Beginning of ... ... ... ... 119
Snake Poisoning, Inoculation against ... ... ... 10
' Soloid ' Brand Products 225
Suppositories, 'Enule' Brand ... ... ... ... 195
Sutton's Method 48
1 Tabloid ' and * Soloid ' Cases 183
' Tabloid ' Brand Products ... ... ... ... ... 235
' Tabloid ' Medical Equipments 183
Tuberculosis, Etiology of ... ... ... ... ... 112
Tuberculins, ' Wellcome ' Brand ... ... ... ... 274
Vaccination, Genesis of ... ... ... ... ... 51
Vaccines, ' Wellcome ' Brand ... ... ... ... 276
' Valoid ' Brand Products 278
' Valule ' Brand Products 279
' Vaporole ' Brand Products... ... ... ... ... 279
Venereal Diseases, Inoculation for 1 1
' Wellcome ' Brand Products 283
' Wellcome ' Materia Medica Farm 121
Welsh Customs 39
THE HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
FOR THE
PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF DISEASE
CONTENTS
PAGE
CHAPTER I
The Practice of Inoculation in Antient Times . g
CHAPTER 1 1
Smallpox Inoculation in Europe from the
Seventeenth to the Eighteenth Century . 27
CHAPTER III
Inoculation in the British Isles 39
CHAPTER IV
The Genesis of Vaccination . . . . 51
CHAPTER V
The Discoverer of Vaccination 61
CHAPTER VI
The Progress of the Principles of Vaccination
and Inoculation . . . . -93
C H AFTER VII
Bacteriology, and its Influence on Preventive
Medicine . . . . . . . in
CHAPTER VIII
The Modern Development of Inoculation and
Serum Treatment . . . . . .115
NOTE
The illustrations used as
Head-pieces, Tail-pieces. etc.,
in this book are reproduced
direct from the woodcuts of
the celebrated English engraver,
THOMAS BEWICK, who was a
contemporary of Jesty and Jenner.
THE HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
FOR THE
PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF DISEASE
CHAPTER I
THE PRACTICE OF INOCULATION IN ANTIENT TIMES
THE practice of inoculation for the prevention of
disease is one of considerable antiquity. The period
of its discovery can only be conjectured, but there is
little doubt that even in remote times it must have been
recognised by man, that certain diseases
occur once only during the life of an ^nocViaU^
individual, or that after recovery he is
generally immune against further attacks of the same
disease. He also probably noticed that even a mild
form of a complaint often conferred a certain protection
against a further attack.
The earliest attempts to utilise this protective act
of Nature probably consisted in exposing children to
the infection of some disease such as measles, in a
mild form, in order to protect them against severer
forms of the complaint in future. This custom was
practised down to comparatively recent times.
Thus it is probable that a vague appreciation of the
principles of immunity existed at a very early period.
From this knowledge it was but a short step to the
artificial production of certain diseases ; especially
when it was found, as in the case of First
smallpox, that a mild form of the
complaint could be induced by the inoculation of the
contents of a pustule into a healthy subject, and that
such an inoculation was to some extent a safeguard
against the possibility of contracting a severe attack of
the disease.
10 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCI NATION
From accounts recorded by explorers, there is
evidence that inoculation in some form has been
practised among savage tribes and barbaric peoples in
various parts of the world, from an unknown period.
It is probable that the custom had its birth in India
and the Far East, and thence spread westward to
Africa and Europe.
Colonel Serpa Pinto, the Portuguese traveller, found
in 1877 that certain races in North-east Africa practised
a form of inoculation against the bites of poisonous
snakes. He states that they mix the
inoculation venom« of serpents with certain vege-
against snake
poisoning table juices, and rub the brown paste
so formed into incisions in the skin
of the arm. He was thus inoculated himself, and
states that the operation was followed by pain and
swelling, but it seemed to be effective and to produce
an immunity to certain poisons, as he was afterwards
bitten by a venomous snake without any after-effects.
The bush negroes in Surinam also are said to
practise a similar method of inoculation to. protect
themselves against the bites of poisonous snakes.
Bruce, in his "Voyage to the Sources of the Nile,"
1790, says he found that inoculation as a protection
against smallpox had been practised in Nubia from
time immemorial by the negresses, the Arab women,
Nubians, Shillooks, and other native
"Buying the tribes. The operation was called by
smallpox" . r
them " ttshjeree " and " Uddere" or, as
among other African nations, " buying the smallpox,"
The method was by contact. A woman would bind a
piece of cotton material round the arm of someone
suffering from smallpox, which, when impregnated with
the virus, she would apply to the arm of her child.
Bruce states that " nobody was known either in Sennaar
or Abyssinia who had had smallpox more than once."
Inoculation as a preventive of smallpox was known
to the Ashantees, and Bowditch states that a method
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 11
of inoculation has been known and practised among
the Moorish and Arab tribes in Northern Africa
from antient times, to protect them from smallpox.
They inoculate their patients both on the arms and
legs in seven distinct places, thus using a mystic
number.
Among some of the savage tribes that inhabit the
regions of the Upper Congo, travellers state that a
method of inoculation to prevent syphilis is practised
by the natives.
Felkin, in his " Travels among the Baris of Lado,"
1882, says that " smallpox is often very prevalent in
these districts, and also venereal diseases. At one time
they were so bad that inoculation was practised, and
this has since become the general law. It is performed
over the left breast, and the natives
say they believe the disease will be ^°aCnpfxion for
Stamped OUt in time, SO much gOOd and venereal
has resulted from the practice. It is a
noteworthy fact that they have discovered this method,
for after many enquiries I am quite certain it has not
been introduced from foreign sources."
In other parts of Africa, also, explorers have recorded
that they found inoculation known to, and practised by,
the natives. Among the negroes in Senegal the practice
of inoculating children on the arm against smallpox
was a common one. After the operation they were
made to abstain from animal food, and were allowed
to drink freely of water acidulated with lime juice.
De Rochebrune relates that the Moors and Pouls
of Senegambia have for ages inoculated their cattle
against pleuro-pneumonia. " The point
of a knife or dagger of primitive form Pieuro-
i j • j Ji i r i pneumonia in
is plunged into the lung of an animal cattie
that has died of the disease, and an
incision, sufficient to allow the virus to penetrate below
the skin of the healthy animal, is made into the supra-
nasal region."
A MALABA WOMAN INVOKING THE GODDESS OF
SMALLPOX AND CARRYING FIRE ON HER HEAD
SYMBOLIC OF THE DISEASE
From a native drawing
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 13
It is stated that at Berne, in Switzerland, in the
eighteenth century a similar form of inoculation
against pleuro-pneumonia was practised.
t
According to Sternberg, the natives on the banks
of the Zambesi cause animals afflicted with pleuro-
pneumonia to swallow7 a certain quantity of the liquid
from the pleural cavity of an animal
Boer methods
recently dead. The method, however,
which is employed most extensively, is that said to
have been discovered by the Boers. This consists
in inoculating animals in the tail, by means of
a syringe or worsted thread, with serum from the
lungs of an animal recently dead, or with virus
obtained from the tumefaction produced by such
an inoculation in the tail.
From evidence that has been gathered from various
parts of the world, the practice of inoculation appears
to have originated with smallpox, a disease of which
the early history is somewhat obscure. It may be
interesting, therefore, to recapitulate briefly what is
known of its origin.
The antiquity of the disease in the Far East appears
to be without doubt, but the documentary records
concerning its first appearance are
shadowy and uncertain. According to The origin of
11 i i -, smallpox and
tradition, smallpox appears to have had inoculation
its origin in India, where inoculation
is said to have been practised over a thousand years
before the Christian era.
Dhanwantari, the Vedic father of medicine, and the
earliest known Hindu physician, who is supposed to
have lived about 1500 B.C., is said to have been the first
to have practised inoculation for smallpox. It is even
stated that the antient Hindus employed a vaccine,
which they prepared by transmission of the smallpox
virus through the cow. King quotes the following,
which is stated to be translated from the writings of
Dhanwantari : —
14 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
" Take the fluid of the pock on the udder of the cow
or on the arm between the shoulder and elbow of a
human subject on the point of a lancet, and lance with
it the arms between the shoulders and elbows until the
blood appears. Then, mixing this fluid with the blood,
the fever of the smallpox will be produced."
Lord Ampthill, Governor of Madras, at the opening
of the King Institute in February, 1905, said : " Colonel
King gives clear proof that the antient caste injunctions
of the Hindus were based on a belief in the existence
of transmissible agents of disease, and that both
Hindus and Mohammedans used inoculation by small-
pox virus as a protection against smallpox ; and certain
it is that long before Jenner's great discovery, or, to be
more correct, re-discovery of vaccination, this art of
inoculation was used for a while in Europe, where it
had been imported from Constantinople, and the
knowledge of medicine which flourished in the Near
East at the commencement of the Christian era,
emanated, as I have already shown you, from India.
It is also very probable, so Colonel King assures me,
that the antient Hindus used animal vaccination,
secured by transmission of the smallpox virus through
the cow, and he bases this interesting theory on a
quotation from a writing by Dhanwantari, the greatest
of the antient Hindu physicians."
Holwell, writing in 1757, gives some interesting
details as to the method of inoculation employed by
the Hindus. He states : " It is performed in Indostan
by a particular tribe of Brahmins, who are delegated
annually for this service from the different colleges
scattered throughout the distant provinces. Dividing
themselves into small parties of three or
i^o^uTa^ors four' tney Plan their travelling circuit in
such a way as to arrive at the places
of their expected destination some weeks before the
usual return of the disease ; they arrive commonly in
the Bengal provinces early in February, although
in some years they do not begin inoculation before
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 15
March, deferring it until they have considered the
state of the season, and acquired information of
the state of the distemper.
9
" The inhabitants of Bengal, knowing the usual time
when the inoculating Brahmins annually return, observe
strictly the regimen enjoined, whether they determine
to be inoculated or not ; this preparation consists only
in abstaining for a month from fish, milk, and ghee
(a kind of butter made generally of
buffalo's milk); the prohibition of fish regimen
refers only to the native Portuguese and preparatory
. to inoculation
Mohammedans who abound in every
province of the empire. When the Brahmins begin
to inoculate, they pass from house to house and operate
at the door, refusing to inoculate any who have not, on
a strict scrutiny, duly observed the preparatory course
enjoined them.
" It is no uncommon thing for them to ask the parents
how many pocks they chuse their children should have.
Vanity, we should think, urged a question on a matter
seemingly so uncertain in the issue ; but true it is that
they hardly ever exceed or are deficient in the number
required.
" They inoculate indifferently on any part ; but, if left
to their choice, they prefer the outside of the arm,
midway between the wrist and the elbow for the males ;
and the same between the elbow and the shoulder for
the females. Previous to the operation, the operator
takes a piece of cloth in his hand (which becomes his
perquisite if the family is opulent), and with it gives a
dry friction upon the part intended for inoculation for the
space of eight or ten minutes, about the
compass of a silver groat, just making JS^JtJf,
the smallest appearance of blood ; then
opening a linen double rag (which he always keeps in
a cloth round his waist), he takes from thence a small
pledget of cotton charged with the variolous matter,
which he moistens with two or three drops of the Ganges
:V
O C/5 Q ^ fc c ^«^
« _ o so S s
H u. 5 i . J= >>^
^ o § Stfd^J
H 'C S«-20^a
e li
Q
ID
iJa.S^Q o *3 +3 T
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 17
water, and applies it to the wound, fixing it on with
a slight bandage, and ordering it to remain on for
six hours without being moved ; then the bandage to
be taken off, ^nd the pledget to remain until it falls
off itself." (During the time this operation lasts,
he does not cease to repeat certain passages from a
sacred book, stated by the Brahmins to be three
thousand, three hundred and sixty-seven years old.)
"The cotton, which he preserves in a double calico
rag, is saturated with matter from the inoculated pustules
of the preceding year ; for they never inoculate with
fresh matter, nor with matter from the disease caught
in the natural way, however distinct and mild the
species .... Early on the morning succeeding the
operation, four collons (an earthen pot containing about
two gallons) of cold water are ordered to be thrown
over the patient, from the head downwards, and to be
repeated every morning and evening until the fever
comes on (which usually is about the close of the sixth
day from the inoculation), then to desist until the
appearance of the eruptions (which commonly happens
at the close of the third complete day from the com-
mencement of the fever), and then to pursue the cold
bathing as before through the course of the disease,
and until the scabs of the pustules drop off. They are
ordered to open all the pustules with a fine sharp-
pointed thorn as soon as they begin to change their
colour, and whilst the matter continues in a fluid state.
Confinement to the house is absolutely forbidden, and
the inoculated are ordered to be exposed to every air
that blows, and the utmost indulgence they are allowed
when the fever comes on, is to be laid upon a mat at
the door ; but, in fact, the eruptive fever is generally so
inconsiderable and trifling as very seldom to require
this indulgence. Their regimen is ordered to consist of
plantains, sugar-canes, water-melons, rice, gruel made
of white poppy- seeds and cold water, or thin rice gruel
for their ordinary drink. These instructions being
given, and an injunction laid on the patients to make
a thanksgiving, Poojah, or offering to the goddess on
18 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
their recovery, the operator takes his fee, which from
the poor is a pund of cowries, equal to about a penny
sterling, and goes on to another door down one side of
the street, and up on the other ; and is thus employed
from morning to night, inoculating sometimes eight or
ten in a house."
Although it is said by some that the practice was
introduced from India about 200 B.C., China has often
been referred to as being the birthplace of inoculation.
This, however, is now disputed, and doubt is cast upon
it, owing to difficulty in identifying the ideograph or
Chinese written character signifying the
Echini10" name of the disease- Recent investi-
gators are of the opinion that the word
" smallpox " in China does not date earlier than the
fourteenth century. There is a reference, however, in
an antient Chinese work to an ambassador to the Court
in A.D. 561, of whom it is said " he had just passed
through the feverish disease, and his face was covered
with scars," but this may or may not have been small-
pox. In the year 1631, it was stated by Wylie that
" smallpox has engaged the attention of the Chinese
from near the commencement of the Christian era, and
inoculation has been practised among them for a
thousand years or more." He bases this statement,
apparently, on a Chinese treatise on pock spots, said
to have been published in 1323 and republished in
1542, but we have not been able to trace this work
for verification.
The most reliable evidence of the antiquity of the
practice of inoculation in China is that given by
Fran9ois Xavier d'Entrecolles, who was a Jesuit
missionary in China in the seventeenth century. He
states definitely, in a letter written from Peking in May,
1726, that the practice was known in
In 1626
China for a century before that date,
and quotes an extract from the works of a Chinese
physician who lived in the Ming dynasty, ca. 1626,
who mentions the practice, but says that as everyone
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 19
must necessarily have smallpox once in their lives, it
was better to let it be contracted naturally.
D'Entrecolles states, concerning the Chinese phrase
for smallpox , inoculation, " tchung-teou" meaning
" tchung " to sow, " teou " smallpox, that the latter
word also means " eating peas," and that the Chinese
probably gave this name to smallpox on account of the
similarity of the pustules to peas.
According to a recipe given to the missionary by a
Court physician in 1726, the Chinese placed the dried
matter of the smallpox pustule in a vase,
which they very carefully sealed. They "^'.".TV,..
stated that " if kept in this way, the
matter would retain its virulence for several years, but
that if the vase had the smallest opening it lost its
virulence in twenty days. The method of inoculation
was to take four scales, if small, or two, if large, and
place musk between them, a little more than a grain in
weight ; place all in a piece of cotton, and insert in the
nostril. In the case of a boy, place in the right nostril,
and of a girl, in the left. The smallpox virus must be
taken from young children, between the ages of one
and seven."
If it were necessary to resort to the use of recent
pustules, they were exposed to the steam of an infusion
of the herb scorzonera and liquorice, in order to correct
" the acrimony of the matter." Sometimes they used
scales, previously dried and powdered, then made into
a paste, the whole being wrapped up in cotton wool,
and introduced into the patient's nostrils. This often
set up a troublesome inflammation, and even if this did
not take place, the inhalation into the lungs often
produced the disease itself.
D'Entrecolles further states that the Emperor of
China sent physicians from Peking, in 1724, to Tartary,
the inhabitants of which country were suffering from
an epidemic of smallpox, in order to inoculate the
children against the disease. We are assured that the
operations they performed were successful, a fact
which seems to be corroborated by the statement
2 8
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 21
that the physicians returned to Peking laden with
presents of horses, skins, etc., presented to them by
the Tartars in payment for their services.
Kirkpatrick, Who also describes the Chinese method
of inoculation, gives a slightly different account. He
states that, instead of using the dried scales, a small
piece of cotton was dipped into the
fresh and fluid matter of the pustules, ^count
and immediately introduced into the
nose. Apparently, therefore, the Chinese employed
both the dried and fluid variolous matter, but the
method of introduction through the nose appears to be
peculiar to the Chinese.
In Tibet, inoculation is said to have been practised
from antient times, the method employed being to dip
a bundle of needles in a solution of the pock virus
and the dried crusts in water, and then to prick the
arm with the same.
In Siam a method of inoculation similar to that
employed in China, whence it was probably introduced,
is practised. The pus is taken from the pustules, and
blown into the nostrils, and this is claimed to protect
the individual thus inoculated against an attack of the
disease.
The actual period of the first outbreak of smallpox
in Europe was probably about the latter part of the
sixth century. It appears to have travelled west
through Arabia, Ethiopia and the
neighbouring countries, and was brought First outbreak
of smallpox
by the Arabs into Egypt. It was in Europe
apparently unknown to the Greeks and
Romans, and, according to antient historians, does not
appear to have attacked civilised nations engaged in
commerce or wars in foreign countries, before the
latter end of the sixth, or the beginning of the
seventh, century.
The earliest definite statements concerning the
disease come to us from Arabia, and, according to an
Arab manuscript in the library at Leyden, the first
22 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
record of smallpox dates from A.D. 572, the year of
Mohammed's birth. From the following passages in
the Chronicle of Bishop Marius, who died in A.D. 590,
it might, however, be inferred that smallpox dates from
a slightly earlier period than that indicated in the
Leyden manuscript : —
" In 570 a powerful scourge with flow from the
abdomen and pox spread extensively over Italy and
France ; and oxen in the mentioned countries were
" In 571 an abominable infirmity and glanders, which
is its name, and pustules, killed innumerable people in
the above-mentioned countries."
There is further evidence of its appearance among
the Abyssinian army of Abraha, at the siege of
Mecca, in what was known as the Elephant War
of A.D. 569 or 571.
Referring to this, Tabari, one of the most reliable
of the Arab historians, states : " It has been told to
us by Ibn Humaid, after Salima, after Ibn Ischag, to
whom Ja'gub b. Otha b. Mughira b. Achnas related
that one had said to him, that in that year the smallpoc
appeared for the first time in Arabia, and also the
bitter herbs, rue, colocynth (and another)."
He then proceeds to relate the following interesting
legend as to the cause of the disease : —
" Thereupon came the birds from the sea in flocks,
every one with three stones, in the claws two and in
the beak one, and threw the stones upon them.
Wherever one of these stones struck, there arose an
evil wound, and pustules all over. At that time the
smallpox first appeared and the bitter trees. The
stones undid them wholly. Thereafter God sent a
torrent which carried them away and swept them
into the sea. But Abraha and the remnant of his
men fled ; he himself lost one limb after another."
In a former passage the calamity of Abraha is thus
described : " But Abraha was smitten with a heavy
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 23
stroke ; as they brought him along in the retreat his
limbs fell off piece by piece, and as often as a piece
fell off, matter and blood came forth."
To illustrate 'this account by Tabari, his recent
editor, Noldeke, cites the following from an anti-
Mohammedan poem : " Sixty thousand returned not to
their homes, nor did their sick continue in life after
their return." One of the elephants that dared to
enter the sacred region is said to have been also
wounded and afflicted by the smallpox.
" In this narrative of Abraha's disaster," says Noldeke,
" there is a mixture of natural causation and of purely
fabulous miracle ; a real and sufficient account of the
Abyssinian leader's discomfiture, namely an outbreak
of smallpox, had been blended with legendary tales.
That the disease was smallpox is made probable by
the continuity of the Arabic name. Rhazes, under the
same name, later described the symptoms, pathology
and treatment of what was unquestionably the small-
pox afterwards familiar in Western Europe."
It is stated by another historian that smallpox broke
out on the sacking of Alexandria by the Arabs in
A.D. 640; thence it spread, by means of the pilgrims
and commerce, through Egypt, Palestine, Syria and
Persia, and is said to have broken out along the
coast of North Africa. In the commencement of the
eighth century it was known in Mauretania, and thence
crossed the Mediterranean into Italy. It was also
about this period that the Arabs and Moors introduced
it into Spain, when they established themselves at
Cordova. Afterwards it passed to Portugal, Navarre,
Languedoc and Guienne, whence it was carried into
Western and Northern Europe.
The earliest physician to describe smallpox was
Ahrun, an Egyptian by birth, and a Christian priest,
who lived at Alexandria under Heraclius (A.D. 610-641).
He wrote a work on physic in thirty books, now lost,
entitled " Pandectae Medicinae," in which he is said
- to have described the symptoms of smallpox and its
24 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
eruption, and to have distinguished the milder from
the dangerous variety. This work, originally written
in Greek, was translated into Syriac by Gosius, about
A.D. 680, and Maserjawaih, a Jewish physician of
Bassora, translated it into Arabic, about A.D. 683, with
the addition of some observations of his own as to
the treatment of diseases of the eyes proceeding from
smallpox.
The next to notice the disease was George, physician
to Almangar, who was a great patron of learning. In
a work written about A.D. 795 he describes smallpox
and its symptoms.
The effects of smallpox are also noticed by John, a
son of Mesue, a Syrian by birth, who was connected
with the medical school of Baghdad, formed under the
protection of Haroun Al Raschid, to whom he was
physician. He advises, in his course of treatment, that
"the body, if necessary, should be kept open until the
seventh day."
Isaac Johannitius is the next physician to allude to
smallpox. He recommends bleeding, and observes that
the body should be restrained for three weeks.
The first complete treatise on the disease was written
by Rhazes, about A.D. 920 ; originally written in Syriac,
this work was translated into Greek and then into
Latin.
Smallpox in Syriac was termed " chaspe," which
was translated into Greek as ETr^Xoyow. The Latin
translator first termed it " Incendium." The word
" variolae " is derived from the Hebrew D"Q, meaning
a spot or speck. Hence the Latin " varus " or
"variola," the Italian " vajolo," the French " verole,"
and the English " smallpox."
Rhazes describes the signs, characteristic symptoms
and remedies for the disease, but the latter he borrows
chiefly from his predecessor Ahrun.
The first allusion to smallpox in England is that
made in the Anglo-Saxon manuscript, " Medicinale
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 25
Anglicum," which is said to have been written in the
early part of the tenth century. In one of the
leechdoms there is an allusion to the " pockes," the
plural of a word'which signifies "a pustule." On the
appearance of the disease, bleeding is recommended,
to be followed by the following treatment : —
" Against pockes : very much shall one let blood,
and drink a bowlful of melted butter ; if they (the
pustules) strike out, one shall dig each with a thorn,
and then drop one-year alder-drink in, then they will
not be seen."
This last instruction, evidently intended to prevent
pitting, clearly identifies the disease.
In Egypt, inoculation for smallpox is said to have
been practised in the thirteenth century. Matty states
that the Mamelukes introduced it at the time of the
Crusades, and the conquering Arabs carried it to other
parts of Africa, especially to the countries bordering
the Red Sea. The slave merchants who brought the
Mamelukes to Alexandria, whencl they were taken
to Cairo and sold to Saladin, probably played their
part in spreading the knowledge of inoculation in the
south of Egypt and adjacent countries. The method,
however, is said not to have been largely favoured
by strict Mohammedans.
A further allusion in early English medical literature
to smallpox is made by John of Gaddesdon in the
" Rosa Anglica," which was written between 1305 and
1314. He devotes a chapter to " De variolis (et
morbilis)," but this does not appear to possess much
originality, and is distinctly borrowed from the early
Arab writers.
Sydenham was the first great English physician to
make a study of the disease, and he advised the use
of bleeding, and directed that the patient should be
taken out of bed and exposed to the cool air of his
room during the time the fever is at its highest.
DR. THOMAS DIMSDALE
(AFTERWARDS BARON DIMSDALE)
Born 1712 Died 1800
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 27
CHAPTER II
SMALLPOX INOCULATION IN EUROPE FROM THE
SEVENTEENTH TO THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY
From Asia and Africa the practice of smallpox
inoculation passed into Europe by way of Greece and
the coasts of the Bosphorus to Constantinople, where
it was known at the latter part of the seventeenth
century.
In 1701, when a serious epidemic of the disease broke
out in that city, Timoni and Pylarini, two medical men
who were there at the time, and who were aware of the
practice, recommended the employment of inoculation.
Timoni first saw inoculation practised in Con-
stantinople by two women, and describes the operation
in detail.
" The Circassians, Georgians and other Asiaticks,"
he states, " have introduced this practice of procuring
the smallpox by a sort of inoculation for about the
space of forty years, among the Turks and others at
Constantinople. They that have this
inoculation practised upon them are inoculation
by women in
subject to very slight symptoms, some Constantinople
being scarce sensible that they are ill
or sick. The method of the operation is thus : Choice
being made of a proper contagion, the matter of the
pustules is to be communicated to the person proposed
to take the infection, whence it has metaphorically the
name of insition or inoculation.
" For this purpose they make choice of some boy or
young lad, of a sound healthy temperament, that is
seized with the common smallpox (of the distinct, not
flux sort), on the twelfth or thirteenth day from the
beginning of his sickness ; they, with a needle, prick the
tubercles (chiefly those on the shins and hands), and
press out the matter coming from them into some
convenient vessel or glass, or the like, to receive it.
It is convenient to wash and clean the vessel first
28 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
with warm water. A convenient quantity of this
matter being thus collected is to be stopped close
and kept warm in the bosom of the person that carries
it, and as soon as may be brought to the place of the
future expecting patient. The patient, therefore, being
in a warm chamber, the operator is to make several
little wounds with a needle in one, two or more places
of the skin until some drops of blood follow, and
immediately drop out some drops of
Their method the matter in the glass and mix it well
described . .
with the blood issuing out ; one drop
of the matter is sufficient for each place prick'd.
These punctures are made indifferently in any of the
fleshy parts, but succeed best in the muscles of the
arm or radius. The needle is to be a three-edg'd
surgeon's needle ; it may likewise be performed with
a lancet. The custom is to run the needle transverse
and rip up the skin a little, that there may be a
convenient dividing of the part, and the mixing of the
matter with the blood more easily perform'd ; which
is done either with a blunt stile or an ear-picker.
The wound is covered with a half a walnut shell or
the like concave vessel and bound over, that the
matter may not be rubb'd off by the garments, which
is all removed in a few hours. The patient is to take
care of his diet. In this place the custom is to abstain
wholly from flesh and broth for twenty or twenty-five
days. This operation is performed either in the
beginning of the winter or in the spring."
Another method was described by Pylarini shortly
afterwards, which he saw practised in Turkey by an
old woman on the four sons of a Greek nobleman.
It consisted in inserting the variolous matter into a
number of punctures made on the forehead, cheeks,-
chin and wrist.
As stated by Timoni, the practice of inoculation for
smallpox w7as introduced into Turkey from Circassia,
where it was said to have been employed for a
considerable period previously.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 29
The Danes appear to have practised inoculation
against smallpox from the seventeenth century, and,
according to Bartholin, writing in
.. ., ,. In Denmark
Copenhagen, m 1673, " the practice
was a common one in Denmark." In 1758, two
inoculation houses were established by the King in
the capital, and, in 1760, one of the royal princes was
inoculated, with success.
In 1711, De La Motraye says that he saw the
operation performed on a Circassian girl, four or five
years old. The girl after being purged with dried
fruits, was carried to a boy about three years old, who
had caught the natural smallpox, and whose pocks were
ripe. An old woman performed the operation ; for
women of advanced age exercised the practice of physic
in Circassia. The manner of inoculating the disease
he describes as follows : —
" She took three needles fastened together, and
prick'd first the pit of the stomach ; secondly, directly
over the heart ; thirdly, the navel ; fourthly, the right
wrist ; and, fifthly, the ankle of the left foot, till the
blood came. At the same time, she took some matter
from the pocks of the sick person, and
applied it to the bleeding part, which The
, ,, .,, .. , Circassian
she covered, nrst with angelica leaves method
dri'd, and after with some of the
youngest lamb-skins ; and having bound them all well
on, the mother wrapped her daughter up in one of the
skin coverings, which, I have observed, compose the
Circassian beds, and carried her thus packed up in her
arms to her own home ; where (as they told me) she
was to continue to be kept w7arm, eat only a sort of pap
made of cummin flower, with two-thirds water and
one-third sheep's milk, without either flesh or fish, and
drink a sort of tisan, made with angelica, bugloss roots
and licorish, which are all very common throughout this
country, and they assured me that with this precaution
and regimen, the smallpox generally came out very
favourably in five or six days."
30 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
Kennedy, an English surgeon, in an essay on
external remedies, written in 1715, describes the
method of ingrafting the smallpox, as practised in
the Peloponnesus, now called the Morea, which he
states " at this present time is very much used both
in Turkey and in Persia, where they give it in order
to prevent its more dismal effects by the early
knowledge of its coming, as also probably to prevent
their being troubled with it a second time.
" The Persians use the pock and matter dried into
powder, which they take inwardly, but in Turkey, more
particularly in Constantinople, they first take a fresh
and kindly pock from someone ill of this distemper,
and having made scarifications upon the forehead,
wrists and legs, or extremities, the matter of the
pock is laid upon the foresaid incision, being bound
on there for eight or ten days together ; at the end of
which time, the usual symptoms begin to appear, and
the distemper comes forward as if naturally taken ill,
though in a more kindly manner and not near the
number of pox. During this time, or from the
scarifications being made, the patient is
r^-T^rkish closely confined to his room, so as in
methods no way to be exposed to the air; and
compared . . ,. , . . . ,
the regimen or diet during the whole
time of confinement is altogether from flesh, and one
kept mostly to water-gruel. By this very regular way
of living the distemper, or pock, comes out more kindly
and less dangerous, since it is very probable that most
of the malignity is increased and augmented by the
irregularities committed in their diet or their manner
of living some few days before the malady appears —
which, when it comes naturally, cannot be so well
seen or known how to prevent its worst symptoms, so
as when given after this manner."
In 1726, Dr. Russell, a physician then residing in
Aleppo, records the fact that he met with an old
Bedouin servant, who was familiar with the* practice
of inoculation. This, she asserted, was done with a
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 31
needle, and she herself had received the disease in
that manner when a child. She informed Dr. Russell
the practice was well known to the
Arabs, and thaMhey termed it "buying fo^h? Arabs
the smallpox." On prosecuting further
enquiries into the subject, Russell found that
the practice of inoculation had been one of long
standing among the Arabs, and even those over
seventy years of age remembered to have heard of
the custom among their ancestors.
Their method of operating was to make several
punctures in some fleshy part with a needle which
had been charged with variolous matter taken from a
favourable kind of pock. They used no preparatory
treatment, and the disease communicated in this way,
they affirmed, was always slight. The origin of the
term "buying the smallpox," is somewhat curious, and
it is said to have taken rise from the following
ceremony : —
" The child to be inoculated carries a few raisins,
dates, sugar plums, or such like ; and showing them to
the child from whom the matter is to be taken, asks
how many pocks he will give in
exchange. The bargain being made, leth^d*^11
they proceed to the operation. When
the parties are too young to speak for themselves, the
bargain is made by the mothers. This ceremony,
which is still practised, points out a reason for the
name given to inoculation by the Arabs ; but by what
I could learn among the women, it is not regarded as
indispensably necessary to the success of the operation,
and is, in fact, often omitted."
The same custom was found to prevail among the
Eastern Arabs, not only at Baghdad and Mousul, but in
Bassora. At Mousul the appearance of smallpox was
announced by the public crier, so that those who
wished might have their children inoculated.
Various races appear to have inoculated in different
parts of the body. Thus the Arabs usually chose the
32 HISTORY OK INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
hand, between the thumb and first finger, the Georgians
the forearm, and the Armenians both thighs.
In Armenia the Turkoman tribe, as well as the
Armenian Christians, are said to have practised
inoculation for a period beyond the memory of man,
but they are unable to give any account
In Armenia J
of its first introduction among them.
Along the coast of Syria and Palestine, and also at
Damascus, inoculation has long been practised, and
in the Castravan mountains it is known to, and
employed by, the Drusi as well as the Christians.
In Tripoli, Tunis and Algiers, the practice of inocula-
tion was described by Cassim Aga, ambassador in
England in 1728. He states that the method employed
by those who wished to have their children inoculated
was to carry them to one that was afflicted with the
smallpox at the time when the pustules had come to
full maturity. " Then the surgeon makes an incision
on the back of the hand, between the thumb and
forefinger, and puts a little of the
Tripoli' matter, squeezed out of one of the
Tunis, *
Aig-iers largest and fullest pustules, into the
wound. This done, the child's hand
is wrapped up in a handkerchief to keep it from the
air, and he is left to his liberty till the fever arising
confines him to his bed, which commonly happens
at the end of three or four days. After that, by God's
permission, a few pustules of the smallpox break out
upon the child. All this I can confirm by the domestic
proof, for my father carried four brothers and three
sisters to the house of a girl that lay ill of the smallpox,
and had us all inoculated the same day." He concludes
by stating that " this practice is withall so antient in the
kingdoms of Tripoli, Tunis and Algiers, that nobody
remembers its first rise, and it is practised generally,
not only by the inhabitants of the towns, but also by
the wild Arabs."
In Western Europe, according to Schwenk, inocula-
tion was practised in Meurs, in France, and also in
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 33
Cleves, as early as 1712. In 1707, Boyer records
that it was known to the peasants in Auvergne and
Perigord. In 1752, attention was again
called to trie 'matter, by Butini of E^r™?*6''11
Montpelier, and by De La Condamine.
Three years later, Tergot inoculated a child four years
of age, and one M. Chastellux, aged twenty-four, also
submitted to the operation.
A serious and fatal outbreak of smallpox in Paris in
1763 was attributed partly to inoculation, with the result
that the practice was prohibited by the Government.
But, five years later, on the recommendation of the
medical faculties, this decree was rescinded, and during
the latter part of the eighteenth century it was again
commonly practised in Paris.
A curious sidelight which shows how the burning
questions of the time are reflected even on the fashions
of the day, is related in the life of the famous
Mile. Rose Bertin, who was milliner to
Marie Antoinette. Mile. Bertin owed her Belli *°*e
European reputation to her taste and
the ingenuity with which she utilised current events to
vary her fashionable designs. In the latter part of the
eighteenth century the elaborate coiffeurs affected by
ladies of the period were of the most extraordinary
description. One of these, known as the " pouf a
1'Inoculation," was introduced by Mile. Rose Bertin
to coincide with the inoculation of the young king,
Louis XVI, which took place on June 18, 1774. For
some time after this interesting event every lady who
wished to be in the fashion wore in her hair a miniature
model of the rising sun, and a heavily laden olive tree,
round whose trunk was entwined a serpent, supporting a
club, wreathed with flowers. This device was supposed
to symbolise the power of medicine, represented by the
snake, to overcome the horrors of smallpox ; the rising
sun was supposed to symbolise the royal patient, who
was a descendant of " le roi soleil," while the olive tree
represented the peace and joy of his loving subjects at
the successful issue of the operation.
34 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
In Germany, inoculation appears to have been first
introduced by Maitland in 1724, who journeyed to
Hanover to operate on Prince Frederick of Prussia,
and afterwards on the family of a German baron,
consisting of eight children. The practice, however,
made little progress until 1768, when,
InGermany Cl . " . .
after the inoculation of some members
of the Imperial family, it became more general.
In Berlin it fell into disfavour owing to several
deaths from smallpox being attributed to it, and it was
not until the end of the eighteenth century that
attention was again called to the matter.
In Italy, according to De La Condamine, inoculation
was known and secretly practised by the Neapolitans,
In from an early ' period. He states that
it was frequently performed by nurses,
who were in the habit of inoculating the infants
entrusted to their care, without even the knowledge
of their parents, by rubbing the palm of the hand
with variolous matter recently taken from a smallpox
pustule.
During the great epidemic of smallpox in 1754 the
practice was introduced into Rome by Peverini, but
he encountered considerable opposition, and it was
not until some years afterwards that it became common
in Italy.
Tronchin is said to have been the first to introduce
the practice of inoculation into Holland in 1758, when
he performed it on one of his sons;
InHolland f .
while in Switzerland a lady living in
Lausanne inoculated her own child in 1751, and her
example was speedily followed by others.
Mead, writing in 1765, with reference to inoculation,
states : " It was the invention of the Circassians, the
women of which country are said to
excel in beauty, upon which account it
is very common, especially among the poorer sorts,
to sell young girls for slaves to be carried away into
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 35
the neighbouring parts. When, therefore, it was
observed that they who were seized with this distemper
(smallpox) were in less danger, both of their beauty and
their life, the younger they were, they contrived this
way of infecting the body so that the merchandise
might bring the greater profit."
In Russia, owing to the enthusiasm and interest
taken in the subject by the Empress Catherine II,
Dr. Dimsdale, a London practitioner, who had become
recognised as a specialist in inoculation, was sent for
to introduce the practice into that country. He was
summoned to St. Petersburg in 1768,
In Russia
and first performed the operation on
two boys of about fourteen years of age. The matter
for their inoculation had been taken from a child of the
poorer classes in the suburbs of St. Petersburg, who
was said to be " pretty full of a distinct kind of small-
pox." These were followed by four more youths, and a
young maidservant, for further trial, and a case of
natural smallpox with the eruption in a suitable stage
for the purpose was chosen.
These cases proving satisfactory, the Empress herself
determined to undergo inoculation, and a child, on
whom smallpox had just begun to appear, was
selected and taken to the Palace. The operation was
performed secretly, and was apparently unattended
by any untoward results, as the lady is said to have
taken part in every amusement " with her usual
affability, without showing the least token of
uneasiness or concern, and constantly dined at the
same table with the nobility."
Shortly afterwards Dimsdale inoculated the Grand
Duke, and for these royal services he was made a
Baron of the Russian Empire, appointed Councillor
of State, and Physician to Her Imperial Majesty.
He was also awarded the sum of one thousand
pounds in addition to an annuity of five hundred
pounds.
36 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
At the request of the Empress, Dr. Dimsdale
proceeded to Moscow, where many wrere desirous of
being inoculated.
With respect to his method, he restricted himself to
inoculating by means of a lancet, the point of which
was slightly dipped in variolous matter
method le>S taken during the eruptive fever. The
lancet was introduced obliquely beneath
the superficial skin, making a very tiny puncture. If
there were no patients in a proper state to yield the
variolous matter, dried lymph was employed. The
lancet or a plate of glass or gold was charged with the
matter in a fluid state, which was then allowed to dry.
When required for use it was held over the steam of
boiling water, or a small quantity of water, barely
sufficient for dilution, was added to it, and the matter
thus moistened was used for the purpose of inoculation.
Some idea of the terrible mortality from smallpox in
Europe at the end of the eighteenth century may be
gathered from the fact that the average annual death-
rate throughout the Continent was two hundred and ten
per thousand. During epidemics this was even higher,
and in Russia in one year no less than two million
persons perished from the disease.
In America, the practice of inoculation appears to
have been first suggested at the time of the great
smallpox epidemic, in 1721, by Cotton Mather, a
clergyman. He was bitterly attacked,
In America OJ
however, for recommending such a
treatment, insomuch that his life was at one time in
danger. In spite of this, he inoculated his son with
success, and about the same time Dr. Zabdiel
Boylston inoculated one of his children and two of
his negro servants.
During the following six months he inoculated two
hundred and forty-four persons, with the result, it is
stated, that in six there was no effect at all, while six
are said to have died in consequence of the inoculation.
Boylston describes his method as follows : —
HISTORY OK INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 37
"Take your Medicine or Pus from the ripe pustules
of the smallpox of the distinct kind, either from those
in the natural way or from the inoculated sort, provided
that the person's be otherwise healthy and the matter
good. Then take a fine cut sharp tooth pick (which
will not put the person in any fear as a Lancet will
do in many) and open the Pock on one side and
press the boil and scoop the matter on your quill
and so on."
Boylston's experiments excited a great deal of
opposition in *America, and the practice fell into
disrepute after a public meeting of medical practi-
tioners had been called in Boston, where the practice
was deprecated as causing the death of many persons,
and it was contended that the operation was likely
to prove of most dangerous consequences to those
who submitted to it. Inoculation therefore made
but little progress in America until 1764, when an
epidemic of smallpox broke out in Boston, with the
result that three thousand persons were successfully
operated on.
In South America, the practice of inoculation was
introduced by a Portuguese Carmelite missionary. He
appeared to have had no practical experience of it,
but was a firm believer in its efficacy, and in 1728, when
smallpox was ravaging the neighbourhood of Para, he
performed the operation on a number of people with
most satisfactory results. His example was successfully
followed by another missionary at Rio Negro.
In Mexico, which was ravaged by epidemics of
smallpox during the sixteenth century, inoculation was
introduced in 1797, at the time of an epidemic in the
environs of Mexico City. According
J In Mexico
to Humboldt, in his " Political Essay
on the Kingdom of New Spain," 1808, in the capital
of the bishopric of Michoachan, " out of 6,800
people inoculated only 170 died. Several individuals,
especially among the clergy, displayed very praise-
worthy patriotism in arresting the progress of the
38
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
disease by inoculation. There were then inoculated
in the kingdom between fifty and sixty thousand
individuals."
In January, 1804, vaccination was introduced into
Mexico from North America, and made rapid progress.
" If the vaccine inoculation," says Humboldt, " or
even the ordinary inoculation, had been known in
the New World in the sixteenth century several
millions of Indians would not have perished victims
to smallpox." For to this disease the great diminu-
tion in the number of Indians in California is to be
ascribed.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 39
CHAPTER III
INOCULATION IN THE BRITISH ISLES
9
From well-authenticated statements it would appear
that a method of inoculation for smallpox, similar to
that employed in the East, was known
and practised in the British Isles for ^ipoV^
a considerable period. How, and by
whom, it was introduced into Britain we have not
been able to trace, but apparently as early as the
seventeenth century it was practised in Wales, and
was called " buying the smallpox."
According to Williams, writing in 1722, the peasantry
in Pembrokeshire had carried on the custom from time
immemorial, by rubbing the matter taken from pustules
that were ripe on several parts of the skin of the
arm, or pricking the parts with pins that had been
first infected with the matter. The writer declares,
" I cannot hear of one instance of their having the
smallpox a second time." He further states, " There
is a married woman in the neighbourhood of this
place who practised it on her daughter about a year
and a half ago, by which means she had the smallpox
• favourably, and is now in perfect health, notwithstand-
ing she has, ever since, without reserve, conversed with
such as have had that distemper this last summer."
School-boys in the district are said to have even
inoculated themselves in this way.
Further evidence of the practice in Wales is recorded
by a surgeon named Wright, of Haverfordwest.
Writing in 1722, he refers to it as "a very antient
custom, commonly called 'buying the
smallpox,' which I find to be a common funst00^ Welsh
practice, and of very long standing.
In two large villages near Milford Haven, named
St. Ishmaels and Marloes, the oldest inhabitants
declared it had been a common practice with them time
out of mind, and one, William Allen, who was at that
LADY MARY WORTLEY MONTAGU
Daughter of Evelyn, Earl of Kingston
Born 1689 Died 1762
time ninety years of age, stated that it had been
known and used throughout his life, and that he very
well remembered his mother Celling him it had been
commonly done all her time, and that she got the
smallpox that way."
There is evidence that in the Highlands of Scotland
a method of smallpox inoculation was known about the
same period. It was performed by charging worsted
threads with the variolous matter, and
i ,1 • A T .M In Scotland
tying them round the wrists. In trie
Island of St. Kilda it was customary to rub the matter
on the skin of the elbow joint until it was absorbed.
In Ireland, the first record of the practice appears
to be in 1723, when a medical practitioner in Dublin
introduced it. During that year and
In Ireland
the three following, twenty-five persons
in all were inoculated, three of whom are said to have
succumbed to the disease, and consequently the practice
fell into disuse.
In England, there is no credible record of the
practice before its introduction by Lady Mary Wortley
Montagu, the wife of the British Ambassador to the
Ottoman Court in 1717. The accounts
r ^i -r- i 1-- I. i_ J In England
of the practice in Turkey, which had
been published in the Transactions of the Royal
Society, by Timoni and Pylarini, in 1713, had caused but
little interest, and it was only through the persistent
efforts and enthusiasm of Lady Mary, who, to prove
its efficacy, had her son inoculated, that serious
attention was again directed to the matter in England.
The famous letter which she wrote to her friend,
Miss Sarah Chiswell, in 1717, in which she expressed
her determination to persuade the physicians of London
to practise inoculation, is worthy of quotation in full : —
" Apropos of distempers," she wrote, " I am going to
tell you a thing that I am sure will make you wish
yourself here. The smallpox, so fatal and so general
amongst us, is here entirely harmless by the invention
of ingrafting, which is the term they give it. There
42 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
is a set of old women who make it their business to
perform the operation every autumn in the month of
September, when the great heat is abated. People
send to one another to know if any of their family
has a mind to have the smallpox. They make parties
for this purpose, and when they are met (commonly
fifteen or sixteen together), the old woman comes with
a nutshell full of the matter of the best sort of small-
pox, and asks what veins you please to have opened.
She immediately rips open that you offer to her with
a large needle (which gives you no more pain than
a common scratch), and puts into the vein as much
venom as can lie upon the head of her needle, and
after binds up the little wound with a hollow bit of
shell; and in this manner opens four or five veins.-
The Grecians have commonly the superstition of
opening one in the middle of the forehead, in each
arm, and on the breast, to mark the sign of the cross ;
but this has a very ill effect, all these wounds leaving
little scars, and is not done by those that are not
superstitious, who choose to have them in the legs, or
that part of the arm that is concealed. The children
or young patients play together all the rest of the day,
and are in perfect health to the eighth. Then the
fever begins to seize them, and they keep their beds
two days, very seldom three. They have very rarely
above twenty or thirty in their faces, which never
mark ; and in eight days' time they are as well as
before their illness. Where they are wounded, there
remain running sores during the distemper, which I
don't doubt is a great relief to it. Every year thousands
undergo this operation ; and the French Ambassador
says pleasantly that they take the smallpox here by
way of diversion, as they take the waters in other
countries. There is no example of any one that has
died in it, and you may believe I am very well satisfied
of the safety of the experiment, since I intend to try
it on my dear little son. I am patriot enough to take
pains to bring this useful invention into fashion in
England ; and I should not fail to write to some of
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 43
our doctors very particularly about it, if I knew any
one of them that I thought had virtue enough to
destroy such a considerable branch of their revenue
for the good »of mankind. But that distemper is
too beneficial to them not to expose to all their
resentment the hardy wight that should undertake to
put an end to it. Perhaps if I live to return, I may,
however, have courage to war with them. Upon this
occasion admire the heroism in the heart of your
friend."
Lady Mary was not long before she carried her
decision into practice, and persuaded Dr. Maitland,
who was surgeon to the Embassy in Constantinople,
to procure some variolous matter from a suitable
subject and to obtain the services of a woman, who
was experienced in the practice of
inoculation, to use it. In March, 1717, The Eastern
the inoculator, who was an aged Greek introduced
woman of Pera, came to the Embassy
to meet Maitland, who had the matter ready. In his
account of the operation he says : " The good woman
went to work so awkwardly and by the shaking of her
hand put the child to so much torture with her blunt
and rusty needle that I pitied his cries, and therefore
inoculated the other arm with my own instrument with
so little pain that he did not even complain of it." The
disease followed in due course, with the result of over a
hundred pustules.
Thus, for the first time, the Eastern method of
inoculation was performed on a British subject, an
innovation due to the courage of Lady Mary Wortley
Montagu, who practically risked her son's life for the
purpose.
Four years later, an essay, entitled " A Dissertation
on the Method of Inoculating the Smallpox," was
published by Dr. De Castro, who advocated arm-to-arm
variolation. He recommended physicians to introduce
the practice into England, as he found it had always
been attended by success.
44 HISTORY OF INOCULATION ANL> VACCINATION
Shortly after this Dr. Harris delivered a lecture
before the Royal College of Physicians in London,
in which he described the Byzantine
on^yzlntine and Chinese methods of inoculation,
and Chinese fje also called attention to the method
then used at Aleppo of inoculating by
means of a thread which had been dipped in the
variolous matter, which had been used with success
upon four children of the French Consul in that city.
Meanwhile, Lady Mary Wortley Montagu had not
been idle, and still enthusiastically carried on her
crusade. The inoculation of her son in Constantinople
having been successful and attended by no ill effects,
in April, 1721, she decided to have her baby girl,
a child three months old, inoculated in the same
way. She was staying in England at the time,
and Dr. Maitland, who had been present at the
inoculation of her son, being also in this country,
consented to carry it out, and the operation
was done in the presence of several of the Court
physicians.
In the following year Maitland inoculated the son
of Dr. Keith, with favourable results.
The subject excited considerable interest at the time
throughout the country and was much commented
upon, but the British public, ever conservative in
adopting new customs, still regarded the practice with
suspicion, and a certain amount of dread, and so for
a time it made little progress.
In August, 1722, a suggestion was made to inoculate
some criminals, then undergoing imprisonment in
Newgate, with variolous matter, and those who sub-
mitted were promised a full pardon.
fnXPcriL^nais Several accepted the offer, and six men
were accordingly inoculated by Maitland
under the direction of Sir Hans Sloane, on August 9,
1722. Maitland's method of inoculation was to make
an incision through the cutis, and apply pledgets
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 45
which had been steeped in the variolous matter from
ripe pustules. None of the men suffered severely, and
only sixty pustules appeared on the one on whom the
inoculation produced the most effect. A seventh
criminal, named Elizabeth Harrison, a girl of about
eighteen years of age, was next experimented on by
Dr. Mead, who used the Chinese method of inoculation.
It was followed by a mild type of the disease,
accompanied by severe pains in the head from the
commencement of the eruption, but the girl made a
good recovery.
During the next six months Maitland inoculated only
eight persons, but Nettleton, a medical practitioner of
Halifax, Yorkshire, who became an
.,...,,. . ., .. Inoculation
enthusiastic believer in the practice, Of forty
inoculated forty individuals in three individuals
in Yorkshire
months. His method was to first
prepare the patient by the administration of a course
of aperients, emetics and occasional bleeding. When
inoculating, he made two incisions, one in the arm, and
one in the leg on the opposite side of the body, and
dropped the variolous matter into them. With his
later patients he employed another method, which
consisted in impregnating cotton wool with the
variolous pus, and applying it to the incision for
twenty-four hours.
Towards the close of the year 1722, public attention
was again drawn to the subject by the announcement
that the Princess of Wales had ordered
five charity children of the parish of Royal
St. James's to be inoculated. The inoculated
results were successful, and this decided
the Princess to have her two young children operated
upon in the same way. Although a mild attack of the
disease followed, no serious results of the operation
occurred, and the practice, thus encouraged by royal
favour, received a fresh impetus.
This, however, was soon checked by the announce-
ment of the death of the Hon. William Spencer, and
46 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
several other cases which terminated fatally from
smallpox after inoculation.
Opposition to the practice now sprang up both from
physicians and clergymen, who spoke and wrote against
it, and a heated controversy speedily developed. The
clergy declared the custom to be the outcome of
quackery, atheism and avarice, and
opposition one divine who preached against it,
to the
practice stigmatised it as " a dangerous and
sinfull practice." Maitland, especially,
was taken to task in connection with the fatal results
which had attended so many persons he had inoculated.
To these criticisms the supporters of inoculation
replied, and a vigorous discussion followed in the
press and in the form of pamphlets published by
exponents on both sides.
Notwithstanding this, however, the practice continued
to make steady progress in England. Jurin, who
published some letters on the subject at this time,
stated that, in accordance with statistics, among
children born, one in fourteen died in after life from
smallpox if uninoculated, while of the inoculated
persons only one out of ninety-nine succumbed to the
disease. He qualified his recommendation by stating
that care should be taken only to inoculate those
" who were of good habit of body," and apparently
free from any disease.
In 1746, an Inoculation Hospital was established in
London, although prejudice still ran high against the
practice. Patients, on leaving the
inoculation hospital, it was said, were often abused
Hospital
established and followed in the street by the anti-
inoculators, and many had even to
remain in the building until night, unable to leave on
account of the danger of insult and assault in the
streets.
In 1747, Dr. Mead, who was at that time at the
zenith of his fame as a fashionable and popular
physician, published an article in favour of the practice,
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 47
and, on behalf of the church, Dr. Maddox, then Bishop
of Worcester, also become a powerful supporter of
inoculation, and preached a sermon on the subject, which
was published and attained considerable popularity.
At the beginning of the year 1754 public attention
was aroused by the announcement that the Prince
of Wales had been stricken down by
smallpox, and, on the advice of the inoculation of
Prince Edward
Court physicians, it had been decided
to inoculate Prince Edward and Princess Augusta
with variolous matter taken from the royal patient.
This aroused a fresh controversy on the vexed
question, and, after some consideration, the following
manifesto was published by the Royal College of
Physicians in 1754: —
" The College, having been informed that false
reports concerning the success of inoculation in
England have been published in foreign countries,
think proper to declare their sentiments in the following
manner, viz. : That the arguments
which at the commencement of this Manifesto by
,. , . . .. , , Royal College
practice were urged against it have been Of Physicians
refuted by experience ; that it is now
held by the English in greater esteem, and practised
among them more extensively than ever it was before,
and that the College thinks it to be highly salutary to
the human race."
In 1757, interest was again revived in the subject
by the announcement of a new method of operation,
discovered by Robert Sutton, an unqualified practi-
tioner, who soon achieved considerable fame as a
successful inoculator. Sutton lived at Debenham,
Suffolk, and the success attending his inoculations
soon spread throughout the country, insomuch that in
the course of eleven years it is stated that he inoculated
2,514 individuals. His practice so increased that he
trained his two sons, Robert and Daniel, to assist him,
48 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
and they eventually opened an Inoculation House
near Ingatestone, in Essex, where patients became so
numerous that it was difficult to accommodate them in
the village.
Sutton claimed that by the use of certain medicines
and treatment, he was enabled to keep the disease
contracted after inoculation entirely under his control,
and maintained that no fatal results had ever ensued
from his method. The details of this he Kept a
profound secret, and, as his fame increased, so the
envy of the physicians of the period was aroused, and
every effort was made to try and find out the secret
of his success. Samples of the
method* medicines he prescribed were with
difficulty obtained, and subjected to
analysis both by physicians and chemists, and his
patients were plied with all kinds of interrogations
after they had passed from under his care, but all
without avail. In the end he agreed to communicate
his method to any practitioner at a distance away from
where he lived, on condition that he received half the
profits that accrued, and thus eventually his method
became known.
Patients who desired to be inoculated by him were
first kept on a strict dietary for a fortnight, and a
certain powder together with a dose of purging salts,
was administered during this time. His
fnTmedicinai method of inoculation, as given by
preparation for himself, was to take a lancet charged
inoculation .A. . ,, .. , ... r
with the smallest possible quantity of
the unripe, crude or watery matter from the pustules,
and then insert it under the cuticle obliquely in the
outer part of the arm, between the scarf and the true
skin, barely sufficient to draw blood and not deeper
than the sixteenth part of an inch. The raised skin
was then pressed down by the finger without further
application of plaster or bandages. He considered
patting or daubing of the matter over the punctured
place as unnecessary.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 49
Dr. Dimsdale, who afterwards achieved fame as an
inoculator in Russia, as already related, was one
of the first to turn Button's method to account, and,
with some slight alteration, he practised it with great
success. Previously, he had applied a piece of thread
which had been drawn through a ripe pustule, and well
moistened with the matter, to an incision made in
one or both arms, but this method he abandoned for
one adapted from Button's. For nine
or ten days before the operation his Dr^mmsYaie
patients were enjoined to abstain from
all animal food and fermented liquor, and to live on
a low diet. During this time they were dosed with
a powder composed of eight grains of calomel, eight
grains of compound powder of crab's claws, and
one-eighth part of a grain of tartar emetic. Three
doses of this powder were given, one at the commence-
ment of the treatment, the second in three or four
days, and the third about the eighth or ninth day.
In 1766, Burgess called attention to the necessity
of preparing the patient, before inoculation, by
means of purgatives.
The practice of direct inoculation, however, was still
regarded with suspicion by the majority of people,
owing to its uncertainty, and it gradually became
evident that not only did it fail to exterminate the
disease, but actually spread it, and in many cases
smallpox was introduced by inoculation into towns
which had been free from the natural disease.
There can be no doubt that inoculation lessened the
virulence, and, to some extent, diminished the dangers
of an attack of smallpox, but smallpox still continued,
and, as no precautions against infection
were taken, each case only served to Effects of
inoculation
spread the disease. One of Maitland's
earliest cases, a child of the name of Mary Butt, is
said to have infected six servants who had attended
her ; and in the report of a case recorded by Willan,
50
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
of a child whose parents kept a shop in a court
consisting of about twenty houses, it is stated that
the disease was contracted by seventeen persons
who had frequented the shop within a fortnight
of the child's recovery, and eight of them died
from the disease.
Gradually the practice fell into disuse, and disap-
peared on the advent of vaccination, direct inoculation
by smallpox matter being finally forbidden by Act of
Parliament in 1840.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 51
CHAPTER IV
THE GENESIS OF VACCINATION
In studying the history of medicine one cannot fail
to notice how much we owe to antient customs which
have come down to us from traditions of the past, and
how many so-called modern discoveries are but re-
introductions of practices of remote antiquity.
Thus it was from- the old traditions of ignorant cow-
herds and dairy-maids that the theory of vaccination
of the human being with cowpox as a preventive of
smallpox was evolved. From an un-
known period farm hands, who had fr addition
had the care of cattle, had known of a
disease among cows which was called " cowpox," and
were aware that they were liable to contract the
complaint from the animal, especially when milking.
It had further been noticed that those who had had
the cowpox were not susceptible to the dreaded
smallpox, which was so prevalent in England a century
or more ago.
Dr. Corlett states that in the time of Charles II,
the court ladies and other devotees of fashion looked
with envy upon the immunity enjoyed by some of the
dairy-maids in Gloucestershire to the pitting of
smallpox.
He relates the following curious story of the
Duchess of Cleveland (1670), who, it is well known,
was a favourite with the king, and celebrated for her
great beauty. When joked by the courtiers on the
possible loss of her position at court through the
disfigurement of smallpox, she is said to have replied
that she had nothing to fear, for she had had cowpox.
In Ireland, according to Barry, cowpox had been
known as long as smallpox, and about 1750, an aged
woman, eighty years of age, stated that she was certain
that as long as she could remember the opinion had
prevailed that people who had had the cowpox could
m
BENJAM IN JESTY
From the original oil painting
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 53
not take the smallpox, and that many purposely
exposed themselves to the former, to protect them-
selves from smallpox.
This tradition, however, does not appear to have
been universal, and in some parts of the country it
appears to have been unknown. Jenner believed that
it arose as the result of smallpox inoculation, and that
the failure in attempting to inoculate smallpox on those
who had recently contracted cowpox gave rise to gossip
among those who were employed in dairies, and laid
the foundation of the popular tradition.
In 1769, Jobst Bose, a Government official in
Germany, called attention to the fact that those who
had suffered from cowpox, were believed to be protected
from smallpox. He states: " I am reminded of the not
unknown attacks of cowpox which were prevalent in
this country, and to which to this day milkmaids are
subject. In passing, I wish to remark that in this
country those who have had the cowpox flatter
themselves to be entirely free from all danger of getting
smallpox, and assert, as I myself, to have heard this
same statement made by entirely reliable persons."*
The first record of the tradition being put into
practical use is recorded in the papers of Mr. Nash,
a medical practitioner who died in 1785, among which
were found the following observations : —
" I never heard of one having the smallpox who
ever had the cowpox. The cowpox certainly prevents
a person from having the smallpox. I have now
inoculated about sixty persons, who
have been reported to have had the First practical
use of the
cowpox, and I believe at least forty tradition
of them I could not infect with the
variolous virus. The other twenty, or nearly that
number, I think it is very reasonable to presume (as
they were no judges), had not the real cowpox. It
is not my own opinion only, but that of several other
" General Conversations of Gottingen," Part 39, May 24, 1769
O
O
EC
h
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 55
medical gentlemen, that convinces me the cowpox
is a prophylactick for the smallpox. My principal
intention in publishing being to recommend to the
world a method of inoculation that is far superior in
my opinion (and I judge it from experience) to any yet
made known ; therefore I hope and trust, although
I have no medical friend to enforce it upon the world,
that they will give me so far credit for my assertions as
to make the experiment, and then it will sufficiently
introduce itself."
These notes of Nash's were written about the
year 1781, and after his death were passed to a
Mr. Thomas Nash, and from him to Mr. Robert Keate.
According to Crookshank, Jenner was acquainted
with Nash.
Another observer who was well acquainted with
cowpox was Rolph, who practised for nine years in
Gloucestershire about this period. He had noted that
out of hundreds of cases that had come
under his observation, not a single one fx°pefiences
had proved either dangerous or fatal.
He also states : " There is not a medical practitioner of
even little experience in Gloucestershire, or scarce a
dairy farmer, who does not know from his own
experience, or that of others, that persons who had
suffered from cowpox are exempted from the agency
of the variolous poison."
Downe records that cowpox inoculation was practised
in several cases with success as early as 1771, and he
relates the case of a butcher near Bridport, who was
inoculated with cowpox matter, by means of a needle,
in two or three places on his hand. He afterwards
came repeatedly into contact with persons suffering
from smallpox, but never contracted the disease.
One of the most interesting incidents, however, in
the history of cowpox inoculation is that of Benjamin
Jesty, a farmer living at Yetminster in Dorset, who
carried on a large business as a cattle dealer. In
9G
h
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 57
the year 1774 he inoculated his wife and three of
his children with cowpox matter. Mrs. Jesty was
inoculated in the^ arm under the elbow,
and her sons above the elbow, the inoculates his
incision being made with a darning family with
needle, and the virus taken on the spot
from the cows of a farmer at Chittenhall, whither Jesty
had taken his family. The sons developed the disorder
in a favourable way, but Mrs. Jesty's arm became much
inflamed.
As Jesty's experiment became known, the boldness
and novelty of it created great interest and caused
quite a sensation in the neighbourhood.
The causes that led the country farmer to the idea
of inoculation with cowpox matter may best be
gathered from his own story, which he communicated
to the Rev. Dr. Bell, of Swanage : —
" When the smallpox raged in the vicinity and
inoculation was introduced into the village (Yetminster),
alarmed for the safety of his family, he bethought
himself of this expedient. There had been in his
family two maidservants, who, after having the
disorder from the cows, and knowing this to be a
preventive of the smallpox, had attended, the one
her brother, the other her nephew, in the natural
smallpox, without taking the infection. This circum-
stance led Mr. Jesty to communicate by inoculation
the disorder of the cows to his family. For this
purpose he carried them to the field of a neighbouring
farm, and, as has been related, performed the operation
on the spot.
" To the other question, how did it happen that
this discovery expired at its birth, a ready solution
will be found in the character of the ingenious farmer
whose pursuits were widely different from those of
medicine, literature or science, and in the natural
prejudice of mankind strengthened by the alarm which
the inflammation of Mrs. Jesty's arm had excited.
To such a height was this prejudice carried that a
58 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
neighbouring surgeon, whose name I have not been
able to learn, had almost lost his practice from the
bare proposal of following up Mr. Jesty's bold and
successful experiment."
Over thirty years afterwards this statement, duly
attested, was forwarded to the Jennerian Society in
London by Dr. Bell, and it was accepted as satisfactory
evidence of Jesty's discovery. The Society invited
him to pay a visit to the metropolis for the purpose
of having his portrait painted, as the earliest inoculator
of cowpox. The worthy farmer accepted the invitation,
and, accompanied by his son Robert, whom he had
inoculated in 1774, he journeyed to London. According
to an account of the visit, written at
The earliest ^e time, the pair " met with great
inoculator
of cowpox attention from the members of the
Society, who were much amused with
Jesty's appearance and manners. Before he left his
country home his family had tried to induce him to
attire himself more fashionably for his visit to the
metropolis, but without effect. ' I do not see,' said
the bluff old farmer, ' why I should dress better in
London than in the country,' and so he appeared
before the Jennerian Society in his country farmer's
clothes, which are described as being peculiarly old-
fashioned. In order to prove their statement, Robert
Jesty willingly consented to be inoculated for the
smallpox, and his father for the cowpox, but neither
took effect."
Jesty was then invited to sit for his portrait to
Mr. Sharpe, an artist, and the picture, when finished,
was to be presented to him. But the old farmer
proved an impatient sitter, and could only be kept
quiet by the artist's wife playing to him on the piano.
The portrait when completed was presented, together
with a pair of very handsome gold-mounted lancets,
to Jesty, and the members of the Jennerian Society
signed the following statement, which accompanied
the presentation : —
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 59
" Mr. Benjamin Jesty, farmer, of Downshay, in the
Isle of Purbeck, having visited the original Vaccine
Pock Institute, Inroad Street, Golden Square, London,
in August, 1805, we think it a matter of justice to
himself, and beneficial to the public, to attest that
among other facts he has afforded decisive evidence
of his having vaccinated his wife and two sons, Robert
and Benjamin, in the year 1774, who were thereby
rendered unsusceptible of the smallpox, as appears
from the exposure of all the parties to that disease
frequently the whole course of thirty-one years."
Thus, through Jesty's visit to London, he satisfactorily
established his claim as the first inoculator for cowpox.
He died in 1816, and was buried in the churchyard
of Worth Matravers, near Swanage, and his tombstone
bears the following inscription : —
Sacred
To the Memory
of
BENJN. JESTY (of DOWNSHAY)
Who departed this life
April i6th, 1816
Aged 79 years
He was born at Yetminster in this County, and
was an upright Honest man ; particularly noted
for having been the first Person (known) that
introduced the Cow Pox by inoculation, and
who, from his great strength of mind, made the
experiment from the Cow on his wife and two
sons in the year 1774.
His wife, who was thus the first person known to
have been intentionally inoculated with cowpox, lived
to the age of eighty-four, died in the year 1824, and
was buried by the side of her husband.
P
J
o
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 61
CHAPTER V
TH E, DISCO VERER OF VACCINATION
The close of the eighteenth century saw the dawn of
a new era in preventive medicine, by the discovery and
establishment of the value of vaccination by Edward
Jenner, whose name will ever be remembered as the
vanquisher of smallpox, which for centuries before his
time had ravaged the world.
He was born in the year 1749, at Berkeley, in
Gloucestershire, and was the third son of the Rev.
Stephen Jenner, the vicar of that place. At the period
of Jenner's birth, inoculation was being
° Edward Jenner
vigorously advocated as a preventive of
smallpox, and when he was but eight years of age, his
parents having decided that he should be inoculated,
he was promptly put under a preparatory regimen.
" For six weeks," he tells us later, " he was bled and
purged, and kept on a low diet, and dosed with
medicine, and was then removed to one of the so-called
inoculation stables, and haltered up with others in a
terrible state of disease." Jenner was fortunate to
escape with a mild attack, but it affected his health for
many years afterwards, and it is probable that the
experience he then went through made such an
impression upon his mind that he eventually began
his investigations on the prevention of the disease.
At the age of thirteen he decided to follow the
profession of medicine, and was apprenticed by his
father to Messrs. Ludlow, a firm of surgeons in
Sodbury, near Bristol, with whom he remained for
six years. It was during this period of his apprentice-
ship that one day a young country woman came to
seek medical advice, and, the subject of smallpox
having been mentioned, she exclaimed, " I cannot
take it, for I have had cowpox." Her reply seemed
to have made a deep impression on Jenner, and
doubtless set him thinking as to why this should be.
DR. EDWARD JENNER
From an engraving by W. Read
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 63
Apparently he never forgot it, but marked it out
for a new line of research.
On attaining his majority, he came to London and
entered as a house pupil with the famous John Hunter,
and assisted him in forming his museum. It is said
that he often discussed the subject of
smallpox with the great anatomist, and f^hn^irtiiiter
on one occasion when relating his hopes
and fears of the possibility of substituting vaccination
for inoculation, the characteristic reply of the great
surgeon was : " Don't think, Jenner, but try."
Tiring of town life, he resolved, after a time, to return
to his native village, and there he settled down as a
country practitioner, occasionally visiting Cheltenham,
where, on account of his London experience, he was
sometimes called in consultation by local practitioners.
During his early days in Berkeley, about 1778, he
wrote to John Hunter, telling him that he had unfor-
tunately fallen in love, and he regretted
to inform him that his suit did not "^enneV61
prosper. Hunter's amusing reply, in
which he recommends his old pupil to study hedgehogs
as a cure for love- sickness, is characteristic of the
man. It was as follows : —
" Dear Jenner, — I own I was at a loss to account for
your silence, and I was sorry for the cause. I can
easily conceive how you feel, for you have two passions
to contend with, viz., that of being disappointed in love,
and that of being defeated ; but both will wear out,
perhaps the first soonest. I own I was glad when
I heard you were to be married to a woman of fortune ;
but let her go, never mind her. I shall employ you with
hedgehogs, for I do not know how far I may trust
mine. I want you to get a hedgehog in the beginning
of winter, and weigh him, put him in your garden, and
let him have some leaves, hay, or straw, to cover
himself, which he will do, then weigh him in spring,
and see what he has lost. Secondly, I want you to kill
one at the beginning of winter, to see how fat he is ;
64 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
and another in spring, to see what he has lost of his
fat. Thirdly, when the weather is very cold, and about
the month of January, I could wish you would make
a hole in one of their bellies, and put the thermometer
down into the pelvis, and see the height of the
mercury ; then turn it upwards towards the diaphragm,
and observe the heat there. So much at present for
hedgehogs. London, 1778."
Some years later, Jenner married a Miss Kingscote,
and his married life was a long and happy one.
In the year 1780, he determined to take up the study
of cowpox, and in the month of May in that year he
first disclosed to his friend Edward Gardner his future
hopes respecting the great object of his pursuit.
Describing his personal appearance about this time,
Gardner says : " He was rather under middle size, but
robust, active and well formed. He was particular in
his dress, and when I first met him at
^enner^ Frampton Green, he was clad in
described
a blue coat with yellow buttons,
buckskins, well-polished jockey boots with handsome
silver spurs, and carried a smart whip with a silver
handle. His hair, after the fashion of the time, was
done up in a club, and he wore a broad-brimmed hat."
One can readily picture Jenner and his friend as
they rode together on the road between Gloucester
and Bristol, when the following conversation took
place. After relating the natural history of cowpox,
Jenner gave his opinion as to its origin from the
heel of the horse, specifying the different kinds of
disease which attacked milkmen when
confides they handled infected cows. He dwelt
in Gardner upon that variety which afforded pro-
tection against smallpox, and with deep
and anxious emotion mentioned his hope of being able
to propagate that variety from one human being to
another, until he had disseminated the practice all
over the globe to the total extinction of the dread
disease. " Gardner," he concluded, addressing his
DR. EDWARD JENNER INOCULATING HIS SON, EDWARD, AT
THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN MONTHS, WITH SWINEPOX MATTER,
NOVEMBER, 1789
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 65
friend, " I have entrusted a most important matter
to you, which I firmly believe will prove of essential
benefit to the 9 human race. I know you, and should
not wish what I have stated to be brought into
conversation, for should anything untoward turn up
in my experiments I should be made, particularly
by my medical brethren, the subject of ridicule, for
I am the mark they all shoot at."
It was about this period Jenner came to the con-
clusion that the grease of horses, a disease well known
to farriers, was the same as cowpox and smallpox. One
day, accompanied by his nephew,
George Jenner, when looking at a horse s'manpVx
with diseased heels, he exclaimed,
pointing to the infected part, " There is the source of
smallpox. I have much to say on that subject, which
I hope in due time to give to the world."
He satisfied himself that two forms of disease had
been hitherto confounded under the name of cowpox,
only one of which protected against smallpox. Many
cases of failure, he judged, were thus to be accounted
for. His next step was to ascertain that the true
cowpox itself only protects when communicated at a
particular stage of the disease.
Just at this time, however, there was little opportunity
of studying cowpox in that part of Gloucestershire.
Few cases had been seen, and he had no opportunity
of inoculating the disease, and so putting his theories
to the test. But he steadily pursued his investiga-
tions, and in 1788 he had a drawing made of the
hand of a milkmaid with cowpox, which he took
with him to London to show Sir Everard Home,
who agreed that it was interesting and curious, and
the subject began to be talked about in medical
circles in London.
While deliberating on the subject of vaccine
inoculation, he made some experiments on swinepox,
which he believed to be of similar origin to common
variolas. In November, 1789, he inoculated his son
66 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
Edward, who was then about eighteen months old,
with some swinepox matter which he had collected.
He watched the result with the greatest anxiety and
interest, and noted that the progress of the disease
seemed similar to that arising from the insertion of
true smallpox when the attack was slight. No
harm apparently resulting to the boy, on April 7,
1791, he inoculated him again, and although a vesicle
appeared and there was some erysipelas, it quickly died
away, and the child showed no sign of indisposition
the whole time.
In 1796, an excellent opportunity occurred for an
important experiment. Cowpox broke out in a farm
near Berkeley, and a dairymaid named Sarah Neames
contracted the disease. Jenner seized the opportunity
and resolved to put his theories to a
theor*e'« tested Practical test, and on May 14 he took
some matter from a sore on the maid's
hand, and inserted it by means of superficial incisions
into the arm of James Phipps, a healthy boy about
eight years of age. The inoculation succeeded, the
result being described as similar to that produced by
inoculation with variolous matter. The whole died
away, leaving scabs, and subsequent eschars. After
a period of six weeks had elapsed, Jenner determined
to try the effect of variolous inoculation, and on
July i he inoculated the boy with variolous lymph
by means of punctures and slight incisions, and was
delighted to see that no smallpox followed.
These results he communicated in the following
letter to Gardner : —
" Dear Gardner, — As I promised to let you know
how I proceeded in my inquiry into the nature of that
singular disease, the cowpox, and, being fully satisfied
how much you feel interested in its success, you will
be gratified in hearing that I have at length accom-
plished what I have been so long waiting for, the
passing of the Vaccine Virus from one human being to
another by the ordinary mode of inoculation.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 67
" A boy of the name of Phipps was inoculated in
the arm from a pustule on the hand of a young woman
who was infected by her master's cows. Having never
seen the disease but in its casual way before, that is,
when communicated from the cow to the hand of the
milker, I was astonished at the close resemblance of
the pustules, in some of their stages, to the variolous
pustules. But now listen to the most delightful part of
my story. The boy has since been inoculated for the
smallpox, which, as I ventured to predict, produced no
effect. I shall now pursue my experiments with
redoubled ardour. — Believe me, yours very sincerely,
Edward Jenner, Berkeley, July 19, 1796."
To confirm his experiments, and make his discovery
certain, he resolved to repeat it before publishing the
facts to the world. But again, the disappearance of
cowpox in the dairies delayed him, and in the mean-
time he resolved to prepare a paper on the subject to
send to the Royal Society.
Early in the year 1797, owing to an outbreak of
cowpox, an opportunity again occurred, and he inocu-
lated three other persons with success. He then
completed his paper, and revised it for publication.
He first transmitted the manuscript to the Royal
Society, and it was submitted to the Council, but after
some time was returned to him, as they
apparently thought the evidence was Jenner
. ,. publishes
not strong enough to warrant publica- his paper
tion in their Transactions. Jenner,
undaunted, resolved to publish the paper himself, and
about the end of June, 1798, it was printed, with
additions, in the form of a pamphlet, entitled :
" Inquiry into the Causes and Effects of the Variolas
Vaccinae, a Disease discovered in some of the Western
Counties of England, particularly Gloucestershire, and
known by the name of the Cowpox."
In this historic pamphlet, which led to such impor-
tant results, Jenner begins by describing the disease of
the horse called by farriers, "the grease," which he
Two IVORY SCARIFIERS AND SEVEN LANCETS
USED BY DR. JENNER IN HIS FIRST
EXPERIMENTS
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 69
describes as " an inflammation and swelling in the
heel, from which issues matter possessing properties of
a very peculiar kind. It is capable of generating a
disease in the Human Body (after it has undergone the
modification which I shall presently speak of) which
bears so strong a resemblance to the smallpox, that
I think it highly probable it may be
~ ., j. T Its contents
the source ot mat disease In summarised
this dairy country," he continues,
" a great number of cows are kept. The office of milking
is here performed indiscriminately by both Men and
Maid-servants. One of the former having perhaps
been appointed to apply dressings to the heels of a
Horse affected with the Grease, and not paying due
attention to cleanliness, incautiously bears his part in
milking the cows, with some particles of the infectious
matter adhering to his fingers. Should this be the case,
it commonly happens that a disease is communicated
to the Cows, and from the Cows to the Dairy-maids,
which pretty rapidly spreads until most of the cattle
arid domestics of the farm feel its unpleasant
consequences."
Jenner thus accounts for the origin of cowpox, the
characters of which he then describes in detail. He
assumed that virus from the horses' heels was intensi-
fied by being passed through the cow, on the ground
that the horse so rarely affects his dresser with sores,
while a milkman rarely escapes infection from the cow.
While in London concerning the publication of the
pamphlet, Jenner called on Mr. Cline, and left with him
some of the cowpox virus for trial. Having a young
patient suffering from an affection of the hip joint,
Cline thought that the counter irritation
excited by the cowpox might prove £*?£"**£*
beneficial, and in July, 1798, he inserted
some of it into the patient's hip by means of two
punctures. The result corroborated Jenner's ex-
periments, the child sickened on the seventh day, and
the fever subsided on the eleventh. The patient was
FIRST PAGE OF JENNER'S ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT
FOR HIS PAMPHLET:
"An inquiry into the natural history of a disease known in
Glostershire by the name of the Cowpox "
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 71
afterwards inoculated with smallpox matter in three
places without contracting the disease, and Cline,
writing on August 2, 1789, states : " I think the
substitution of cowpox poison for smallpox promises
to be one of the greatest improvements that has ever
been made in medicine. The more I think on the
subject, the more I am impressed with its importance."
Ingenhousz, a well-known physician and scientist of
the time, was the first critic of Jenner's discovery. In
the autumn of the same year he opposed the cowpox
theory, and cited certain cases where
smallpox had been contracted after £*"*» S
inoculation by cowpox. Jenner recog-
nised a formidable antagonist in Ingenhousz, whose
criticism did a great deal to weaken Jenner's position.
The leading scientific and medical men in London
next took up the subject, and several questioned the
accuracy of Jenner's observations, and stigmatised his
doctrines as conjectural and ridiculous.
Others, such as Pearson and Woodville, although
adopting Jenner's ideas, endeavoured to exploit them
on lines of their own, which proved a failure. Their
experiments were attended with somewhat serious
results, and for a time stopped the progress of
Jenner's work.
Both held important positions, being physicians to
the Smallpox Hospital in London, and it is stated that
the experiments they commenced to carry out on
vaccination were so carelessly performed that they
were practically useless. It was further said that the
vaccine they used was actually disseminating the
disease they wished to prevent.
Jenner, hearing of this, and fearing that their failures
would seriously rebound on him, decided to come to
London, and in the early part of the
year 1799 he came up to the metropolis. l;*£l£*n
He at once set to work to rescue his
discovery from destruction, and to expose the errors
which had been committed by his imitators. He
ORIGINAL ILLUSTRATION FOR JENNER'S "INQUIRY,"
REPRESENTING COWPOX AND SMALLPOX PUSTULES
ON THE THIRD DAY OF ERUPTION
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 73
gathered around him a goodly band of enthusiastic
supporters, and they set to work to counteract the evil
done to their cause.
The word " vaccination " was the name first given
in France to Jenner's method of cowpox inoculation.
The method was based almost exactly on the earlier
practice of inoculation, the cowpox matter being
inserted under the skin of the arm by a lancet point.
In 1799, Woodville started a succession of arm-to-arm
vaccinations, so that the matter could be passed from
one person to another with the same result. This
method proving successful, it became commonly
adopted in practice.
Meanwhile, Pearson, not to be outdone, decided to
establish an institution of his own for the inoculation
of cowpox, and appointed a Vaccine Board, of which
he himself was the Principal, and the Duke of York
consented to become a Patron. He wrote to Jenner
offering to make him an " extra corresponding
physician," but Jenner, thinking that sufficient con-
sideration had not been shown to him in the matter,
declined the offer.
Jenner now returned to Berkeley to complete a
second paper on which he was engaged in reply to the
criticism of his opponents^ and shortly afterwards
published it in the form of a pamphlet, entitled,
" A Continuation of Facts and Observations relative
to the Variolae Vaccinas."
Soon after its publication he returned to London,
and communicated with Lord Egmont, asking for an
interview, so that " he might submit a plan by which
the country might derive the advan-
tages of his discovery, and profit by Jenner
u- J • j- introduced
his advice. He also had audience to Royalty
with the Duke of Clarence, and
eventually submitted a scheme for the establish-
ment of a public institution for vaccine inoculation.
He ultimately succeeded in inducing the Duke of
Clarence and Lord Egmont to withdraw from
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 75
Pearson's projected institution, and was presented by
Lord Berkeley to the King, the Queen, and the Prince
of Wales, whose encouragement gave him fresh hope
and materially aided the spread of the vaccination
propaganda throughout the country.
The practice of vaccination was soon taken up in
America, and was introduced and made known by
Dr. Waterhouse, of Cambridge, Massachusetts, who
published an article in the Columbian
Sentinel, in March, 1797, entitled ^A^eVic™
" Something Curious in the Medical
Line." Thus, with characteristic enterprise, did the
Americans grasp a discovery but just made in the land
of its birth, and at a meeting of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences, presided over by John Adams,
then President of the United States of America, the
subject was attentively considered, and no time was
lost in endeavouring to procure a supply of vaccine
matter.
This was received in June, 1800, and, on July 8,
Waterhouse vaccinated one of his sons, aged five years,
this boy being the first person to be vaccinated in
America. Finding the results successful as compared
with Jenner's experience, he vaccinated several other
members of his family, and also subjected them to
smallpox inoculation afterwards. Finding the children
resisted the disease even when subjected to the most
crucial test, Waterhouse exclaimed, " One fact in such
cases is worth a thousand arguments."
He was anxious that the benefits of vaccination
should be diffused throughout the Continent, and his
efforts attracted the attention of Thomas Jefferson, then
President of the United States of America, who took a
considerable interest in the subject. Jefferson had
some of the members of his family vaccinated in
August, 1 80 1, and from his own family the President
supplied Dr. Gantt with a small quantity of vaccine
matter. Thus the seed of vaccination was planted at
the capital of the United States.
VACCINATION
"Ah! doctor, I did well in not allowing myself to be vaccinated on
the arm ... it leaves a mark . . . and then my husband finds that
I have a fine leg."
"He was not aware of it?"
" He ! ! Never ! "
From a French caricature by Carlo Gripp
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 77
The propaganda next spread over the continent
of Europe, and vaccination was demonstrated in
Vienna by De'Carro in 1799, and its importance once
being realised, it was taken up with
In Europe
enthusiasm in Switzerland, France,
Italy and Spain. In the latter country, the Government
despatched an expedition in 1803 for the purpose
of introducing vaccination throughout the Spanish
possessions of the Old and New Worlds. The vessel
in which the expedition sailed carried twenty-two
unvaccinated children, who were to be vaccinated on
the voyage in order to preserve the vaccine by passing
it from arm to arm. In South America, in Sicily, and
Naples, where smallpox was rife, it was received with
great enthusiasm, religious processions being formed
for the purpose of receiving " the blessed vaccine."
In Italy, Jenner's discovery was successfully exploited
by Sacco, of Milan, in 1801. He laboured with un-
wearied activity, becoming the director of vaccination,
and in a few years he had vaccinated 20,000 people.
For many of these the vaccine was obtained from an
animal with natural cowpox which was discovered in
Lombardy after a prolonged search.
In France, Valentin and Desoteux were the first
to call attention to the subject, and the practice soon
became popular. Liancourt established, a Vaccine
Institute by subscription, obtaining much financial
support from Lucien Bonaparte, who was then
Secretary of the Interior.
Fran9ois Colon, a Paris physician, in order to
encourage those who hesitated, had his own son, eleven
months old, vaccinated. He also wrote and circulated
widely a pamphlet in which he said : —
" I will inoculate gratuitously all the poor, all soldiers
and their children, who have not had smallpox, on a
simple letter of recommendation from beneficence
committees, from different administrations and con-
stituent bodies. I will entertain at my house and
attend three intelligent nursing mothers with their
"THE BLESSINGS OF VACCINATION TO MAN'
From an engraving, 1800
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 79
children, during the whole period of inoculation. I
invite all my colleagues to study my inoculations, and
to be convinced by the testimony of their own eyes
of the usefulness and advantages of vaccine. I shall
be very pleased to enter into correspondence with
all the doctors of provinces who wish to know and to
propagate this method of inoculation. I will send
them some virus vaccine which may be useful to them.
"In order to inspire the public with confidence, I will
give to those who wish it a receipt for what I receive
as my fees, with a promise to restore it at sight to
those who suffer from smallpox after having been in-
oculated by me. As a guarantee of this promise, I will,
if they wish it, sign a deed in the presence of a lawyer,
with mortgage on an unencumbered real estate, binding
me to refund in the above-mentioned case, as far as
I shall be called upon to make good my promise."
In January, 1800, Jenner's Treatise was translated
into French by the Count de la Roque,
and, five years later, Napoleon demon- Napoleon's
soldiers
strated his confidence in Jenner's vaccinated
theories by ordering all soldiers who
had not suffered from smallpox to be vaccinated.
Among the most enthusiastic supporters of Jenner's
discovery was the Empress of Russia, who urged her
subjects to be vaccinated, and who ordered that the
first child who submitted to the operation should
receive the name of " Vaccinoff," and
be educated at the public expense. The Empress
The young Vaccinoff, after vaccination, is interested
was conveyed to St. Petersburg in
one of Her Majesty's Imperial coaches, and, after
being educated in the Foundling Hospital, received
a pension for life. The Empress, in commemora-
tion, afterwards presented Jenner with a valuable
diamond ring.
Meanwhile, Jenner's influence and popularity
increased. The Emperor of Austria and the King of
Spain, at his request, released Englishmen, who had
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 81
been taken in the wars. In France, where a Dr.
Wickham remained a prisoner, Jenner was applied to
by one of his friends to present a petition to Napoleon,
soliciting the physician's liberation. He readily under-
took the task, and drew up a petition to the Emperor at
the time when he was exhibiting his greatest animosity
towards Britain. The petition was forwarded and
safely reached the Emperor. It happened to be
handed to him when he was seated in his carriage,
together with the Empress Josephine,
waiting for the horses to be changed. Prisoners
of war
Glancing at it, he exclaimed to the released
driver, " Away, away ! " But the
Empress, examining the paper, said, " But stay, you
see from whom this comes — Jenner." Napoleon's
manner changed immediately, and he replied, " What
that man asks is not to be refused," and so
Wickham was released. Napoleon liberated several
other prisoners, (and even whole families, from time
to time, at Jenner's request, and it is stated that he
never refused a petition sent by Dr. Jenner, such was
the esteem in which he held him.
Napoleon further issued a decree that a hundred
thousand francs should be at the disposal of the
Minister of the Interior, for the propagation of
vaccination.
During the years that Jenner had spent upon his
research and inquiry, he had expended a considerable
amount of money, hoping that his discovery might
eventually recoup him and become a financial success.
This becoming known to his friends, he was advised to
apply to Parliament for a grant, and on December 9,
1 80 1, he journeyed to London to frame
a petition, for which he obtained a Parliamentary
• r • A r A -i • i grant to
promise ot assistance from Admiral jenner
Berkeley. The petition was laid before
the House in the March of the following year, and was
presented on the following grounds : First, that he had
discovered that cowpox was inoculable from cow to
o o
COMMENCEMENT, PROGRESS AND TERMINATION
OF THE VACCINE POCK
From the Report of the Royal Jennerian Society, 1816
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 83
man ; second, that persons so inoculated were for life
perfectly secure from smallpox. Jenner added that he
had not made a secret of his discoveries, that the
progress of smallpox had already been checked, and
that he had been put to much expense and anxiety.
The matter was referred to a Committee, and in June,
1802, the report was laid before the House, which
ultimately granted ten thousand pounds to Jenner, who
then left London for Berkeley.
Shortly afterwards, some of his leading supporters
in London again took up the matter of forming a
Jennerian Institution, for promoting universal vaccine
inoculation. The Queen became a patron, the King
granting permission for the society to be called
" The Royal Jennerian Society for the
Termination of the Smallpox," and an The Roy ai
influential board of directors and a society
medical council were appointed. Jenner
was made President, and Dr. John Walker appointed
Resident Vaccinator. Thirteen stations were opened
in London, and in eighteen months they announced
that 12,288 inoculations had taken place, and 19,352
charges of cowpox virus had been supplied to different
parts of the British Empire and foreign countries. But
although the Institution began well, in less than six
years its success was on the wane. Jenner disagreed
with the chief vaccinator, who resigned his office, and
in 1808 the Society practically collapsed. Meanwhile,
Jenner had decided to take a practice in London, and
for some years settled in Hertford Street, Mayfair.
But the results were far from satisfactory, and, after
a trial, he returned to his native village. In a letter to
one of his friends, referring to the matter, he says,
" I have now completely made up my mind with respect
to London. I have done with it, and have again
commenced the village doctor. I found my purse not
equal to the sinking of the thousand pounds annually
(which has actually been the case for several successive
years), nor the gratitude of the public deserving such a
sacrifice. How hard, after what I have done, the toils
''EFFECTS ARISING FROM VACCINATION"
From a caricature, 1806
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 85
I have gone through, and the anxieties I have endured
in obtaining for the world a greater gift than man ever
bestowed on them before (excuse this burst of egotism),
to be thrown by with a bare remuneration of my
expenses."
In the year 1804, failures of the new inoculation
multiplied considerably, and even some of Jenner's best
friends began to lose confidence. His
time at Berkeley was largely taken up ^iffi^ui^es
in replying to correspondents, and in
endeavouring to account for the numerous failures.
Jenner had been always aware that smallpox had
occurred after vaccination, but that if it did occur he
believed that vaccination could not have been properly
performed.
He still continued to vaccinate all the poor who
applied to him on certain days, so that he had
sometimes as many as three hundred persons waiting
at his door.
Notwithstanding the success and support that
vaccination was now receiving in all parts of the world,
there were many who still opposed the practice, and
pamphlets, lampoons and caricatures were constantly
published by the anti-vaccinators. It was actually
alleged by some that those inoculated
by cowpox would assume the bovine caric^tu^e*"*1
features of the animals themselves.
A Dr. Rowley wrote a long treatise entitled " Cowpox
Inoculation no Security against Smallpox Infection ; to
which are added the Modes of treating the Beastly
New Diseases produced from Cowpox." The work is
illustrated by the picture of " a cow-poxed ox-faced
boy." " Various beastly diseases," asserts the writer,
" common to cattle have appeared among the human
species since the introduction of cowpox — cowpox
mange, cowpox abscess, cowpox ulcer, cowpox gangrene,
cowpox mortification, and enormous hideous swellings
of the face, resembling the countenance of an ox with
the eyes distorted and eyelids forced out of their true
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 87
situation. Smallpox is a visitation from God, but the
cowpox is produced by presumptuous man ; the former
was what Heaven ordained, the latter is perhaps a
daring violation of our holy religion."
Another writer on the subject recounts the story of
a lady who complained that " since her daughter was
inoculated, she coughed like a cow, and has grown
hairy over her body."
Another anti-vaccinationist declared that the inocula-
tion of the cowpox had been discontinued in a part of
the country in which he had been staying, because
those who had been inoculated in that manner
"bellowed like bulls."
It was stigmatised by others as the " damnest thing
ever proposed," and "the most degrading relapse of
philosophy that ever disgraced the civilised world."
But, notwithstanding these fulminations, vaccination
made steady progress, and every country vied in
honouring its discoverer. Jenner was
elected a member of nearly all the "runner
leading scientific societies in Europe.
He was presented with the Freedoms of the Cities of
London, Dublin, Edinburgh and Glasgow, and the
Medical Society of London conferred on him a gold
medal at their anniversary festival, when Dr. Lettsom
delivered an oration on vaccination. In 1812, at Berlin,
the anniversary of cowpox inoculation was celebrated
by a Jennerian feast, and addresses and diplomas
poured in upon the discoverer from all parts of the
world. The following quaintly worded address was
sent to him by the Red Indians of North America : —
" Brother ! Our Father has delivered to us the book
you sent to instruct us how to use the discovery which
the Great Spirit made to you, whereby the smallpox,
that fatal enemy of our tribe, may be driven from the
earth. We have deposited your book in the hands
of a man of skill whom our Great Father employes to
attend us when sick or wounded. We shall not fail
to teach our children to speak the name of Jenner,
FACSIMILE OF ORIGINAL AUTOGRAPH LETTER
WRITTEN BY DR. JENNER TO MRS. BLACK.
INFORMING HER THAT PARLIAMENT
HAD VOTED HIM £20.000
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 89
and to thank the Great Spirit for the bestowing
upon him so much wisdom and so much benevolence.
We send with* this a belt and string of wampum in
token of our acceptance of your precious gift, and we
beseech the Great Spirit to take care of you in this
world, and in the land of spirits."
In July, 1806, the subject of vaccination was again
brought before the House of Commons, and the
question was considered whether a sufficient reward
had been bestowed on the original
discoverer of vaccine inoculation. The ^f ^J2a0"o00
matter was referred to the Royal
College of Physicians, and, having conferred with the
other medical faculties in Scotland and Ireland, they
reported in favour of a further grant being made to
Dr. Jenner, with the result that it was agreed to present
him with twenty thousand pounds.
The Government having decided to support vaccina-
tion, they felt called upon to found an establishment to
carry on the work of the Royal Jennerian Institution,'
and Jenner was asked to draw up a plan and to prepare
an estimation of the cost. The illness of his son
necessitated his return to Berkeley, but the warrant
for instituting a national vaccine establishment was
obtained in his absence, and he was appointed director.
Dissensions, however, crept in at the outset, which
ended in Jenner's resigning his post as director,
although he continued to give the Institution the
benefit of his advice when it was needed.
In 1810, many domestic trials came upon him. The
death of his son distressed him so deeply that it
materially affected his health. He went to Bath to
endeavour to recruit, and on his return he was called
upon to attend the Earl of Berkeley, and visited him
up to the time of his death. The following year he
lost his sister, which was also a great grief to him.
On May 26 in the same year, while in London,
he was summoned to attend the bedside of the
Hon. Robert Grosvenor, who had developed a
90 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
serious attack of smallpox. He had been vaccinated
by Jenner ten years previously. In four days he
became delirious, and the worst symptoms mani-
fested themselves in a very short time.
patient* ' Attended by Sir Henry Halford, Sir
seriously Walter Farquhar, and Jenner, he
attacked
recovered, although a fatal termination
had been regarded as inevitable. This case served to
revive the agitation against vaccination, and caused
quite a panic amongst those who had had their children
vaccinated. A fresh outburst of criticism, together
with a summons to give evidence before the House of
Lords on the Berkeley peerage, seems to have greatly
unnerved Jenner, and aged him considerably.
In 1814, he visited London for the last time, when he
was presented to the allied sovereigns and the Emperor
of Russia on the occasion of their visit to London. The
Grand Duchess of Oldenberg, the sister of the Emperor,
was very desirous that Jenner should be introduced to
His Majesty, and an interview took place,
jenner's Alexander conversed with him on the
last visit ... _p .
to London astonishing enects ot vaccination in
Russia, which he declared " had nearly
subdued smallpox throughout that country." Jenner
replied that he had the highest gratification upon
hearing such an important fact from his Majesty. The
doctor then presented the monarch with a volume of
his own works, which he graciously accepted. A few
days afterwards Count Orloff waited on Jenner, and
asked him if a Russian order would be acceptable to
him, but Jenner replied that he thought this exclusively
belonged to men of independent means. The Count
expressed his surprise, and Jenner respectfully declined
the honour. A little later he had an audience with the
King of Prussia, who gave him a pressing invitation to ,
visit Berlin.
In the year following he lost his wife, after a long
illness, and, stricken with grief, he retired to Berkeley,
which place he did not leave again, except for a day
or two, until his death.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 91
On January 23, 1823, he wrote in his last letter
to his friend Gardner. " I have had an attack from a
quarter I did net expect, the Edinburgh Review. These
people understand literature better than physic, but
it will do incalculable mischief. I put it down at
one hundred thousand deaths at least. Never was
I involved in so many perplexities."
The following day he retired to rest, apparently
in his usual health, and the next morning rose and
came down to his library, where
he was stricken with an attack of death* '
apoplexy and paralysis of the right
side. He never rallied, and died the following morning,
January 26, 1823.
In estimating Jenner's great achievement it should
be remembered that his discovery was not so much
the fact that persons who had been
infected with cowpox escaped variola, ichTeVement
but that the matter taken from a
human being suffering from cowpox had the power of
protecting another individual from smallpox.
The lives that this discovery has been instrumental
in saving are the most eloquent tribute to his memory,
and the principles that he advocated and put in
practice still remain the one efficient means of
protection against one of the most dreaded scourges
that afflict mankind.
It has been well said, that the brilliant discoveries
that have since been made in the field of protective
inoculation have added lustre to his fame, and his
name will ever be remembered as that of one of
humanity's greatest benefactors.
0 e a
5 2 ^
o &- £
X
h
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 93
CHAPTER VI
THE PRC/GRESS OF THE PRINCIPLES OF
VACCINATION AND INOCULATION
Many years elapsed before Jenner's principles of
vaccination were applied to other diseases. This began
with the study of fermentation, the foundation and
development of bacteriology.
In 1838, De La Fonde, a Professor at the Alfort
Veterinary School, pointed out to his students "little
rods," as he called them, which he found in the blood
of animals that had died from anthrax, an observation
which was destined to have far-reaching results.
Following this, Henle, in 1841, came to the conclusion,
on purely theoretical grounds, that the cause of some
diseases must be living organisms, and, by a similar
induction, Farr applied the word " zymotic " or
" fermentive " to them, a term which was soon almost
universally adopted.
In 1849, Pollender and Brauell also noted certain
micro-organisms in the blood of anthrax victims, but
it was not until 1861 that these bodies
were studied by Davaine, who, describ- Micro-
,,,1 , 1M , . , , organisms
ing the thread-like corpuscles which he and disease
had seen in the blood of sheep attacked
by anthrax, declared: "In the present state of science,
no one would think of going beyond these corpuscles
to seek for the agent of contagion. This agent," he
stated, " is visible, palpable ; it is an organised being
endowed with life, which is developed and propagated
in the same manner as other living beings. By its
presence, and its rapid multiplication in the blood, it
without doubt produces in the constitution of this
liquid, after the manner of ferments, modifications
which speedily destroy the infected animal."
Further investigations proved the correctness of
Davaine's theory, viz., that most forms of contagious
disease were the result of fermentative processes,
Louis PASTEUR
Born 1822. Died 1895
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 95
analogous in all respects to the fermentation which
takes place in wine or beer.
»
It is very largely to the -brilliant researches of Louis
Pasteur, and his investigations into the causation of
disease, that we owe the foundation of the scientific
era of inoculation which produced such remarkable
developments in recent times. Born on December 27,
1822, at Dole, in France, he was the son of a tanner
who carried on business in that town. He was sent for
a short time to a boarding school in
Paris, and afterwards to a college at ^work*"1*
Arbois, where his father hoped he would
eventually become professor. In 1842, he took his
degree as Bachelor of Science at Dijon, and afterwards
went to Paris to attend classes at the Sorbonne, where
he studied under the celebrated Dumas. In 1848, he
was appointed Professor of Physics at Dijon, and
six years later became Professor and Dean of a new
faculty of science at Lille, where he commenced his
famous researches on fermentation which led to such
important after results. In 1865, he was sent, on the
recommendation of Dumas, to Alais, to investigate the
silk-worm disease, which had seriously affected the silk
industry of France. This he brought to a successful
conclusion.
In 1877, he began to investigate anthrax, or charbon.
This mysterious scourge was then causing terrible
ravages among sheep in France, and animals stricken
down by the disease died within two hours.
The starting-point of Pasteur's investigation of
anthrax was, that not only fermentatives, but also
disease processes, were due to the action of bacteria.
He declared that anthrax was due to
this cause, and set out to prove that f^Lhtl^
it was possible to modify the virulence
of a pathogenic organism by artificial means, so that it
no longer produced fatal results, and that this
attenuated virus protected against the fatal form of
the disease.
DR. CHAMBERLAND
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 97
In the summer of 1879, Pasteur interrupted his
researches on anthrax to investigate a sudden epidemic
that had broken out in the farmyards of France, known
as chicken cholera.
As far back as 1869 Moritz, an Alsatian veterinary
surgeon, suspected that this disease was caused by
some micro-organism, and/ nine years
afterwards Perroncito made a drawing The microbe
r i • i i j- j • of chicken
of an organism which he discovered in cholera
a fowl that had died from the disease.
Toussaint studied it, and demonstrated that this
microbe was indeed the cause of virulence in the
blood, and sent the head of a> cock that had died
of chicken cholera to Pasteur.
Pasteur at once began an investigation of the subject,
and discovered that a micro-organism was the specific
cause of the disease. He further found, that it could
be propagated outside the fowl's body in sterilised
material, and after two generations of such cultures the
virus did not lose its specific character or intensity if
each culture was made from the preceding one at short
intervals. If a few days were allowed to elapse, he
noted that the virus became weaker, and it could
then be obtained of various degrees of
virulence, some fatally strong, others so inoculation
attenuated that a bird inoculated with it Ittenuated
had a slight illness only, but this trifling virus
effect protected it against subsequent
inoculation with the stronger virus. His further
researches showed that the virus could be cultivated
of each degree of intensity without altering its strength,
that the weakest could be cultivated as well as the
strongest, and that of any intermediate strength
equally ; they threw an entirely new light on certain
phenomena, and paved the way to his further
remarkable discoveries.
In 1 88 1, he resumed his search into the cause of
anthrax, and in February he was able to announce his
discovery of a vaccine to protect animals against
DR. Roux
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 99
that disease, which aroused considerable interest
throughout Europe.
The Melun Agricultural Society hastened to give the
scientist facilities to prove his assertions, and invited
Pasteur to organise public experiments on his method
of preventive vaccination for anthrax in the neighbour-
hood of Melun, Fontainebleau and Provins.
Pasteur accepted the proposition, and the Melun
Agricultural Society put sixty sheep at his disposal,
twenty-five of wrhich were to be vaccinated by two
inoculations at twelve or fifteen days'
interval, with some attenuated anthrax experiments
virus. Some days later these twenty- with anthrax
five, and also twenty-five others, were
to be inoculated with some very virulent anthrax
culture. " You will see," wrote Pasteur with confidence,
" the twenty-five unvaccinated sheep will all perish,
and the twenty-five vaccinated ones will survive."
On May 5, 1881, the day appointed for the test,
Pasteur, accompanied by his assistants Chamberland
and Roux, whose names have since become famous in
the world of science, arrived at the farm Pouilly-le-Fort,
near Melun, where a great throng of physicians,
apothecaries, veterinary surgeons and agriculturists had
assembled. The sheep to be vaccinated and those
left unvaccinated for the test were separated under a
large shed, and each of the former received an injection
consisting of five drops of the bacteridium culture,
which Pasteur called the first vaccine, on the inner
surface of the right thigh, by means of a small Pravaze
syringe. A second inoculation was not made till a
fortnight afterwards, with a vaccine which, though still
attenuated, was more virulent than the first. On the
last day of the month the third and last inoculation,
with very virulent anthrax culture, took place, this
time on fifty sheep and ten cows, vaccinated and
unvaccinated. Pasteur, writing to his son-in-law, said :
" On June 5 at the latest, the final result will be
known, and that should be twenty-five survivors out of
100 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
twenty-five sheep and six cows. If this success is
complete this will be one of the finest examples of
applied science in this century, consecrating one of
the greatest and most fruitful discoveries."
The result was in every way satisfactory, as Pasteur
had predicted. The sheep that had been originally
vaccinated remained alive, while the unvaccinated
ones died.
On June 13, Pasteur communicated the result of
this great control experiment to the Academic des
Sciences, and said : " We now possess virus vaccine of
anthrax capable of preserving those inoculated from
the dread disease, without being in itself deadly."
The French Government, desirous of recognising
his discovery, offered him the Grand Cordon of the
Legion of Honour, but Pasteur would only accept it
on the condition that his able assistants, Roux and
Chamberland, were to share in the honour, and to this
stipulation the Government acceded.
Before even the completion of the discovery of the
anthrax vaccine the great scientist had embarked on an
investigation of still greater importance, namely, that
into the cause and prevention of hydrophobia.
The subject of this dread disease, which goes
back to a period of great antiquity, was one
which has baffled scientific investigation throughout
the centuries.
Celsus described it in Roman times, and remarked on
the patient being tortured at the same time by thirst
and an invincible repulsion towards water. He
recommended suction of the bitten part
i^y^tiPqhu0ibtya by means of a dry cupping glass, and
afterwards the application of the actual
cautery, or of strong caustics, a method of treatment
which remained in vogue down to the nineteenth
century. Galen also described the disease, and
recommended the excision of the wounded part as
the chief protective treatment. In the Middle Ages
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 101
certain Saints, such as St. Hubert in Belgium, were
supposed to effect miraculous cures, and sea-bathing,
or the throwing of the patient into a lake or pond,
was supposed to effect a cure.
In 1780, a prize was offered for the best method of
treating hydrophobia in France, and it was awarded
to Surgeon- Major Leroux, who wrote a
dissertation recommending cauterisa- Leroux !s
Q methodof
tion as the best means of treatment. treatment
All methods and remedies, however,
proved unavailing, and down to the latter part of the
.nineteenth century, hydrophobia was regarded as
hopelessly incurable, and the mortality from rabies
1 was gradually increasing. Practically every person
in whom the symptoms of hydrophobia were once
developed, might be regarded as condemned to death
without hope of a reprieve.
Pasteur's attention was first drawn to the subject in
1880, by Bourrel, an old army veterinary surgeon, who
had long been trying to discover a remedy for the
disease. He had suggested, as a preventive measure,
that the teeth of dogs should be filed down so that they
could not bite into the skin.
Bourrel kept a number of animals in kennels, and
two suffering from rabies he brought to Pasteur's
laboratory. On December 10 of the same year, while
Pasteur was, still planning, his investigations, he was
notified by Professor Lannelongue that a little child,
five years of age, who had been bitten by a dog on the
face a month before, had been admitted to the Hopital
Trousseau, with symptoms of hydrophobia. The child
died after twenty-four hours of horrible
suffering, suffocated by the mucus Pasteur's
which filled the mouth. Pasteur seized com^e^ce1*5
the opportunity, and, hurrying to the
hospital with all speed, collected some of this four hours
after the child's death. Adding a small quantity of
water to the mucus, he inoculated some rabbits with
the liquid, and they died in less than thirty-six hours.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 103
The saliva from these he injected into other rabbits,
who succumbed almost immediately. On examining the
blood of the latter under the microscope, he discovered
a micro-organism, which he cultivated in veal broth,
and then inoculated rabbits and dogs with the culture.
After their death, a microscopical examination of the
blood revealed the same organism.
Following these experiments he made several
attempts to inoculate rabies direct to other rabbits
through the medium of the saliva of a mad dog. The
great danger involved in carrying this out can be
imagined from the description given of the following
scene. On one occasion two assistants at Bourrel's
kennels undertook to drag a mad bulldog suffering
from rabies, and foaming at the mouth, from the
cage in which it was kept. They seized it by means of
a lasso, and, stretching it on a table, held the struggling
and ferocious animal down while Pasteur, with un-
daunted courage, drew off a few drops of the deadly
saliva by means of a glass tube held between his lips.
But uncertainty still followed the inoculations even of
this medium, and the incubation was very slow, so that
some other means, which would be more rapid and
certain, were sought for. Roux, from observation of
several rabid animals in the laboratory, concluded
that the mad fury of a rabid dog excited the grey cortex
of the brain, and mentioned the same to Pasteur, who
decided to follow the matter up. On making the next
post-mortem on a mad dog, he uncovered the brain,
and with a sterilised tube removed a
particle of the substance, which he Hydrophobia
r and the
mixed with sterilised water. With this grey cortex
liquid he inoculated several animals,
who rapidly succumbed to hydrophobia, and from this
experiment he concluded that the seat of the rabid virus
was not in the saliva only, as it was previously thought to
be, but was also in the brain. He resolved to confirm this
by a long series of experiments, and on the termination
of these he decided to submit his results to be verified
104 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
by a Commission. This was duly constituted by the
French Government, in May, 1884, and a plan of work
was immediately formulated. A large number of dogs
were submitted to control experiments, which were
continued for several months, and in August of the
same year the Commission reported to the Minister of
Public Instruction that the first series of experiments
had been carried out with the most satisfactory results,
and they desired that further research might be
prosecuted on a larger scale. This was agreed to,
and a suitable place was found in the Park Villeneuve
1'Etang, near St. Cloud.
On March 28, 1885, Pasteur, writing to a friend,
states, " I shall be busy for some time, settling down, or
rather settling my dogs down, at Villeneuve 1'Etang.
I also have some new experiments on rabies in hand,
which will take some months. I am demonstrating
; this year that dogs can be vaccinated or made
refractory to rabies, after they have been bitten by
mad dogs. I have not yet dared to treat human
beings after bites from rabid dogs ; but the time is not
far off, and I am much inclined to begin by myself —
inoculating myself with rabies, and then arresting the
consequences; for lam beginning to feel very sure of
my results."
In May everything was ready at Villeneuve 1'Etang
for the reception of sixty dogs, where they were
accommodated in immense kennels. Besides this,
forty other dogs were under experiment
established at at Rollin, and fifteen others at Bourrel's.
vnieneuve Two series of experiments were then
carried out on these animals, the first
consisting in making the dogs refractory to rabies by
preventive inoculation and the second in preventing
the onset of rabies in dogs bitten or subjected to
inoculation. But months went by without bringing
about any satisfactory conclusions.
The matter was brought to a crisis by an unexpected
incident. On July 6, 1885, a little boy named
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 105
Joseph Meister, nine years of age, was brought to
Pasteur's laboratory by his mother. He had been
terribly bitten two days before by a mad dog at
Meissengott. The wounds had been cauterised by a
local doctor, who had advised the mother to bring her
child to Paris. Pasteur was torn by conflicting
emotions, and the sight of the child, who suffered so
much that he could hardly walk, caused him to decide
that something should be done. He made arrange-
ments for the comfort of the poor mother and her
son, and told them to see him again at five o'clock,
Meanwhile, he communicated with his colleagues.
Vulpian and Grancher, and they came to the
laboratory that evening and examined the boy's
wounds, some of which were very deep. In the end
they concluded to inoculate the boy immediately. The
liquid chosen was fourteen days old, and had quite lost
its virulence, and was prepared from some fragments
of medulla oblongata. Pasteur had a
, , i r j i ji j Boy inoculated
bedroom prepared for the mother and
child close at hand, and the little sufferer soon became
happy with the many animals that the scientist kept
about the place for experimental purposes. The first
inoculation was followed by others, gradually increasing
in strength. " All is going well," wrote Pasteur, on
July 12, " the child sleeps well, has a good appetite,
and the inoculated matter is absorbed into the system
from one day to another without leaving a trace. It is
true 'that I have not yet come to the test inoculations
which will take place on Tuesday, Wednesday and
Thursday. If the lad keeps well during the following
three weeks, I think the experiments will be safely
concluded." Thus, for days, Pasteur became a prey to
anxiety, going through in succession hopes, fear and
anguish in his desire to save the child from a terrible
death. His wife states he could no longer sleep,
visions came to him of this child struggling in the last
mad paroxysms of hydrophobia. At length the treat-
ment was complete, and Pasteur, yielding to persuasions
to take a rest, left the boy in the hands of Grancher
0 c
H r
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION J 07
for a short time, and went into the country, where he
lived in consent expectation of the daily report from
Paris. But these were all favourable, and the boy
seemed to be completely well.
On October 21, Pasteur made his statement on the
case before the Academic des Sciences. By this time
three months and three days had passed, and no ill
had resulted to the child.
Bouley, at this historic meeting, remarked, " We are
entitled to say that the date of the present meeting will
remain for ever memorable in the history of medicine,
and glorious for French science ; for it is one of the
greatest steps ever accomplished in the medical order
of things — a progress realised by the
discovery of an efficacious means of reported to
preventive treatment for a disease, the the Academic
n , r i • i des Sciences
incurable nature of which was a legacy
handed down by one century to another. From this
day, humanity is armed with a means of fighting the
fatal disease of hydrophobia and of preventing its
onset. It is to M. Pasteur that we owe this, and we
could not feel too much admiration or too much
gratitude for the efforts on his part which have led to
such a magnificent result."
Directly Pasteur's great discovery was made known,
people who had been bitten by rabid dogs hastened
to Paris from all parts of Europe, and a regular
hydrophobic service was rapidly organised. Physicians
came from all parts of the world, asking to be allowed
to study the details of the method. Pasteur took a
personal interest in each of his patients, and children
especially inspired him with a loving solicitude.
The Academic des Sciences appointed a Commission,
which unanimously adopted the sugges-
tion that an establishment for the ^^"d011
preventive treatment of hydrophobia
should be instituted in Paris, which resulted in the
erection of the Pasteur Institute, in the Rue Dutot,
108 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
which was opened by President Carnot in November,
1888. This great dispensary for the treatment of
hydrophobia has since become a centre of research and
teaching on virulent and contagious diseases.
The example was followed in several other countries,
and by May, 1889, there had been established seven
anti-rabic institutions in Russia, five in Italy, one in
Constantinople, one in Barcelona, one in Bucharest,
one in Rio de Janeiro, one in Havana, one in Buenos
Aires, one in Mexico, and one in Vienna.
Pasteur's discovery was investigated and confirmed
by a Commission appointed by the British Government
in 1886 to study and verify the facts. After fourteen
months' investigation of the prophylactic method,
they reported of the new method of inoculation or
vaccination discovered by Pasteur, that it would be
difficult to over-estimate its utility both from the point
of view of its practical side and of its application
to general pathology.
Some idea of the value of the treatment may be
gathered from the following : Since anti-rabic inocula-
tion was first performed (July 6, 1885) up to May 21,
1889, 6,870 persons were treated at the Institut de Paris
alone. Dr. Roux stated, in a lecture delivered before
the Royal Society of London on May 23, 1889, that,
on an average, since 1885, about a
some statistics hundred and fifty persons came each
of anti-rabic
inoculation month to the laboratory to be inoculated.
The injections were made, he stated, in
the side, the right and left alternately ; they were
repeated for fifteen days. For ordinary bites, the
injections commenced with medulla dried for fourteen
days, and stopped with that dried for three days. In
cases which were more serious, a greater number of
injections were made, and the recent medullas were
arrived at sooner, as a more active treatment was
necessary against such bites.
But, with the conclusion of his great discovery in
connection with rabies, Pasteur's labours were not
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
109
yet ended, and, in spite of his failing strength, in
conjunction with Roux and Yersin, researches had
already been commenced in his laboratory on
diphtheria, which were to lead to brilliant results in
the future.
Towards the close of 1895, Pasteur was seized with
a serious illness, which caused the greatest anxiety to
his family and friends. Although an improvement took
place for a short time, he never thoroughly recovered,
and on September 28, 1895, he passed away at
Villeneuve TEtang, near the scene of his triumphant
discoveries.
ROBERT KOCH
Born 1843 Died 1910
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
CHAPTER VII
»
BACTERIOLOGY, AND ITS INFLUENCE ON PREVENTIVE
MEDICINE
Few men have done more in laying the foundation
of the problems associated with immunity and the
prevention of disease than Robert Koch, who was the
first also to demonstrate the transmission of infectious
diseases artificially from animal to animal, from which
method such great results have been achieved in
recent years.
He was born on December n, 1843, at Klausthal, in the
province of Hanover, and, after finishing his academic
career, and taking his degree in medicine, he became
an assistant in the General Hospital
TT ', Ar, , , u Robert Koch
in Hamburg. Afterwards he became
physician to the Asylum for Idiots in Langenhagen,
near Hanover, until 1868. He then took up private
practice for a time, and after going through the Franco-
Prussian War as a surgeon, became district physician
in the town of Wollstein. Here he fitted up a
laboratory, and commenced to devote all his spare
time to the study of the diseases of animals in the
district in which he lived. Anthrax was one of the
earliest diseases in which he interested himself, and it
was his ambition to completely work out the life-cycle
of the anthrax bacillus. The results of his research
were published in 1876, when he set out the
etiological relationship of the bacillus of anthrax to
the disease, and by this paper, which has become one
of the great classics of bacteriology, he threw the first
clear light on the obscurity which at that time enveloped
the world of micro-organisms.
Koch's work on anthrax was accepted everywhere
in Germany, but was opposed in France by Paul Bert.
Bert's opposition induced Pasteur to take up the study
of anthrax. He confirmed Koch's observations, and
eventually, as already stated, brought the matter to a
practical and satisfactory conclusion.
112 HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
Koch then, with characteristic doggedness and
energy, set himself to work to improve the methods
and technique of bacteriology, and to him we owe
many of the most useful discoveries in that branch
of science. He devised most of the best methods for
sterilisation and disinfection, and suggested many
improvements in methods of work. Perhaps his
greatest achievement may be said to be his poured-
plate method for the isolation of
Koch's , organisms in pure culture. Up to this
bacteriological °
work time no method had ever been devised
for obtaining pure cultures of organisms
from mixtures. He watched with minute care the
development of the bacteria under the microscope,
rejecting as worthless any preparations which showed
extraneous organisms, and controlling his work by
constantly producing the disease by inoculation. To
obtain his pure cultures he employed nutrient gelatin,
which he used in such proportions as to give a solid
coagulurn when cool, and added to this gelatin meat
infusion to furnish a nutrient medium for the growth
of organisms. His method of making streak cultures
and of pouring plates gave pure cultures, and solved
a problem which had been attempted by so many of
his predecessors, and which gave greater impetus to
the advancement of bacteriology as a science.
He demonstrated the parasitic nature of infectious
diseases, and the methods of cultivating pathogenic
bacteria outside the body were brought by him to a
high degree of perfection. In this way a systematic
study of the cause of a disease became possible, and
the means of combating its action determined by
experiments.
Koch eventually removed to Berlin, and devoted
himself exclusively to laboratory work. In 1882, he
set to work to elucidate the etiology of
fJbercufosYs tuberculosis, which he succeeded in
proving to be due to the tubercle
bacillus. To demonstrate this he devised a new
method of staining, by means of which he could
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 113
differentiate between the organisms always present in
tuberculous regions and those accidentally found there.
He finally succeeded in cultivating the organisms he
had stained, on solidified blood serum, and proved
their relation to the disease by inoculation experiments
on rabbits and guinea-pigs.
In 1890, he described the preparation of tuberculin,
which was at once hailed throughout the world as the
great specific for tuberculosis. Unfortunately, on trial
it did not prove the success anticipated,
and its failure for some time detracted f^rV*i|l«°" °f
from Koch's reputation. Physicians
and patients suffering from the disease nocked from far
and near to Berlin in the hurry to obtain even the
smallest quantity of the remedy, and the use of this
potent product, given indiscriminately in too large
doses by inexperienced men, was followed by disastrous
results.
Improved methods of preparation have since been
devised and exact knowledge has been gained, so that
tuberculin has again come into extensive use both
therapeutically in cases of tuberculosis and as a means
of diagnosis in testing human beings or animals for the
existence of the disease.
The later years of Koch's life were devoted to the
investigation of tropical diseases, and the study
of malaria. For this purpose he travelled through
South Africa and German East Africa, and
was in charge of the sleeping sickness commission
sent out by Germany in 1906.
He died on May 27, 1910, working in the institute
where he laboured daily, almost up to the last.
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION
CHAPTER VIII
THE MODERN DEVELOPMENT OF INOCULATION AND
SERUM TREATMENT
Only the briefest summary is possible of the
enormous development of prophylaxis and treatment
by specific inoculation, since the new era of exact
bacteriology was inaugurated by the researches of
Pasteur, Koch, and their immediate followers. It may
be stated that, apart from theoretical investigation of
the mechanism of the immune reaction, practical
progress has been made along two distinct lines.
Pasteur's method of inoculation with an attenuated
culture or virus, as described in a
previous chapter, was directed to the Methods of
immunisation
active immunisation of the patient, and compared
this is the basis of the various forms of
protective or therapeutic inoculation or " vaccination "
in use at the present day, whether the inoculum
or vaccine consists of a living culture of modified
virulence, a suspension of the killed organisms, or a
solution of the soluble toxic substances which the
organisms produce in artficial fluid media. As an
example of the use of a culture of modified virulence
may be mentioned Ferran's and Haffkine's prophy-
lactic vaccines against cholera and Strong's similar
vaccine for plague. Killed cultures are used prophy-
lactically in Kolle's cholera and Haffkine's plague
vaccine. Wright was responsible for the first
systematic use of a killed suspension of typhoid bacilli
as a protective inoculation against enteric fever, and,
largely owing to the advocacy of the same observer,
analogous killed cultures have acquired an important
position in the prophylaxis and treatment of almost
all infections which can be definitely associated with
a known type of organism. Active inoculation of
the patient with soluble toxic substances produced
in artificial culture is an important factor in the
therapeutic use of the tuberculins.
W. M. HAFFKINE
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 117
Investigation of the nature of the changes in the
tissues of the animal, which accompany the process of
immunisation by the injection of bacteria
or their products, and which form the ferum *'
basis of the new condition of acquired
resistance, led to the discovery that the blood and
serum of such immunised animals contain substances
capable of neutralising the inoculated poison or
destroying the inoculated organism. The discovery
of the formation of substances antidotal to bacterial
toxins is associated with the names of Salmon and
Theobald Smith, Brieger and Kitasato, Roux and
Yersin, Chantemesse and Charrin and others. Pfeiffer
showed clearly that many organisms, such as the bacilli
of cholera and typhoid, streptococci, etc., to which
the animal body can acquire a high degree of
immunity, form no significant amount of soluble toxins.
Metschnikoff and his followers attributed the defence
of the organism against such invaders to the phagocytic
activity of the leucocytes; but here again the work of
many observers, starting with Fliigge and Nuttall,
showed that the body fluids of the immune animal
contain substances which destroy the vitality and even
the structural integrity of the infecting organisms.
It may be noted that the apparent gap between the
phagocytic and humoral theories of immunity against
bacteria, has been bridged to some extent of recent
years by the description of " opsonins "
/TTT • i \ i i. 1.1 ''Opsonins''
(Wright), bodies which so alter the
bacteria that they are defenceless against the attack
of the leucocytes. Another great step was made
when it was shown that the protective anti-bodies,
whether antitoxic or anti-bacterial in action, could be
transferred to an animal not actively immunised.
This was shown by Richet and Hericourt to be
possible with serum from an animal immunised
against pyogenic cocci. A few years later came the
classical work of Behring and Kitasato, proving the
possibility of transferring immunity against the toxins
of tetanus and diphtheria, by injecting into a normal
PROF. BEHRING
HISTORY OF INOCULATION AND VACCINATION 119
animal, serum from an animal rendered immune by a
course of inoculation with such toxin. The introduction
of these two antitoxic sera, obtained from highly
immunised horses, into practical human therapeutics,
in which Roux also played an important part, formed
the beginning of serum therapy as distinguished from
inoculation ; and they still hold their
place as the most unquestionably serii "therapy
efficacious among the various sera now
available for use, though Flexner's recent results with
an anti-meningococcus serum, in epidemic cerebro-
spinal meningitis (spotted fever), bid fair to challenge
this supremacy.
It will be seen that the rival methods of inoculating
and immunising the patient himself on the one hand,
and transferring serum from an animal immunised by
inoculation on the other, aim at inducing two distinct
types of immunity, called " active " and
"passive" respectively by Ehrlich. uA^!j^',,and
These researches, starting with and immunity
brilliantly solving the problem of the
exact evaluation of sera for practical use, led him to
enunciate those conceptions of the mechanism of the
immune reaction which have furnished the stimulus for
and fixed the direction of an enormous proportion of
recent work on the subject.
From this brief summary of the results, which man,
with such patience and ingenuity, has achieved in recent
years over these insidious enemies of his well-being,
some idea of the value of inoculative treatment may be
estimated. Serum treatment is but as yet in its infancy,
and its possibilities in the future are great. The
success that has followed its employment in modern
times promises that it may eventually prove one of the
most helpful branches of the healing art, especially in
combating some of the most terrible diseases with
which mankind is afflicted.
o
<
> J
U- _•!
o
c/}
M fc
THE HERB GARDEN
'WELLCOME' MATERIA MEDICA FARM
THE HERB GARDEN
'WELLCOME' MATERIA MEDICA FARM
Another view
The Herb Garden is an annexe to the 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm at
Dartford, near London, England. In it are grown specimens of medicinal plants and
herbs. Each specimen is carefully indexed for reference.
Reproduced from photographs developed with ' Tabloid ' Photographic Chemicals.
A FIELD OF DATURA METEL
Recent investigation lias shown that Datura melel contains Hyoscine, Hyoscy-
amine and Atropine, in proportions differing from those occurring- in other
solanaceous plants.
DATURA STRAMONIUM
The vigorous growth of Datura stramonium cultivated on the ' Wellcome '
Materia Medica Farm, is evidenced by comparison with the erect figure in the
photograph.
Reproduced from photographs taken on the ' Wellcome ' Materia Medica Far
and developed with ' Tabloid' Photographic Chemicals.
THE
* WELLCOME'
MATERIA MEDICA FARM
A MODERN PHYSIC GARDEN
IN one of the numerous
prefaces to his Book of Plants,
John Gerarde, author of the
first English Herbal, speaks of
erecting "the laboratory of an
industrious Chimist by the sweet garden of flourishing
simples'' in Holborn.* Where the " sweet garden
of flourishing simples" once was, the Chief Offices
of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. now In the
stand; and, hard by, the Wellcome footsteps
Chemical Research Laboratories of Gerarde
occupy a site in King Street. The day of gardens
in Holborn is, however, long since past, and the
1 Wellcome ' Materia Medica Farm lies beyond the
outer limits of the city's growth at Dartford, in Kent.
Of his " sweet garden of simples " the old herbalist
discourses like a lover, the while he reviews with
philosophic insight, the advantages of
the laboratory associated with it. philosophy
"The Physicke reader," he avers, "by of physicke
, . , gardens
their meanes shall not only come
furnished with authorities of the Antients and
sensible probabilities for that he teacheth, but with
real demonstrations also in many things which the
reason of man, without the light of the fornace,
would never had reached unto."
London, England
124 THE 'WELLCOME' MATERIA MEDICA FARM
Gerarde's Herbal is notable as containing the first
picture and description of the true potato plant,
Of G r rd introduced into England in the year
and his J597- Born " at Namptwich in
Cheshire, from whence he came to
this city and betooke himself to Surgery . . . and
therein attained to be a Master of that worthy
profession," Gerarde died in 1607. The groundwork
of his Book of Plants is stated to have been a
translation of " Dodonaeus his Pemptades comming
forth anno 1583."
To be true to purpose, the physic garden must,
in essence and in fact, make a laboratory of the open
fields, and of this idea Gerarde had some conception.
Having as its object the study, not so much of the
dead and dried herb as of the living plant and
the conditions which influence its growth and the
development of its properties, constant
View-points .r
experiment must needs be the medium
of investigation. The mediaeval view-point of disease
as due to malign influences to be driven forth from
the body by nauseous draughts, had led Luther to
exclaim upon the "wonderful virtues" of " mere
muck." To this crude conception succeeded the
fanciful assumption that every plant bore some
outward indication, in form or colour, of the disease
it was supposed to cure — resulting, actually, in the
practice of a confused polypharmacy. The acumen
of the elder pharmacists consequently exhausted
itself in minute pharmacognostic distinctions, and
the evolution of interminable vegetable pharma-
copoeia. The plants, as grown, were accepted without
question, innocent of assay, for the preparation of
galenicals.
The isolation of alkaloids in the early part of last
century exposed like a searchlight the futility of
THE 'WELLCOME' MATERIA MEDICA FARM 125
this, and revealed another and a deeper problem.
The discrepancies in alkaloidal value and strength
of active principles between different samples of
the same plant, to all outward seeming alike, became
evident ; and, to these, pharmacognosy afforded no
clue. A paper by Carr and Reynolds* illustrates
at once the importance of assay and the need of
devising measures to secure uniformity of content.
It was found that one specimen of Squill was
approximately three times as strong as another,
while the amount of petroleum - ether - soluble
alkaloid in Coca leaves varied from
0-018 per cent, to 0-79 per cent. f "fancies
Aconite, Belladonna herb, Calabar
bean, Digitalis, Ergot, Hyoscyamus, Jaborandi and
Strophanthus all showed wide variation, and in
the case of Cinchona there was a difference between
the highest and the lowest grades, bought on the
actual market, of 3*87 per cent, of quinine and
cinchonidine. In so far as variability of action must,
of necessity, result from variability of content, these
figures are significant of much.
Pioneers in standardisation, as in other depart-
ments of pharmacy, Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
found their efforts hampered from the outset by
these discrepancies. Control must obviously begin
at the sources of production. The introduction of
' Wellcome ' Brand Standardised Galenicals, there-
fore, led them to establish a scientific Materia
Medica Farm near the * Wellcome ' Chemical Works
at Dartford, with the twofold object of supply
and experimental research — again a conjunction
reminiscent of Gerarde.
* Carr and Reynolds, Pharm. Jottrn. (Eng. ), 1908, 80, 542
126 T H K 'WELLCOME' M A T E K i A M E D i c A FARM
By careful selection and propagation of the best
stocks, by attention to the composition of the soil,
by adaptation of stocks to soil and
en site> bY collection of the plants at
their period of richest yield, and so
forth, it was sought to eliminate factors of variability
and to obtain the most uniform results from the
choicest strains.
The major portion of this ' Wellcome ' Materia
Medica Farm is devoted to the cultivation of
staples, but an experimental section is maintained
in constant activity. Belladonna, for instance, has
been shaded during growth by various coloured
fabrics, and treated with different fertilisers. In the
course of these researches it was ascertained that
the yield of alkaloid is affected more by climatic
conditions than by other alterations in environment,
and that the superiority of English leaves is
due to the English climate. Experi-
?eXsuHsmental ments with Broom tops, again, proved
that the amount of sparteine contained
in them varies according to the time of year, being
low during the flowering and growing period, and in-
creasing during autumn and winter, when reproductive
activity has ceased. The Digitalis required for the
production of ' Wellcome ' Brand Concentrated
Tincture of Digitalis and ' Wellcome ' Brand Extract
of Digitalis is also grown at the ' Wellcome ' Materia
Medica Farm. The result is that variations in
character of the leaves have been
Advantages ., ,
reduced to those necessarily due to
the variations of season from year to year. Added
to which, errors due to the inclusion of faulty or
untrue specimens are avoided.
Further advantages derived from this conjunction
of experiment and research with the actual growing
127
of the plants and the preparation of their galenicals
are : — »
(1) A drug may be expressed or worked up
immediately it has been collected.
(2) Herbs may be dried directly they are cut,
before fermentation and other deteriorating enzymic
changes have set in.
(3) Caprice on the part of collectors — who, in
gathering wild herbs, are very difficult to control
in the matter of adulteration, both accidental and
intentional — is prevented.
(4) It is possible to select and cultivate that
particular strain of a plant which has been found by
chemical and physiological tests to give the most
satisfactory preparations. Notable instances are to be
found in connection with Digitalis and Belladonna.
An article in the Chemist and Driiggist^ London
(Eng.), of January 29, 1910, gives us an idea of
this latest of "physicke gardens," situated
"on an undulating slope, with here and there a clump of trees
and a strip of wild woodland, between the river and the North
Downs, hard by the little village of Darenth. No more ideal
spot for a herb farm could have been chosen. It has shade,
sunshine and moisture, and a fine loamy soil, varied by
sandier uplands.
"A visit to the farm shows that the greater part is devoted
to the cultivation of staples ; but a number of plots are used
for experimental crops. Among such are meadow saffron
( ' Colchicum autumnale), with its pale-purple flower. Lavender,
peppermint, and French roses grow side by side. Senega and
the unpretentious taraxacum, with its bright yellow petals,
occupy other spaces. Ginseng, the root that plays so important
a part in Chinese medicine, is also grown. Podophyllum
peltatuui, Scopolia atropoides, Datura meteloides, sea poppy
(Glaucuni hitett.ru ), and Grindelia robusta, are other plants that
one does not usually find growing on a scale greater than
the experimental ; but the plots of Hydrastis canadensis are
botanically and commercially the most interesting on the
farm, in view of the fact that we are coming within measurable
distance of the end of the natural supply from North America.
'TABLOID' MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
AT THE NORTH POLE
APRIL 6, 1909
'TABLOID' MEDICINE CHEST
supplied to
REAR-ADMIRAL ROBERT EDWIN PEARY
Inset are photographs of Rear-Admiral Peary and one of eight tubes of
'Tabloid' products, the only medicines actually carried by him to
the North Pole
MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
FROM POLE TO POLE
FIT refuge from the wintry
Northern ocean, it was natural
that the deep fjords of Norway
should harbour a race as fierce
as the storms that beat upon
their stern headlands. With
no compass to guide them, with
only the sun and the stars to
steer by, and naught but their
intuitive sea-lore to preserve
them, " unconscious that they
were specially brave," these
sea-worn adventurers battled
with ice and storms and infinite hardships, and became,
in Nansen's proud phrase, " the first ex-
plorers of the Northern Seas" and the JJceti*arliest
earliest of ocean navigators. "They dis- explorers
covered the wide Arctic Ocean and its
lands; they settled in the Scotch islands, found and
colonised the Faroes, Iceland and Greenland — were
the discoverers of the Atlantic Ocean and of North
America," he tells us.
In the ninth century, there is mention of their
Northern explorations in the Anglo-Saxon history of
Alfred the Great.
In the tenth century, Norsemen from Thule,* under
Eric the Red, reached and settled Greenland; and
it is practically certain that Norsemen discovered
North America about 500 years before Cabot and
Columbus. " South of Greenland is Helluland, next
to it is Markland, and then it is not far to Wineland
the Good . . . . " the old Icelandic geography read.
Helluland (i.e. Slate or Stone-Land) is identified
with Labrador; Markland (i.e. Woodland) with
Newfoundland; while, beyond the legendary Wineland
— the Hy-Breasail of the Irish, and the Fortunate
Isles of Isidorus — " no habitable land is found
in this ocean, but all that is more distant is full
* Iceland
w
J -1
< °
O Du
~ CO
£ H x
S u H
S D
- ? O
DC
O
2
W
Q
Z
D
Q
j
<
O
D
O
? I
£-£
: ® 5
H
Ou
<
O
I
i
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 131
of intolerable ice and immense darkness "
Thus Svein Estridssen, King of Denmark and nephew
of King Canute.
The " dark and curdled sea " which formed the outer
boundary of the viking world, legendary though it be,
had yet its natural prototype in the frozen ocean of the
Arctic world, familiar to the early Norse adventurers ;
and the longed-for passage to the
Wineland of the sagas has its historic we^pllsl^e
parallel in the attempts to find a and Polar
,. ~ , exploration
North- West Passage to the Southern
'• Indies," from which directly sprang attempts upon
the Pole itself.
Beginning with Cabot, Frobisher and Davis, the
illustrious line continues through Hudson and Baffin ;
through Cook in a later day ; through Scoresby (who
touched 8i°3o' N.) and the Rosses to Parry, who, in
1827, made a determined effort to reach the North Pole
from Spitzbergen, but was thwarted by the drift of the
ice in 82° 45' N. The tragedy of Franklin (1847), and the
magic of that heroic narrative of " white men marching
southwards" like ghosts in the frozen
silence — " and as they walked along
they fell down and died " — fill with splendour the middle
period of the nineteenth century. During the search
for Franklin, McClure actually made the North-West
Passage in 1852. In 1871, Hall, in the Polaris, reached
82° 16'. In 1878, Markham, in search of open Polar sea,
attained Lat. 83° 20' N., by sleigh from Sir George Nares'
expedition ; and succeeding expeditions by Greeley and
others added largely to the knowledge upon which was
based the master-effort of Peary in 1909.
The hardships of the early explorers and the wastage
from disease fill a mournful page in
human history. Not until Parry's day f0rsesvesntable
(the Hecla, 1819), do we find mention of
successful medical precautions being taken on any
expedition. ' Tabloid ' Medical Equipments made it
possible for the explorer to carry — on his own person
RELIC 'TABLOID' MEDICINE CASES — POLAR EXPLORATION
i — Scottish National Antarctic
medicine case. 2 — Chest used dur-
ing three years' exploration by the
Jackson-Harmsworth Arctic Expe-
dition. 3 — A duplicate of the chest
carried by the Duke of the Abruzzi's
Polar Expedition. 4 — Part of the
complete medical equipment sup-
plied by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
for the National Antarctic Expe-
dition, 1901. 5 — Andree, on his
historical attempt to reach the North
Pole by balloon, carried a case of
this design. 6 — Medicine case
used by Wellman on his attempt
to reach the North Pole in an air-
ship. 7 — Carried on the journey to
the summit of Mount Erebus, and
during the "Farthest South" jour-
ney, British Antarctic Expedition,
1907-9. 8 — Case carried by the party
which reached the South Magnetic
Pole, British Antarctic Expedition,
1907-9. 9 — Duplicate of the chest
which formed part of Peary's equip-
ment on his historic discovery of the
North Pole. 10 — Belt supplied to
Nansen for his journey " Farthest
North."
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
if need be — a sufficient supply of chosen remedies of
real practical (.value. Nansen, for his famous voyage
in the Frcun, was supplied with
•Tabloid' Medical Equipments. Modem
* Medical
First of the new vikings of modern Equipments
Polar exploration, as daring as he was
original, Nansen deliberately jammed his ship in the
ice (September, 1893), in the hope of drifting across or
near the Pole. In March, 1895, the
Frain touched 84° N., and Nansen, Nansen's
. . ' . " Farthest
with a companion, left her, and with North"
the aid of dogs and kayaks reached
86° 14'— his " Farthest North." The belts and other
4 Tabloid ' Equipments supplied to Nansen now form
part of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.'s historic collection
of outfits. Of this equipment the explorer reported
in enthusiastic terms.
Nansen was eventually picked up by the Jackson-
Harmsworth Expedition, of whose 'Tabloid' Medical
Equipment the surgeon in charge
reported: — Jackson-
, T f j .1 , T* i i • J » j Harmsworth
" I find the ' 1 abloid drugs are most Expedition
convenient, especially in circumstances
such as we are placed in."
In 1907 Andree, greatly daring, endeavoured to-
reach the North Pole by balloon, his sole medical
outfit being a ' Tabloid ' Medical
Equipment. Starting from Spitzbergen
on July u, he vanished utterly; only his name and
fame remain. A solitary carrier-pigeon bore the only
message ever received from him.
Nansen's " Farthest North " was ultimately sur-
passed by Captain Cagni of the Italian Arctic Expedition
commanded by the Duke of the Abruzzi,
1899-1900. Despite the fact that The Duke of
the Abruzzi
latitude 86° 33' 49" N. was reached, the
' Tabloid ' Medicine Chests and Cases with which the
Expedition was equipped, were brought back with
their contents quite unaffected by the rigour of the
climate.
SHIPS OF THE NANSEN, DUKE OF THE ABRUZZI,
JACKSON - HARMSWORTH, AND PEARY ARCTIC
EXPEDITIONS, ALL EQUIPPED WITH 'TABLOID'
MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
In 1906 Peary penetrated beyond the 8yth parallel, as
far as 87° 06' N-, and in igog completed the task " for
which," he says, " I had worked during
twenty-three years ; for which I had
lived the simple life ; . . . for which I had trained
myself as for a race." Pioneered by the faithful
Bartlett as far as the 88th parallel, Peary then pressed
on alone with the pick of his dogs and his best Eskimos,
and, on April 6, planted the Stars and Stripes
at the North Pole, as determined by astronomical
observations.
One of the eight tubes of ' Tabloid ' products
carried by Peary to the North Pole was presented
by the distinguished explorer to
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. on his 'Tabloid>
Equipments at
return. In a report, forwarded from the North Pole
Etah, Greenland, Peary wrote :
" Burroughs Wellcome & Co.'s ' Tabloid ' Medicine
Cases and supplies have proven invaluable." And in
a previous report he conveyed his " appreciation of the
wonderful compactness and utility of your products."
First at the North Pole with Peary, the successful
•discovery of the South Pole by Amundsen adds yet
another record to the credit of
4 Tabloid ' Medical Equipments, No'Ai^poie!
Amundsen having been supplied by First at the
J South Pole
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. with a
• Tabloid ' Outfit for his perilous Antarctic venture.
"' It was splendid in every way," he reported.
The narrative of Amundsen reveals a quiet, surprising
courage, and an uncanny foresight and somewhat
humorous outlook, in grappling with
difficulties. He built 150 cairns on his ]
way to the South Pole to serve as beacons and depots
for the return journey; he accumulated a store of
60,000 kilos of seal-meat at " Framheim " ; he travelled
far and fast on ski; and he found a new and com-
paratively easy route to hand. Dog-meat was voted
•" delicious."
136 HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
Amundsen had acquired Nansen'sold ship, the Fram,
and his original intention was to fix her in the ice off
the northern coast of Alaska and drift as near the
North Pole as possible. Outward
funccaeSsts°Undinfi: bound, news of Peary changed all his
plans, and quietly, without harking
back, he decided to be first at the South Pole. In all
the history of exploration nothing was ever more
astounding in its complete success. Favoured by
conditions, the Pole was attained, after a rapid journey
from the base, at an elevation of 10,260 feet, on
December 14-17, 1911. The travellers suffered
somewhat from the effects of altitude, the Antarctic
continent being mountainous. Of his ' Tabloid ' Outfit
Amundsen reports : —
" I have much pleasure in testifying to the efficiency of the
* Tabloid ' Brand medical equipment with which you supplied
me in 1910. All the medicines were most beautifully packed,
and everything kept well.
' 'The brown leather case which I returned to you was the
only one which I actually carried with me to the South Pole,
and I have much pleasure in sending it back to you as a
souvenir of my journey.
" I shall always consider one of your equipments as
indispensable for either Arctic or Antarctic travels."
In his book The South Pole, Captain Amundsen notes
that this equipment was unaffected by cold and damp,
and was the only medical equipment supplied to the
expedition which did not deteriorate in any way.
'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS were
the only medical equipments actually carried to
the Poles by the successful explorers.
"Double First" , J
'TABLOID' MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
were, therefore, First at the North Pole and
First at the South Pole.
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
137
No such record can ever be repeated. Made once
and for all time — unique and unapproachable — the
record stands, and of this honour, ' TABLOID ' MEDICAL
EQUIPMENTS can never be deprived.
Previous
explorers
The history of Antarctic exploration prior to
Amundsen is brief, and in it ' TABLOID ' MEDICAL
EQUIPMENTS vie, as it were,
with their own record in the
Arctic. The achievements of
Captain Cook, who first crossed
the Antarctic Circle in 1771 ; of
Bellingshausen, who in 1821 first
sighted Antarctic
land ; and of Sir
James Ross, the
discoverer of the Great Ice
Barrier, and of Mounts Erebus
and Terror on the Antarctic
land mass (1841), need not
detain us. Not until 1895 did
any human being set foot on
this virgin " Continent of
Snows," when Borchgrevink
landed from the Southern Cross.
In 1901, Scott, in the Discovery,
passed the eastern-most point
attained by Ross sixty years
before, crossed the Great Barrier
— which he found thirty miles farther south than in
Ross's day — and advanced 380 miles by sledge towards
the Pole. This arduous journey occupied three months,
and the record latitude of 82° 17' S. was reached.
On sledge journeys the question of weight is of great
moment. The traveller, on such occasions, must carry
but the barest necessaries, and of these the lightest
procurable. The medicine chest is an important item.
Every drug carried must be of the utmost reliability,
in the most compact state, and capable of withstanding
an extremely low temperature.
L.
THE SMALLEST
MEDICINE CHEST
IN THE WORLD
This tiny gold medicine
chest is fitted with twelve
'square medicine chest bot-
tles containing 300 doses of
'Tabloid' Brand Medica-
ments, equivalent to 15
pints of fluid medicine
SHIPS OF THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION,
1901, THE SCOTTISH NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EX-
PEDITION, THE BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITIONS,
1907 AND 1911, ALL EQUIPPED WITH 'TABLOID'
MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 139
To the enthusiasm of Sir CLEMENTS MARKHAM,
K.C.B., then President of the Royal Geographical
Society, the successful organisation of the Expedition
is largely due. Referring to the 'Tabloid' Medical
Equipment of the Discovery, he reports : — •
"The Medical Equipment of the Exploring Ship of the
National Antarctic Expedition was entirely supplied by
Messrs. Burroughs Wellcome & Co., and proved in every
way most satisfactory.
" The few other drugs and preparations which were taken
with the Expedition were only supplied for purposes of
experiment, and can in no way be regarded as part of the
medical equipment/'
Dr. EDWARD WILSON who was in charge of some
of the sledge journeys from the Discovery, reported: —
"Discovery ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION
"Though there was but little serious illness on the
Discovery during the recent Antarctic Expedition, the
' Tabloid ' preparations and the cases were put to a fairly
rigorous test, not only in the ship, but on the various
sledge journeys that were undertaken, during which they
experienced temperatures as low as 68° below zero, and
much rough handling, without any loss in efficiency and
usefulness. Certain of the. 'Tabloid'. Ophthalmics were
freely used for snow blindness, and were found to be most
convenient."
It will be remembered that Dr. Wilson accompanied
Captain Scott upon his second Antarctic Expedition,
in 1910, and perished with his leader during the tragic
return journey from the South Pole in 1912.
To the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition,
covering a period of nearly two years, and comprising
two separate voyages of the Scotia, belongs the
distinction of having attained the latitude of 74° i' S.
The entire medical equipment of the Expedition
was supplied by BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co., and
RELIC 'TABLOID' MEDICINE CASES — AFRICA
i — Medicine belt carried by
Capt. Stairs throughout his Kat-
anga Expedition. 2 — The famous
" Rear-Guard " medicine chest used
during Sir H. M. Stanley's travels.
3 — Extricated from the ruins after
the Bandawe Mission House had
been demolished by lightning ; the
contents that escaped damage were
used for more than ten years
afterwards. 4 — Once the property
of E. G. Glave. Supplied for a
journey made concerning the great
slave question of Central Africa.
5 — Carried by Capt. Thomas
Stevens on the expedition in East
Africa to find Stanley. 6 — Chest
carried by Sir H. M. Stanley
during the Emin Pasha Relief and
other Expeditions. 7 — Formerly
the property of Dr. Percy Rendall,
Principal Medical Officer, British
Central Africa Administration. 8 —
Case carried by Frank Muxworthy,
the famous African Caravan
Leader, on three journeys through
Uganda. 9 — The last medicine
chest supplied to Emin Pasha.
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 141
gave the utmost satisfaction, the Medical Officer of
the Scotia reporting very favourably upon them.
In each instance the remaining contents of the
medicine chests brought back were found to have
retained their therapeutic activity, notwithstanding the
rigour of the climate to which they had been subjected.
On his memorable voyage with the Nimrod, when
he penetrated within ninety-seven miles of the South
Pole, Sir ERNEST H. SHACKLETON took with him as his
sole medical equipment ' Tabloid ' Medicine Chests
and Cases, and made the following report, showing
the efficiency and stability of ' Tabloid ' medicines
under the trying and difficult conditions of Antarctic
exploration : —
*' The British Antarctic Expedition, 1907-9, was equipped
with a very complete Medical Equipment contracted for
solely by Messrs. Burroughs Wellcome & Co., and consisting
of ' Soloid ' and 'Tabloid' Preparations, which are the only
forms that can be conveniently carried and preserved under
such conditions.
"All the 'Tabloid' products that remain are now in as
good condition as when first handed over to my care two
years ago.
Signed
BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1907-9
ERNEST H. SHACKLETON,
Commander "
ERIC P. MARSHALL, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.
Surgeon to the Expedition
IN AFRICA
IN the penetration of Africa, ' Tabloid ' Medical
Equipments have made the way of the explorer and
the pioneer infinitely less perilous. It is hardly too
much to claim indeed that, but for their aid, civilisation
had still been impotently besieging the frontiers of
disease that defend the interior of the Dark Continent.
There were no roads, the climate was deadly, and
everything had to be carried pack-fashion on the
RELIC 'TABLOID' MEDICINE CASES— TRAVEL, ETC.
i — Harry de Windt's medical
equipment, used on his travels in
E. Siberia. 2 — Chest taken by Ex-
President Roosevelt on his recent
shooting and hunting expedition in
East Africa. 3 — Chest carried by
Lionel Decle on his three years'
journey from the Cape to Uganda
(6000 miles). 4 — Mrs. Bishop (Miss
Isabella Bird), in her book describ-
ing her extensive wanderings, highly
commends this medicine case. 5 —
The medical equipment carried by
Mrs. French Sheldon, F.R.G.S.,on
her adventurous expedition through-
out the entire Congo Free State.
6 — Duplicate of medicine chest
taken by Sven Hedin on his unique
journey beyond the Himalayas into
the heart of Tibet. 7 — Case carried
by R. L. Jefferson, F.R.G.S., on
his famous bicycle ride to Khiva.
8 — Pocket-case carried by J. E.
Budgett Meakin. 9 — Medicine
chest carried by Julius Price, of the
Illustrated London News, for
over 30,000 miles through various
climes.
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 143
human head and shoulders. With 'Tabloid' Medical
Equipments, & single porter could carry medical
supplies sufficient for a regiment of men. By their
aid the European explorer was enabled to traverse
deadly swamp and fever-ridden forest in safety.
Stanley records the difficulty in these words: —
"When I think [he said in one of his lectures] of the
dreadful mortality of Capt. TUCKEY'S Expedition in 1816, of
the NIGER Expedition in 1841, of the sufferings of BURTON
and SPEKE, and of my own first two expeditions, I am
amazed to find that much of the mortality and sickness was
due to the crude way in which medicines were supplied to
travellers. The very recollection causes me to shudder."
Speaking at a later date of his wish to ameliorate
the miseries of African explorers, he continues : —
" How it was to be done I knew not ; who was to do it
I did not know. But I made the acquaintance of Messrs.
BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co. As soon as I came in
sight of their preparations and their works, I. found the
consummation of my secret wish. On my later expeditions
I had all the medicines that were required for my black
men, as well as my white men, beautifully prepared, and in
most elegant fashion arranged in the smallest medicine chest
it was ever my lot to carry into Africa. "
The mention of Stanley recalls Emin Pasha, 'Gordon's
Governor of Equatorial Africa. The
Emin Pasha
last medicine chest supplied to him was
the product of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. In a
pathetic report he writes : —
" I found the medicine chest you forwarded me fully
stocked. I need not tell you that its very completeness
made bound my heart. Articles like those could not be made
but at the hand of the greatest artists in their own depart-
ment. If any one relieved from intense pain pours out his
blessings, they will come home to you.
' * I should like to expatiate somewhat longer on the
intrinsical value, but sickness preventing me to do so. I wish
you to believe me,"
144 HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
This chest was looted by the Arabs when Emin was
massacred in 1892, and was recaptured by Baron
Dhanis, Commandant of the Congo Free State troops,
after the battle of Kasongo. It was subsequently
stolen by natives, but afterwards recovered near
Kenia, in the Aruwhimi Dwarf Country, and returned
to Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
Another famous chest, the " Rear-Guard " ' Tabloid '
Medicine Chest, remained in the swampy forest
regions of the Aruwhimi for nearly four years, and
more than once was actually submerged in the
river. The remaining contents were tested by the
official analyst of the Lancet (London, Eng.), when
it was brought back to England, and the ' Tabloid '
medicaments declared to have perfectly preserved
their efficiency.
The tale might be continued. It is the history,
practically, of the medical equipments of every punitive
expedition and of every explorer for nearly 30 years.
A single extract must suffice. It is from the report of
the Special War Correspondent of the Lancet (London,
Eng.), a veteran of many campaigns: —
" It affords me infinite satisfaction to state that I have
myself for some years dispensed, and have also seen
administered by medical officers of both Naval and Military
Services, Burroughs Wellcome & Co.'s
campaigns 'Tabloid' preparations during the Sudan,
Ashanti, Benin, and recent South African
Campaigns. I cannot refrain from expressing my opinions
as to their distinct and marked superiority over the
medicinal preparations of former days. They are far more
portable, very acceptable so far as the palate is concerned,
far less liable to absorb damp on service during rapid changes
of climate, are always found exact as to their dose-weight,
and, what is of far more importance, retain their efficiency
much longer than any other medicinal products I know of.
The firm of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. are deservedly
to be congratulated upon the marked scientific advance they
have made in pharmaceutical reform.'
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
If, to- day, the savagery of all the welter of humanity
that still hides yi the darkness of darkest
Africa, is receding — ever so slowly — be- The real
fore the march of Science, something Of Africa
is surely due to the ' Tabloid ' weapons
of precision with which disease and death have been
fought.
IN TRAVEL AND EXPLORATION
THE true traveller is born. The call of the
beyond is in his blood. It may be merely the
chafing of the restless spirit for a strange sky and a
wider horizon ; or the deeper longing of
the reflective mind for something " over S,T«*U?
the hills and far away." Discontent
has made travellers of some, desire for fame of
others. In all, the result is action. Of one — a man
of imagination and of magnetic qualities — Lord Morley
has finely said, he was " a man with pity in him, with
a sense of justice in him, with good-temper in him.
. . . He raised no ill-will anywhere." Dr. Sven
Hedin, of whom these words were spoken, for two long
years wandered about the wildernesses
of Tibet, tracing the "Mighty Moun- The "Roof
tain Palisade" of the trans- Himalaya world"
and exploring the " Roof of the World."
His constant companion was a ' Tabloid ' Medicine
Chest, which stood him in good stead in illness and
hardship, and even in the primrose paths of diplomacy.
At Shigatse he made it his offering of friendship to the
Tashi-Lama. We are indebted to Messrs. Macmillan,
Dr. Sven Hedin's publishers, for permission to quote
his account of the incident : —
"When we had conversed for two hours I made a move
to leave him, but the Tashi-Lama pushed me back on to
the chair and said, * No, stay a little longer.' Now was the
time to present my offering. The elegant English medicine
chest was taken out of its silk cloth, opened and exhibited,
o
w
z
h
_j
w
w
C^l
o
o
ft!
u
Q
00
w
£
OH
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 147
and excited his great admiration and lively interest ; every-
thing must be explained to him. The hypodermic syringe
in its tasteful case, with all its belongings, especially
delighted him. Two monks of the medical faculty were
sent for several days running to write down in Tibetan the
contents of the various * Tabloid ' boxes and the use of the
medicines."
Such picturesque incidents do not stand alone in the
annals of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. The U.S.A.
Mission to Abyssinia in 1903 — the first American
expedition to that Empire — found their
'Tabloid' Medicine Chest "a highly in Abyssinia
valued resource in time of trouble. It
was carried on the back of a faithful domestic, re-
joicing in a name which, being translated, means
'Slave of the Holy Trinity'' — reports a member of
the Commission.
Again, Professor Garner, who studied at close
quarters the habits of gorillas in the forests of
the Gabuns, speaks affectionately of " my little
'Tabloid' Medicine Chest" as "a treasure more
sacred than my rifle."
Ex- President Roosevelt, on his African expedition,
took with him the ' Tabloid ' Medical and Photo-
graphic Equipment, of which Lieut.-Col.
Mearns reports: — "I wish to inform Some
, , , , , . ,. travellers of
you that the equipment was most satis- distinction
factory in every way. The ' Tabloid '
and ' Soloid ' products, in addition to being convenient
and compact, are extremely accurate and reliable. In
this expedition the equipment never failed us, and is
the most practicable it has been my pleasure to see or
use." Many other travellers of distinction, including
Glave, Muxworthy, Rendall. Captain Stairs, W. S. Caine,
Mrs. Bishop (Miss Isabella Bird), and Mrs. French
Sheldon, have been equipped with ' Tabloid ' Medicine
Cases, and have reported favourably on their porta-
bility and reliability.
RELIC 'TABLOID' MEDICINE CASES — WARFARE
i — One of the medicine belts used
during the Spanish-American War.
2 — One of the medicine chests used in
the Ashanti Campaign, 1895-6. 3 —
G. W. Steevens carried this equip-
ment through many campaigns and
journeys. 4 — A relic of many battles
and sieges, formerly the property of
W. Maxwell, war correspondent.
5 — Cases of this design were used
by British Colonial contingents
during the South African War. 6 —
Part of the medical equipment of
Greece during the war with Turkey,
1897. 7 — Duplicate of the medical
equipment of Bennet Burleigh,
war correspondent. 8 — The port-
able medical supply used on the
Dongola Expedition. 9 — A dupli-
cate of the equipment used during
the Anglo-Egyptian campaign in
the Sudan. 10 — A specially - de-
signed case carried by the C. I.V.
in the South African War. n — A
specially-designed chest, part of the
medical equipment entirely sup-
plied by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
for the Hospital Ship "Maine."
12 — Pocket medicine case carried by
Gen. Viljoen throughout the South
African War. 13 — Medicine belt
used during the Benin Campaign.
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQLMPMENTS 149
IN WARFARE
To Military Expeditions, ' Tabloid ' Medical Equipments
are as indispensable as the emergency ration. Their
compression, compactness and convenience meet the
first requirements of successful transport. In addition,
they possess such advantages as purity, reliability and
accuracy of dosage.
The human factor in warfare requires, for efficiency,
first to be fed, next to have its hurts and ailments
tended. It is a well-known axiom of
military operations that disease kills factor^Y*
more men than do the bullets of the 'Tabloid-
enemy. Many of the horrors of the
Crimean War might have been averted had ' Tabloid '
medicaments been available.
For more than a generation past, ' Tabloid ' Medical
Equipments have been used in every campaign of note.
It is therefore impossible to deal with them in detail.
During the war between the United States of America
and Spain the utility of ' Tabloid ' Outfits was tested
and confirmed both in Cuba and the Philippines. In
the campaigns of Kitchener, from Omdurman to
South Africa, they have played a prominent part ; as
also in the Civil War in China.
In these days, no war seems to be complete with-
out its war correspondents — than whom no keener
judges of kit and equipment exist. The list of eminent
journalists who have carried ' Tabloid ' Cases includes
among other world-famous names, those of Bennet
Burleigh, Frederick Villiers, Rene Bull, Julius Price
and William Maxwell, the late G. W. Steevens, and
a host of others. Of her husband's 'Tabloid' Outfit
Mrs. Steevens reports : —
. . . " He took it everywhere with him — to the Grseco-
Turk War, twice to the Soudan, India and lastly (well
replenished by you) to South Africa."
LOUIS
B L E R I O T
Louis Bleriot was
the first airman to
fly across the English
Channel (Calais-
Dover, July 25, 1909),
using a Bleriot
monoplane. Inset
is the aviator's
'Tabloid' First -Aid
Equipment. He re-
ports as follows : —
"I find 'Tabloid'
First-Aid Outfits
most useful, and I
have seen them in the
hands of many of my
friends, who, like me,
think that no sports-
man can run the risk
of being without
one."
HENRI FARMAN
AND HIS
HYDROPLAN E
Equally famous as
airman, designer, and
constructor of aero-
planes and hydro-
planes. Writing in
Esperanto he re-
ports : —
Translation
"I find it very
necessary for every
aviator to have with
him one of your
' Tabloid ' First-Aid
Cases, and to know
Esperanto. With
these two he can go
anywhere.
" Fortunately I can
say that I have not
yet had a serious
accident, but, work-
ing on the various
apparatus, I have
hurt myself several
times, and was then
glad to use the
' Tabloid ' case, which
saves much valuable
time."
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 151
IN AVIATION
" FLYING resolves itself into a series of unfore-
seen incidents. It is then that we must command our
nerves to avoid un drame" writes one of the greatest
aeronauts of the day. " Even the least stirring of the air
grips the machine and rolls it gently from side to side,
while the stopping of the motor gives an acute if
momentary pang of despair." Lost in the clouds, fog-
bound, tempest-tossed, compelled in his
huge kite to rush onwards through the fheerlair°f
obscure in order to preserve equilibrium
and remain aloft — not knowing when he emerges
whether he will find himself above the plain-lands,
the streets or the sea — the instant emergency con-
stantly confronts him, far, possibly, from any hope
of human aid. The margin of safety
to life and limb must be increased, increase
the margin
not only by improving the powers of Of safety
the machine, but by the provision of the
essentials of treatment in its most readily accessible
form — compact, reliable, and practically featherweight.
The airman who ventures aloft without ' Tabloid '
First-Aid is foolhardy.
The first airman to deliver letters by aeroplane
(Paris-Madrid) was Vedrines. In The first
crossing the Pyrenees, Vedrines had to airman to
i • i , £ r i / deliver letters
rise to a height ol over oooo teet (2000
metres) in order to surmount the pass of Somosierra.
During this flight he was attacked by an eagle.
In India, Pecquet (February 18, 1911) carried a
whole mail of 6000 letters and postcards
from Allahabad across the Jumna to Aviation
J in India
Naini. Pecquet and Keith-Davies will
be remembered as the first airmen to fly in India.
Of ' Tabloid ' First- Aid, Pecquet reports : —
"J'ai toujours emporte avec moi 1'equipement Premier-
Secours 'Tabloid,' et puis vous confirmer qu'il m'a toujours
etc de tres grande utilite aux petits accidents que j'ai eus. "
VEDRINES
Jules Vedrines won
the Paris-Madrid
race in 191 1, and
was second in the
Daily Mail^ $50,000
Air Race in 1911.
In Jan., 1912, he
attained a speed of
1055 miles per hour
— a world's record.
The photograph
shows the aviator
handling his'Tabloid'
Pocket -Outfit, con-
cerning which he
reports : — %
' ' Je considere votre
Premie r-Secours
' Tabloid ' comme tres
utile. Son peu de
volume en fait un
modele d'une extreme
commodite. "
"BEAU MONT"
Naval - Lieut. Jean
Conneau, better
known under the noin
dc vol of "Andre
Beaumont." Won
the European Circuit
Race, and also the
Daily Mail $50,000
prize' for the Circuit
of Britain. He is
seen examining
'Tabloid' First-Aid,
No. 706, concerning
which he reports : —
"Grace a sa le-
geret6 et son format
la petite boite
' Tabloid ' First-Aid
se recommande
specialement aux
aviateurs."
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 153
Mails have . also been carried in England by
Hamel and Hubert (between Hendon and Windsor),
and in America by Earle Ovington.
'Tabloid' First- Aid Equipments were British and
, . .. American
used on all these journeys. Earle Aerial Posts
Ovington, under the personal direction
of Postmaster-General Hitchcock, carried the first
U.S.A. Government Aerial Post.
Captain Sido also took a ' Tabloid ' First-Aid
Equipment with him when he set out to establish a
rapid postal service in French Senegal.
These aerial experiments are interesting, ™eih™ future
though there is still much leeway to be
made up before Kipling's daring forecast of a trans-
Atlantic Aerial Post is realised.
Prominent among other aviators who have carried
' Tabloid ' First-Aid Equipments during their flights
are Bleriot — first to fly the English Channel ; Ely, who
flew across San Francisco Harbour, land-
ing like a bird on the deck of the cruiser ^"i"*11*
" Pennsylvania," and flying back again to
land ; as well as Weymann, wlio won the Gordon -
Bennett Cup for America in 1911; Fowler, who was
saved at Alta from serious injury to limb in falling,
by the 'Tabloid' Equipment he carried in his pocket;
McCurdy, Sopwith, Tabuteau, Garros, Hubert Latham
and very many others, from whom reports have been
received. Latham reported as follows of his ' Tabloid '
Equipment : —
" Je tiens a vous dire combien m'a etc utile votre trousse de
Premier-Secours 'Tabloid.'
" Elle est si pen volumineuse que je n'hesite jamais a
1'emporter en aeroplane, et m'a rendu service plusieurs fois,
surtout dans les meetings d'aviation ou un pansement rapide
est souvent necessaire. Bien a vous."
OVINGTON
Earle L. Ovington was
the first man to carry
the official United
States mail in America.
He was accompanied
by Postmaster-General
Hitchcock of the
U.S.A. Government
on one of his mail-
carrying trips. Of his
' Tabloid ' First-Aid
equipments Mr. Oving-
ton reported as
follows : —
" I shall carry
' Tabloid ' First-Aid
Outfit with me on my
trans-continental flight
— the two smaller out-
fits on my aeroplane
and the larger one on
my special train. I
have looked these
outfits over very
carefully and wish to
compliment you upon
the wonderful com-
pactness and efficiency
of your products."
VOISIN
Gabriel Voisin was one of the pioneers of aeroplane and hydroplane
construction, and is himself an accomplished aviator. He reports on his
' Tabloid ' First-Aid Equipment as follows : —
"Nous avons bien re<ju votre boite de secours dont nous avons use le
jour meme.
" Je dois dire que votre pharmacie est parfaitement
complete et qu'elle a sa place dans toutes les voitures ii¥t\Q v0Vj-0"\
automobiles, et tous les aeroplanes." j ^M^^^*- \
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 155
Paulhan, after his race through darkness against
time and his* competitor, Grahame- White, in the
tour de force flight from London to Manchester
(Daily Mail $50,000 prize, igioj, made the following
report : —
"Je profile de cette occasion pour vous exprimer le
plaisir que j'ai eu de porter avec moi durant le vol que j'ai
fait de Londres a Manchester une trousse Premier-Secours
'Tabloid.'"
Lieutenant Watkins, who was prevented by a broken
leg from accompanying the Australian Antarctic
Expedition, 1911, as official aviator, made the
following report : —
' ' Fortunately for myself I have had no occasion to use the
small ' Tabloid ' First-Aid you so kindly sent me, but a
friend of mine, Dr. Pointer, R. A. , who has been in aviation
for many years, had a bad fall on his monoplane and was
badly cut in many places. Your small outfit came in most
handy. I consider that the ' Tabloid ' Equipment you sent
me for the Vickers monoplane is quite the most useful thing
one could desire."
The relative qualities and superiorities displayed,
and the functions to be fulfilled respectively by heavier-
than-air and lighter-than-air machines, continue to
excite expert controversy, and even to
influence the policy of governments. The r6ie
The evolution of a dominant type "dirigible"
remains upon the knees of the gods.
Whatever issue may emerge, the endeavour of
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. will always be to maintain
the historic association of their products with the
evolution of scientific airmanship.
Great in conception was Wellman's effort to
cross the Atlantic, on which the explorer brought
CODY
S. F. Cody has
done important work
for the British War
Office, and uses
aeroplanes of his own
design. Winner of
the British Michelin
Trophies in 1910 and
1911, the British Em-
pire Michelin Cup,
No. 2, in IQII, and
the British War Office
Competition, 1912.
He carries ' Tabloid '
First-Aid as his
medical equipment.
Mr. Cody reports as
follows : —
"The 'Tabloid'
First-Aid Case has
always been in its
place on my machine
and I have found
the contents of in-
estimable value on
numerous occasions."
The arrow indicates
the position of the
'Tabloid' First-Aid.
GRAHAME-
WHITE
Claude Grahame-
White made a plucky
attempt to win the
first Daily Mail
$50,000 prize, for a
flight from London to
Manchester in 1910.
He won the Gordon -
Bennett Cup f o r
England at Belmont.
X.Y., in the same
year, on a Bieriot
monoplane. Made
the first crossing of
the Channel by
hydro-aeroplane,
July 6, 1912. Con-
cerning his ' Tabloid '
Equipment, he
reports : —
"... 1 consider
no aviator should be
without one."
HISTORICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS 157
to bear immense pains and forethought, and all the
experience of ..his Arctic travels. The result revealed
a task pre-destined to ultimate achievement. Wellman
reports : —
"We are glad to inform you that your ' Tahloid ' Medical
Equipment was the only one carried in the airship " America "
during one thousand miles flight over the Atlantic Ocean.
We had several occasions to use its contents for minor troubles,
and found it complete and wholly satisfactory, which was but
repeating the experience I have had with your equipments in
my expeditions to the Arctic regions."
Mr. Wellman here refers to his ' Tabloid ' Equipment
for the dirigible " America, " with which he had
proposed to fly to the North Pole from Spitzbergen.
The British record for a long-distance balloon
voyage is held by Messrs. Gaudron, Maitland and
C. C. Turner, who, on November 18, 1908, started
from the Crystal Palace, London, and on the following
day alighted at Mateki Derevni, Novo Alexandrovsk,
Russia, having travelled 1117 miles in 31^ hours.
Their sole medical equipment was a ' Tabloid ' Medicine
Case, of which Mr. Turner reports : —
"The 'Tabloid' First- Aid Aeronaut's Outfit proved most
valuable during our balloon voyage to Russia. We used the
' Vaporole ' Ammonia with excellent results when suffering
from the presence of gas in the air. But for the other remedies
we should probably have suffered considerably. In future
voyages I shall certainly take a * Tabloid' First- Aid Outfit."
(Cert. Av.)
' Tabloid ' Medicine Chests and ' Tabloid ' First-Aid
Equipments have also been supplied to Willows, Count
Zeppelin, and many other aeronauts.
K
w
o
o
o
\
.2 fc
BALLOON AND AIRSHIPS FITTED WITH
'TABLOID' MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
1— Andree's Polar Balloon 2— Wellman's Airship "America"
3— Willow's Airship
HYPODERMIC POCKET-CASES, TABLOID BRAND
159
For the
waistcoat
pocket
HYPODERMIC POCKET-CASES
* 'TABLOID5 BRAND
[.if* B. W. & Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
'TABLOID' Hypodermic Pocket -Cases provide complete
armamentaria for hypodermic work. The whole object of
hypodermic medication is to administer drugs
in full physiological dosage by the shortest
route. It is, therefore, par excellence, the
method for emergency purposes. For the same
reasons it follows that the highest accuracy of dosage combined
with the utmost purity of the drug administered is essential.
'Tabloid' Hypodermic Products possess all these qualities
and are compact, convenient to use, and free from the
disadvantages of stock solutions, which may undergo rapid
changes and become septic and irritating. They retain their
strength, and remain unaltered for many years in any climate.
A full equipment of hypodermic drugs, together with syringe
and needles, may, by means of the 'Tabloid' Hypodermic
Outfit, easily be carried in the waistcoat pocket.
Hypodermic ' Tabloid ' Brand Pocket-Cases are issued in
gold, silver, gun-metal, nickel-plated metal, or aluminium,
and in a great variety of plain and fancy leathers. Each
contains a B. W. & Co. Hypodermic Syringe with needles,
and from five to fifteen tubes of ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypodermic
products, etc.
No. 3. HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND POCKET-CASE
In Cowhide, Pigskin,
Crocodile, Morocco, Seal
and other fine leathers.
Fitted with twelve tubes
of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic
products, a B. W. & Co.
All-Glass Aseptic or
Patent Nickel-plated
Hypodermic Syringe and
two regular steel needles.
This case forms the
hypodermic equipment of
No. 126-7 ' Tabloid ' Brand
Medicine Pocket-Cases.
No. 3. HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND POCKET-CASE
Measurements: 3$ X 2| X f in.
160
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
No. 7. ASEPTIC HYPODERAHC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE
With special detachable aseptic frame of novel design (registered), and
revolving rack
(nickel-plated).
Fitted with twelve
tubes of ' Tabloid '
Hypodermic
products. a
B. W. & Co. All-
Glass Aseptic or
Patent Nickel-
plated Hypodermic
Syringe, with two
regular steel
needles, etc. This
Case, after the re-
moval of the tubes
of Hypodermic pro-
ducts, may be steri-
lised with ease. In
Aluminium, Gun-
Metal, or in Solid
No. 7. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC
' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
: 3^ X
Silver.
No. 10. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC
POCKET-CASE
TABLOID' BRAND
This Case is a model of compact completeness. It is made of
nickel- plated metal, each edge and corner being smoothly rounded.
It contains a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, with
detachable nickel -plated finger-
grip, and two regular steel
needles enclosed in a protective
tube.
Each part of the syringe is
separately held in a holdfast
clip.
The tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypo-
dermic products, five in number,
are carried in a hinged rack,
which securely holds them when
the case is closed, and which, when
swung outwards, allows of the
easy withdrawal of the desired
No. 10. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC
' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 2^ X if X I i
tube. Complete with doeskin
cover.
HYPODERMIC POCKET-CASES, 'TABLOID* BRAND
No. 15. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
, POCKET-CASE
Nickel-plated metal, with doeskin cover. Measurements : 4 X 3 X | in.
Fitted with a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, with
two platino-iridium needles and one steel exploring needle, eight tubes of
' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, two ' Vaporole ' products (for hypodermic
use), a stoppered bottle, sterilising cup, forceps, etc. The syringe is held
in a separable tray in which it may be sterilised.
In place of a spirit-lamp a tube of inflammable products is provided.
One of these may be burned for sterilising the syringe or solution.
No. 20. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (R egistered)
Fitted with ten tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, a small glass
phial, stoppered and capped, for ether, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic
Hypodermic Syringe (each part securely held in a separate clip), with
two steel needles in a protective tube, finger-grip, etc. In nickel-plated
metal, complete with doeskin cover.
No. 20. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC ' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 4£ X if X f in.
No. 21. HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 3^ X 3^ X i \ in. Fitted with nine tubes of ' Tabloid '
Hypodermic products, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic or Patent
Nickel -plated Hypodermic Syringe, with two steel needles, a small phial,
glass-stoppered and capped, for sterilised water, capsule of ether, etc.
In Morocco and other fine leathers.
162
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
No. 23. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE
In Aluminium, Gun-
metal or in Solid Silver,
with special detachable
nickel -plated aseptic
frame (registered)
and revolving rack.
Contents same as those
of No. 21 Case, with
the addition of a steel
exploring needle. This
Case, after the removal
of the tubes of ' Tabloid '
Hypodermic products,
may readily be sterilised.
No. 23. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC ' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 3% X 3| X £ in.
No. 40. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (The Mussel Shell) (Registered)
A particularly efficient and convenient
pocket - case. Its component parts
are held securely in clips and rack.
The spring catch, of improved design,
is most effective in use, whereby maxi-
mum security is attained. The case con-
tains a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic
Hypodermic Syringe, with detachable
finger-grip, two regular steel needles,
one exploring needle, and five tubes
of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products,
etc. In nickel-plated metal, com-
plete with doeskin cover.
No. 40. ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC ' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
(The Mussel Shell) Measurements : 3£ X if X I in.
No. 45. QUININE INJECTION 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (Registered)
Measurements : 5! X 2% X i J in. Fitted with an Ail-Metal Hypodermic
Syringe, min. 20, with two steel needles, two £ oz. bottles, stoppered and
capped, spirit-lamp, sterilising cup, sterilising tray, box for matches, etc.,
wind-shield, forceps, one tube ' Soloid ' Corrosive Sublimate, and three
tubes ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic Quinine Bihydrochloride. In nickel-plated
metal, complete with doeskin cover.
HYPODERMIC AND OPHTHALMIC POCKET-CASES
163
HYPODERMIC AND OPHTHALMIC POCKET-CASES
'TAB-LOID' BRAND [^ B. W. & Co.]
No. 80. HYPODERMIC AND OPHTHALMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (The "British Army Regulation")
In Aluminium. Contains thir-
teen tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypo-
dermic products, ten tubes of
' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic products,
two camel-hair brushes, a pair of
minute forceps, and a card
showing list of contents. Being
easily carried in the waistcoat -
pocket, this Case is extremely
well adapted for emergency use.
No. 80. HYPODERMIC AND OPHTHALMIC ' TABLOID ' BRAND POCKET-CASE
(The "British Army Regulation") Measurements : 3j X 2j X fin.
OPHTHALMIC POCKET-CASES
'TABLOID' BRAND [» B. W. £ Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
' TABLOID ' Ophthalmic Pocket-Cases are the most compact
and complete equipments for ophthalmic work. In a space
of two or three cubic inches they contain supplies of active
and accurately-divided ophthalmic products, solution-dropper,
camel-hair brushes, etc. , etc.
No. 91. ASEPTIC OPHTHALMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (Registered)
In nickel-plated metal. Measurements : z\ X i£ X -| in. Fitted with nine
tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Ophthalmic products in nickel-plated
rack, vulcanite rod, solution -dropper, mortar, pestle and two camel-hair
brushes. The Case, after the removal of the contents, may readily be
sterilised. Complete with doeskin cover.
ASEPTIC OPHTHALMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (The Mussel Shell)
In nickel-plated metal. Fitted with
seven tubes of ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic
products, mortar, pestle, vulcanite
rod, solution -dropper and two camel-
hair brushes. The shape and size
of this Case make it specially suitable
for carrying in the waistcoat-pocket.
After removal of the contents, the
Case can readily be sterilised. Com-
plete with doeskin cover.
No. 92. ASEPTIC OPHTHALMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND POCKET-CASE
(The Mussel Shell) Measurements : 1\ X if X f in.
NO. 92.
164
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
MEDICINE POCKET-CASES, 'TABLOID' BRAND
[w B. W. & Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
' TABLOID ' Medicine Pocket-Cases are compact equipments
of pure, active drugs, divided into accurate doses, ready for
For administration. They enable practitioners to have
em erg en- always with them an equipment of reliable medicines
specially suitable for emergency purposes. ' Tabloid '
Pocket-Cases are a recognised essential in the equipment of
physicians practising in country districts.
When weighing and measuring are impossible, and the
carnage of liquids impracticable, the convenience and the
extreme portability of 'Tabloid' Medicine Pocket-Cases, which
enable the physician to dispense emergency medicines practi-
cally at the bedside, will be fully appreciated.
NO. 115. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Contains ten ^ oz.
phials filled with
' Tabloid ' Brand pro-
ducts, etc. In Seal,
Pigskin, Cowhide,
Morocco and other
No. 115. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE fine leathers.
POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 9j X 4j X 1 J in.
NO. 117. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
This Case, which is some-
what larger and more compre-
hensive than the No. 115
Case, contains sixteen \ oz.
phials of 'Tabloid' Brand
products, etc. In Cowhide,
Pigskin, Crocodile, Morocco
and other fine leathers.
No. 117. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 1\ X ±\ X 2| in.
MEDICINE P O C K E T - C A S E S , TABLOID
165
. 124.
'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE
POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 5j X 4 X l£ in
NO. 124. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Fitted with from sixteen to
twenty-four tubes of 'Tabloid '
Brand products, according
to size of products. In Seal,
Crocodile, Morocco and other
fine leathers. This Case was
specially designed for con-
veniently carrying in the
breast pocket, on ordinary
occasions, a stock of medicines
sufficient to combat a variety
of contingencies.
NO. 125. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Specially fitted for emer-
gency purposes with fourteen
tubes of ' Tabloid ' Brand pro-
ducts, and a removable tray
containing an equipment of
twelve tubes of ' Tabloid '
Hypodermic products, a
B. W. £ Co. All-Glass
Aseptic or Patent Nickel-
plated Hypodermic Syringe
and two regular steel needles.
In Cowhide and other fine
leathers.
No. 125. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE
POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 5$ X 4 X l£ in.
NO. 126. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
With the exception that it contains a No. 3 ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypo-
dermic Case instead of the removable tray, this Case is the same as No. 125.
NO. 133. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
An ideal pocket-
case, which closes
without straps or
other external fas-
tening. Metal
body, covered with
black Morocco or
Cowhide. Contains
eight £ oz. phials
of ' Tabloid ' Brand
products, etc., and
wallet for papers.
No. 133. ' TABLOID ' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Measurements : 6f X 4j X 1 J in.
166
M O D E R N MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
No. 137. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE SADDLE-CASE
In Cowhide or Pigskin. Measure-
ments : 75 X 4§ X 23- in. Fitted
in a similar manner to No. 117
Case (see page 164), with sixteen
J oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand
products, etc.
No. 137. 'TABLOID' BRAND
MEDICINE SADDLE-CASE
No. 139. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE SADDLE-CASE
Similar to No. 137 Case, but fitted with feather-weight tubes. Measure-
ments : 75 X 45 X 2^ in. In Cowhide or Pigskin.
NO. 141. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
In Morocco leather. Measurements : 7! X 43 X 2f in. Fitted with
fifteen £ oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, and a compartment
containing small boxes for the physician's use in distributing requisite
medicaments. Design similar to No. 117 Case.
NO. 143. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE SADDLE-CASE
(Registered)
An ideal medicine saddle-case. Measurements : 8 X 3 X 45 in. It is so
designed that, when closed, neither dust nor rain can enter. Two metal
rings firmly fixed to the back of this equipment allow of its easy attachment
to a saddle. Fitted with sixteen phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand
products and a removable tray for instruments, etc. In cowhide.
CYCLE, CARRIAGE AND MOTOR-CAR CASES
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT CHESTS, ETC.
'TABLOID' BRAND
[» B. W. & Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering;.
'TABLOID' Cycle, Carriage and Motor-Car Cases and Medical
Equipment Chests contain 'Tabloid,' 'Soloid' and other fine
products of B. W. & Co., minor surgical instru-
ments and sundry emergency dressings. A great
variety is prepared to meet the requirements of
professional men in home practice, according
to the extent and the special character of their particular
requirements.
For
g-eneral
practi-
tioners
CYCLE, ETC., MEDICINE CASES, 'TABLOID' BRAND 167
CYCLE, ETC., MEDICINE CASES, 'TABLOID' BRAND
— continued
' Tabloid ' Medical Equipment Chests and Cases provide com-
plete portable dispensaries for practitioners in distant stations,
missionaries, explorers and expeditions of all
kinds. For such purposes they are the only really travellers,
satisfactory form of medical equipment, and have expeditions,
been universally adopted. In addition to full missions,
r , etc.
supplies of accurate doses or permanent and
reliable products, these equipments contain minor surgical
instruments and dressings.
No. 200. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
(Physician's Cycle Handle-Bar)
No.
TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (PHYSICIAN'S
CYCLE HANDLE-BAR)
In black enamelled Cowhide. Measurements : 8£ X af X 4§ in. Fitted
complete with nine £ oz. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, etc., minor
surgical instruments and sundry emergency dressings. Weight, about i£lb.
NO. 202. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
(Physician's Cycle Stay-Bar)
In black enamelled Cowhide. Measurements : 10 X 2| X 5 in. Fitted
complete with twelve i oz. phials of ' Tabloid' Brand products, etc., minor
surgical instruments and dressings. Similar in design to No. 200 Case.
168
M O D E K N MEDICAL K Q U I P M E N T S
No. 206. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
(As carried by Mr. THOS. STEVENS;
A reduced facsimile of No. 208 Chest (see beloiv). Measurements:
r3i x 45 X 7 in- Made of dressed and varnished raw-hide. Fitted
with twelve 25 oz. stoppered bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand
products, minor instruments, dressings, etc.
NO. 208. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
No. 208. ' TABLOID ' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
Made of dressed and varnished raw-hide ; very light, portable and
durable. Measurements: 155- X $\ X 9 in. Fitted with fourteen 4 oz.
stoppered bottles of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products, instruments,
dressings, etc.
NO. 209. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In Morocco leather. Cowhide or Pigskin. Measurements: 10 X 55 X
6i in. Contains nine i oz., twenty-four £ oz. and thirteen 2 dr. phials of
'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products; medicine measure, extra pockets,
and loops for instruments ; twelve tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic
products, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic or Patent Nickel-plated
Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles, etc.
NO. 211. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
A very neat and durable case, with contents arranged so as to be instantly
available for use. Measurements: nj X sf X 5^ in. Contains nine i oz.,
twenty-four \ oz., and twelve 2 dr. phials. Fitted with 'Tabloid' and
' Soloid ' Brand products, twelve tubes of ' Tabloid Hypodermic products,
a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic or Patent Nickel-plated Hypodermic
Syringe, with two regular steel needles, etc. In Cowhide or Morocco
leather.
MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASKS, ' T A 15 1, 0 1 L> ' BRAND 169
NO. 216. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In Cowhide or Morocco leather. Measurements : io£ X 5! X 3! in.
Fitted with nine i oz. and twenty-four \ oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' and
'Soloid' Brand products, loops for minor instruments, wallet for books,
papers, etc.
NO. 219. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
In Morocco leather. Measurements: 13^ X 6 X 6£ in. Metal frame.
Contains eight 2 oz. stoppered, ten i oz., twelve 6 dr., eight 4 dr. and ten
2 dr. corked phials. The rows of phials are arranged to fall so as to show
the labels. Fitted with 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products, twelve
tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass
Aseptic or Patent Nickel-plated Hypodermic Syringe, with two regular
steel needles, etc.
No. 220. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In Morocco leather or Cowhide. Measurements : 13! X 5! X gj in.
Phials arranged in tiers to display labels. Contains eight 2 oz. stoppered,
twelve i oz., fourteen 6 dr., and sixteen 4 dr. phials of 'Tabloid'
and 'Soloid' Brand products, twelve tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic
products, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic or Patent Nickel-plated
Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles, space and loops for
instruments, etc. Similar in design to No. 221 Case.
NO. 221. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In extra finish Cowhide, Morocco or Crocodile, and in Pigskin.
Measurements : 14 X 6 X gj in. Fitted in the same way as No. 220
Case, with the addition of nine 2 dr. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid '
Brand products, and a glass-stoppered and capped ether bottle.
NO. 222. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In Cowhide. Measurements : 13! X 8 X 6 in. Contains eight 2 oz.
stoppered, twelve i oz., fourteen 6 dr., sixteen 4 dr., and nine 2 dr. phials
of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, a B. W. & Co. Patent Nickel-
plated Hypodermic Syringe, with two regular steel needles, twelve tubes
of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, loops and drawer for instruments, etc.
NO. 223. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
In Cowhide. Measurements : 15 J X 5^ X i\\ in. An ideal case for the
physician's carriage or motor-car. Contains eight 2 oz. stoppered, twelve
i oz., fourteen 6 dr., sixteen 4 dr., and nine 2 dr. phials of 'Tabloid' and
'Soloid' Brand products, a B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic or Patent Nickel-
plated Hypodermic Syringe, with two regular steel needles, twelve tubes
of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, a glass-stoppered and capped ether
bottle, loops for instruments, and space for bandages and dressings.
No. 227. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
In Cowhide or Pigskin. Measurements : 65- X 3! X 35 in. Made of
two metal cups and frames covered with leather. Arranged to contain
twenty i^ dr., twelve i dr. and fourteen \ dr. tubes of 'Tabloid' and
'Soloid' Brand products. Weight, about 2 Ib. 6 oz.
170
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
NO. 229. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
This case is conveniently shaped for packing in trunk, kit-bag or suit
case. Its rounded corners prevent injury to adjacent articles. Measure-
ments : 8£ X 5^ X sf in. Made of two metal cups and frames covered
with Cowhide. Arranged to hold forty 4 dr. phials of ' Tabloid ' and
' Soloid ' Brand products. Weight, about 4 Ib. 13 oz.
No. 230. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
A Morocco leather or
Cowhide case, which,
when closed, measures
Six -53x2! in. Fitted
with ten phials of
'Tabloid 'and 'Soloid'
Brand products, minor
surgical instruments,
and emergency dress-
ings. Conveniently
shaped for packing in
trunk or bag. This
case provides a re-
markably compact and
satisfactory outfit of
emergency drugs, in-
struments and dress-
ings, and will be found
of particular utility
when the practitioner
is working at some
No. 230. ' TABLOID ' BRAND MEDICINE CASE distance.
NO. 231. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
(As suggested by Sir W. MOORED
In black japanned
metal. Measurements :
11X7^X3! in. Contains
four \ oz. phials, fifteen
i oz. phials, and one 4 oz.
bottle ; minor surgical
instruments and dress-
ings. Complete with
' Tabloid 'Brand products,
etc.. as recommended in
Sir W. MOORE'S Manual
of Family Medicine for
India. Weight, about
No. 231. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE 6 Ib. 1402.
MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES, 'TABLOID' BRAND 171
NO. 232. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
(^Physician 's Emergency Case)
In Cowhide. Measurements :
No. 232. ' TABLOID ' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
(Physician's Emergency Case)
X 6 X 3^ in. The contents of this
equipment are chosen with a view
to emergencies which may arise in
general or obstetric practice. It
contains a i oz. bottle of ' Ernutin,'
two tubes of ' Wellcome ' Brand
Chloroform, apparatus and materials
for intravenous injec-
tion, stomach tube,
^ ' Tabloid ' Bandages
fjpl and Dressings, eight
«Sa ' Vaporole ' Hypo-
dermic products, a
B.W.& Co. All-Glass
Aseptic Hypodermic
Syringe with two
steel needles, and five
tubes of ' Tabloid '
Hypodermic pro-
ducts, in nickel-
plated hypodermic
case with doeskin
cover, 'Borofax,'
' Vaporole ' Aromatic
Ammonia, for use as
" Smelling Salts,"
' Soloid ' Corrosive
Sublimate, medicine
measure, etc. Weight
about 5% Ib.
No. 233. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
No. 233. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
In aluminised metal. Measurements : 73 x 3^ X ij in. Contains one
if 07.. stoppered bottle, six £ oz. phials, seven medium-sized tubes and five
small tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products.
172
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
NO. 250. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
(As supplied to the late Sir H. M. STANLEY, EMIN PASHA, Military
Expeditions, Missionaries, etc.)
No. 250. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
In japanned sheet-steel. Measurements : 15! X loi X 85 in.
Weight, about 40 Ib. Contains six 5 oz. and thirty 3^ oz. glass-stoppered
bottles of 'Tabloid,' ' Soloid ' and other fine products of B. W. & Co.
in movable teak-wood tray. The lid holds supplies of ' Tabloid ' Bandages
and Dressings, minor surgical instruments and other accessories.
NO. 251. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
(As supplied to the Jackson- Harms worth Polar, the National Antarctic,
and other expeditions)
No. 251. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
In Aluminium. Measurements: 15X105X8^ in. Weight, about 27 Ib.
Contains forty 3^ oz. feather-weight bottles of ' Tabloid,' ' Soloid ' and
other fine products of B. W. & Co. In other respects the fitting is the
same as No. 250 Chest. The ideal expeditionary chest when lightness and
completeness are essential.
MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES, 'TABLOID* BRAND 173
No. 254. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST (The Indian)
In japanned metal.
Measurements : 9 X 6£
X 6J in. Contains
sixteen if oz. glass-
stoppered bottles, and
seven 4 dr. phials of
' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid '
Brand products, instru-
ments and tray carrying
sundry dressings, etc.
Weight, about 12 Ib.
As carried by the late
G. W. Steevens, the war
correspondent.
No. 254. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST (The Indian)
NO. 256. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CHEST
(As supplied to the DUKE OF THE ABRUZZI'S POLAR EXPEDITION)
In Aluminium. Measurements : ioj X sf X 7! in. Fitted with eighteen
3^ oz. feather-weight bottles and tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand
products, and a tray containing minor dressings and sundries.
A similar chest is supplied in black japanned metal, and is known as
No. 255 Chest. The contents are the same as No. 256 Chest, with the
exception that the ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products are in glass-
stoppered bottles.
No. 258. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (The Settler's)
In black japanned metal. Measurements : 85 X 4! X sf in. Contains
twelve i£ oz. bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products,
' Hazeline ' Cream, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, adhesive plaster
and other accessories. A very compact and useful case, adapted for
settlers' or planters' use. and for stations, farms or camps in outlying
districts.
NO. 260. 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
(The Safari)
In black japanned metal, with canvas cover and straps. Measure-
ments : 9! X si X y£ in. A portable equipment providing in small compass
a comprehensive selection of medicaments, dressings, etc. Contains
twelve if oz. and five J oz. bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand
products, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, minor surgical instruments,
a 2 oz. vulcanite wound syringe, a B. W. & Co. All-Metal Hypodermic
Syringe, min. 20, a supply of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products, ' Borofax,'
adhesive plaster, etc., etc.
174
MODERN MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS
NO. 603.
Measurements :
•TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
X 3! X 2 in. Fitted with five oval bottles
of 'Tabloid' Brand products: Cascara Sagrada, gr. 2; Phenacetin
Compound ; Potassium Chlorate and Borax ; Quinine Bisulphate. gr. 2,
and Soda-Mint; also one bottle of ' Soloid' Boric Acid, gr. 6 (perfumed).
In Rex Red, Royal Blue or Brewster Green Enamelled Metal, or in
Aluminised Metal.
NO. 360 'TABLOID' BRAND TUBERCULIN DILUTION CASE
(Registered)
Measurements : 8| x 55- x 2^ in. This Case is intended to facilitate the
preparation of dilutions from undiluted tuberculins. The contents
comprise a glass pipette (with rubber tube and mouthpiece), graduated
from o-oi c.c. to o-i c.c., and also at i c.c. ; one i c.c. and six graduated
10 c.c. glass bottles (for primary and higher dilutions respectively), rubber-
stoppered, and with sanded fronts on which to write the strength of the
dilutions ; a 4 oz. rubber-stoppered bottle for saline solution ; a ^ oz. bottle
for antiseptic ; a i oz. packet of ' Tabloid ' Absorbent Cotton ; and ' Soloid '
Hexamethylenetetramine products, to take the place of a spirit-lamp for
sterilising purposes. The bottles are held in a sterilisable rack. Clips are
provided for the two bottles of undiluted tuberculins, and for holding the
pipette and mouthpiece. The latter may be used, if desii'ed, for a
B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic Tuberculin Syringe and two needles.
In Aluminised Metal.
ANTIDOTE CASE, 'TABLOID' BRAND
[» B. W. & Co.]
Special Design, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
A compact equipment, containing apparatus and drugs
ready for immediate use in the treatment of poisoning.
No. 300. ' TABLOID'
No. 300.
'TABLOID' BRAND ANTIDOTE
CASE
BRAND ANTIDOTE CASE
Measurements: 12 x 6^ x 3 in.
Fitted with stomach syphon-
tube, catheter, a B. W. & Co.
Nickel - plated Hypodermic
Syringe, two needles.
' Tabloid ' Hypodermic pro-
ducts, ' Vaporole ' Amyl
Nitrite, toxicological chart,
eighteen j oz. phials and
three tubes of ' Tabloid '
Brand antidotes, etc., etc.
In Polished Mahogany.
ANALYSIS CASES, SOLOID BRAND
175
ANALYSIS CASES, 'SOLOID' BRAND
[a B. W. & Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word ' SOLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
NO. 500. 'SOLOID' BRAND WATER ANALYSIS CASE
(Registered)
This convenient hand-case supplies the apparatus, reagents,
etc., necessary for examining samples of drinking- Analysis
water at the source of supply, and for drawing up at s
the usual reports concerning the suitability of the water for
domestic purposes.
In non- warping, seasoned wood with mahogany finish. Measure-
ments : 12^ X 10^ X 4^ in. Contains a nickel evaporating dish,
Erlenmeyer flask, tripod, spirit-lamp, 100 c.c. and other graduated
cylinders, capsules of ' Soloid ' Brand Nessler's Solution, ' Soloid '
Brand products of
Meta-phenylene-
diamine Sulphate,
Potassium Chromate,
Potassium Ferrocya-
nide, Potassium
Permanganate, Silver
Nitrate, Soap, Sodium
Acid Sulphate, Zinc
Dust, etc.
In case of breakage,
the "whole or any single
piece of the apparatus
may be obtained sepa-
rately. The supply of
' Soloid ' reagents may
be renewed.
No. 500.
' SOLOID ' BRAND WATER ANALYSIS
CASE
NO. 502. 'SOLOID' BRAND WATER AND SEWAGE
ANALYSIS CASE (Registered)
In non-warping, seasoned wood with mahogany finish. Measurements :
i8£ X isj X 5^ in. Contains a complete equipment specially adapted
for examination of water and of sewage effluents. It is fitted with a
supply of the necessary reagents and apparatus, including a special
distillation outfit for the estimation of ammonia.
Full particulars of these and other examples sent on request
176
MODERN MEDICAL E Q U I P M E N T S
NO. 505. 'SOLOID' BRAND BACTERIOLOGICAL CASE
(Registered)
This case enables medical men to carry out examinations which
formerly were usually submitted to laboratory workers. Owing
to its small size and light weight it can readily be carried in the
pocket to the patient's bedside, to obtain a blood specimen or
a throat swab. Measurements : 5 x 3j x ig in. In nickel-
plated metal easily rendered aseptic, with doeskin cover, and
containing : —
Three stoppered bottles, contain-
ing:—
Methyl alcohol, dr. \\
Absolute alcohol, dr. i£
Distilled water, dr. i£
Rod-stoppered bottle of Canada
balsam
Graduated pipette
Cover-glass forceps
Dissecting forceps
Twelve microscopic slides
Spirit-lamp
Glass funnel
Two watch-glasses
Packet of filter papers
Metal case of needles (straight
No. 9)
Supply of blood-collecting
pipettes
Fifty cover-slips
Glass rod for powdering micro-
scopic stains, etc.
Sterile swab
One tube each of the following
' Soloid ' stains : —
Eosin, Methyl Violet, Fuchsine,
Romano wsky Stain, Eosin -
Methylene Blue, Methylene
Blue, Haemalum, Toison
Blood Fluid.
NO. 506. 'SOLOID' BRAND BLOOD TEST CASE (Registered)
Contains ' Soloid ' Brand Romanowsky Microscopic Stain (Leishman's
Powder), one 20 c.c. drop bottle containing distilled water, two 10 c.c.
glass-stoppered and
capped phials of
methyl alcohol, i c.c.
pipette, grease
crayon, haemoglo-
binometer scale,
absorbent papers for
use with scale, glass
rod, camel-hair
brush, vaseline, and
a vest pocket-case
containing six
microscopic slides
No. 506. 'SOLOID' BRAND BLOOD TEST CASE and a Hagedorn
Measurements : 4^ x 3^ x \\ in. needle in carbolised
alcohol. The Hage-
dorn needle and microscopic slides are in a separate box which may. if
separately required, be carried in the vest pocket. In nickel-plated metal,
with doeskin cover.
URINE TEST CASE, ' S O L O I D ' H R A N D 177
NO. 510. 'SOLOID' BRAND URINE TEST CASE (Registered)
The clinical ifnportance of urine analysis is fully recognised.
This case provides, in a most compact and con-
Urine
venient form, the requirements for making an analysis
examination of urine at the bedside. Owing: to made at
. & the bedside
their purity and accuracy, the * Soloid Brand
products contained in this case provide reliable test solutions
without any weighing whatever being necessitated.
In nickel-plated metal, which is easily rendered aseptic. Measurements :
5! X 2f X ij in. It contains a complete set of materials for making an
examination of urine, both qualitative and quantitative, for albumin,
sugar, etc. The outfit includes a urinometer, Esbach's albuminimeter.
a graduated measure, pipette, test-tubes and stand, test-papers, spirit-
lamp, analysis charts, and a good supply of ' Soloid ' reagents, including
Fehling's Test, Indigo Test, Picric Acid, Potassium Ferrocyanide and
Citric Acid. Each portion of the apparatus can also be obtained
separately. Complete with doeskin cover.
^l 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID
FOR AUTOMOBI LISTS, AVIATORS, AERONAUTS, YACHTS-
MEN, SPORTSMEN, TRAVELLERS, TOURISTS, ETC.
[ffli B. W. & Co.]
Special Designs, the property of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
These equipments provide compact, complete outfits of emer-
gency medicines, dressings and first-aid accessories. Portable
and convenient, they comprise ideal outfits for motorists,
cyclists, aviators, aeronauts, yachtsmen and explorers.
NO. 702. 'TABLOID' BRAND FlRST-AlD (Registered)
No. 702. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID
In Rex Red, Royal Blue or Brewster Green Enamelled Leather. Measure-
ments : 7i X 55 X 3 in. Contains eight tubes of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid'
Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, for use as "Smelling
Salts," 'Borofax,' ' Hazeline ' Cream, sal volatile, Carron oil (solidified),
' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, tourniquet, jaconet, castor oil, plaster,
protective skin, scissors, pins, etc.
178
FIRST-AID, 'TABLOID' BRAND
NO. 706. 'TABLOID' BRAND FlRST-AlD (The Aviator" s)
(Registered)
Measurements : 33
X 3 X f in. Contains
'Tabloid' Bandage,
Boric gauze, Carron
oil (solidified).
' Vaporole ' Aromatic
Ammonia, for use as
" Smelling Salts," ad-
hesive plaster, court
plaster, jaconet, pins,
a card of contents,
No. 706. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID etc. In Aluminium.
As carried by.M. Louis Paulhan in his aeroplane flight from London to
Manchester, April 27-28, 1910.
No. 707. 'TABLOID' BRAND FlRST-AlD (Registered)
In Rex Red, Royal Blue or
Brewster Green Enamelled
Metal, or in Aluminised Metal.
Measurements : 6| X 3^ x 2 in.
Contains seven tubes of
' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid '
Brand products, ' Vaporole '
Aromatic Ammonia,
for use as "Smelling Salts,"
'Borofax,' Carron oil
(solidified), jaconet, castor
oil, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and
Dressings, plaster, protective
skin, scissors, pins, etc., etc.
No. 707. ' TABLOID ' BRAND FIRST-AID
No. 708. 'TABLOID1 BRAND FlRST-AlD (The Nurse's)
* (Registered) In Rex Redj Royal Blue
or Brewster Green Enam-
elled Metal, or in Alumin-
ised Metal. Measure-
ments : 6f x 3a X 2 in.
Contains ' Tabloid '
Bandages and Dressings,
' Vaporole ' Aromatic Am-
monia, for use as "Smell-
ing Salts," ' Borofax,'
Carron oil (solidified),
jaconet, plaster, protec-
tive skin, pins, etc., and
two tubes of ' Tabloid '
and ' Soloid ' Brand
products. With webbing
No. 708. ' TABLOID ' BRAND FIRST-AID straP for attaching to
( The Nurses) waist-belt or cycle.
FIRST-AID, 'TABLOID BRAND
179
No. 709. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID (Registered)
(The Boy Scout's)
In Rex Red or Royal Blue Enamelled Metal. Measurements:
65 X si X 2 in. Contains 'Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, ' Vaporole '
Aromatic Ammonia, for use as "Smelling Salts," ' Borofax,' Carron oil
(solidified), jaconet, plaster, protective skin, camel-hair brush and pins.
With webbing strap for attaching to belt or cycle.
NO. 710. 'TABLOID' BRAND FlRST-AlD
Measurements : 4 X 3! X
f in. Contains ' Tabloid '
Bandage, 'Tabloid'
Dressings, ' Vaporole '
Aromatic Ammonia,
for use as "Smelling
Salts, " ' Borofax,'
Carron oil (solidified),
adhesive plaster, court
plaster, camel-hair brush
and pins. In Scarlet
Enamelled Metal.
No. 710. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID
No. 715. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID (Registered)
In Rex Red, Royal Blue or Brewster Green Enamelled Metal, or in
Aluminised or Black
Japanned Metal.
Measurements : 7!
X 4J X 2 in. Con-
tains eight tubes of
'Tabloid' and
' Soloid ' Brand pro-
ducts, 'Vaporole'
Aromatic Ammonia,
for use as "Smelling
* Salts," ' Borofax,' sal
volatile, Carron oil
(solidified), 'Tabloid'
Bandages and Dress-
ings, jaconet, plaster,
protective skin,
No. 715. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID scissors, pins, etc.
180
FIRST-AID, 'TABLOID' BRAND
NO. 730. 'TABLOID' BRAND FlRST-AlD (Registered)
(Wall-case for Offices, Theatres, Assembly Halls, etc.)
Measurements : i6| X ioj X 25 in. Contains ' Tabloid ' Bandages and
Dressings, ' Borofax,' Carron oil, sal volatile, 'Hazeline,' ' Hazeline '
No. 730. 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID
Cream, "'Hazeline' Snow," 'Vaporole' Aromatic Ammonia, for use as
" Smelling Salts," jaconet, adhesive plaster, court plaster, scissors,
dressing forceps, camel-hair brushes, safety-pins, and ten phials of
' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products.
In Mahogany, with glass front.
FIRST-AID, TABLOID BRAND
181
y%t 'TABLOID' BRAND
PLEATED COMPRESSED
BANDAGES AND DRESSINGS
Pleated compressed bandages and dressings were
originated and introduced by B. W. & Co.
All products are made of materials of excep
tionally fine quality.
The method of packing reduces the bulk of al'
products to a fraction of that of the ordinary loose
dressings. Extreme portability is thus obtained.
Protective containers prevent contamination anc
deterioration.
' Tabloid ' Medicated Dressings are distinguishec
by uniform and active medication.
™PDKE 'TABLOID' BRAND
ADJUSTABLE HEAD-DRESSING
COMPRESSED (Regd. Design)
Renders head-bandaging one of the simplesi
operations. Saves
the time and
trouble necessary
to apply a roller
bandage. Can
be washed and
sterilised.
(See page 1937
SOME CHARACTERISTIC
T^ 'TABLOID' AND ' S O L O I D ' ^ CASES
For Ophthalmic, Hypodermic, Dispensing, First-Aid, Bacteriological
and Analytical use.
On this and the following three pages are presented facsimile reproductions in
natural colours of some characteristic ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Equipments. Fuller
particulars of these Cases will be found on the pages indicated under the illustrations.
No. 91 ASEPTIC OPHTHALMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE (Registered)
Fitted with 'Tabloid1 and 'Soloid'
Ophthalmic products, Camel-
Hair Brushes, Mortar and
Pestle, etc.
In Nickel-plated Metal, with
Doeskin Cover
Measurements : 2 £ x 1 J x £ in.
No. 91 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic Pocket-Case
For full details, see "Modern Medical Equipments " page 163
No. 15 ASEPTIC HYPODERMIC 'TABLOID' BRAND
POCKET-CASE
Measurements :
4 x 3 x | in.
S"
*:.m
I1
M
No. ] 5 Pocket-Case (Polished Metal)
For full details, see " Modern Medical Equipments" Page 161
184
SOME CHARACTERISTIC 'TABLOID*
No. 126 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE POCKET-CASE
Also supplied in
Cowhide, Morocco
Leather, Pigskin,
Brown or Green Seal
Leather and Brown or
Green Crocodile
Leather
Measurements :
5J x 4 x If in.
No. 126 Pocket-Case (Green Seal Leather)
For full details, see " Modern Medical Equipments" page 165
No. 220 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE (Registered)
Phials arranged in tiers to display labels. Contains a wide range of ' Tabloid '
and 'Soloid' Brand Products, a B. W. & Co. Patent Nickel-plated Hypodermic
Syringe, needles, and tubes of 'Tabloid* Hypodermic Products, etc., etc.
Measurements :
13| x 5 1 x 9£ in.
Also supplied in
Cowhide
No. 220 Medicine Case (Morocco Leather)
For full details, see "Modern Medical Equipments" page 169
AND 'SOLOID1 CASES
NO. 232 'TABLOID' BRAND MEDICINE CASE
(Physi«ian's Emergency Case) (Registered)
No. 232
Emergency Case
(Cowhide)-Open
Ideal for emergency
requirements
Measurements :
8 1 x 6 x 3£ in.
For full details, see "Modern Medical Equipments" page 171
No. 702 'TABLOID' BRAND FIRST-AID (Registered)
Also supplied in Rex Red Enamelled or Royal Blue Leather
No. 702 'Tabloid' First-Aid (Brewster Green Enamelled Leather)— Open
For full details, see ''''Modern Medical Equipments" page 177
186
SOME CHARACTERISTIC CASES
NO. 505 'SOLOID' BRAND BACTERIOLOGICAL CASE
(Registered)
Complete with
Doeskin Cover
Easily rendered
aseptic
Measurements :
5 x 3J x If in.
No. 505 Case (Nickel-plated Metal)
For full details, see ''''Modern Medical Equipments" page 176
NO. 510 'SOLOID' BRAND URINE TEST CASE
(Registered)
Contains the means of applying:
qualitative and quantitative tests
for albumen, sugar, etc., to urine.
Measurements :
5 1 x 2 1 x 1 i in.
Complete with
Doeskin Cover
No. 510 Case (Nickel-plated Metal)
For. full details, see "Modern Medical Equipments" page 17 \
PRODUCTS
STANDARDISE DISPENSING
ALL OVER THE WORLD
No matter when or where the physician's prescriptions
are dispensed, the patient will receive medicaments of
the same standard of activity, accuracy and dosage,
By prescribing B. W. & Co.
products the physician
safeguards his own reputa-
tion as well as his patient's
welfare, and simplifies
dispensing for the foreign
pharmacist.
so long as the products of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
are specified.
B. W. & Co. have Offices and Warehouses in every
Continent, and Depots in every civilised community.
Their products are stocked by, or are within the reach
of, every Pharmacist.
DANGEROUS ABBREVIATION
The words * Tabloid ' and ; Soloid ' should
always be written in full to ensure the supply
of genuine — B. W. & Co. — products.
When ordering a certain product an abbreviation
may bring you what you do not want, and thereby
cause serious disappointment.
To write any contraction of ' Tabloid ' or
' Soloid,' when these brands are intended, intro-
duces an element of doubt. Why take the risk ?
Behind the brands ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' are
years of research, experience and endeavour — the
whole foundation of Burroughs Wellcome & Co.'s
reputation.
When 'Tabloid'— — or 'Soloid' - - is
written, in whatever part of the world the prescrip-
tion is dispensed, the patient will receive the same
genuine products of uniform strength and unvarying
activity compounded with exceptional accuracy from
ingredients of the highest standard of purity.
It is best and safest, therefore, to write the word
in full, thus —
FORMULARY
OF
FINE PRODUCTS
ISSUED BY
BURROUGHS WELLCOME
& Co.
' Alaxa ' Aromatic Liqueur of Cascara Sagrada DOSE
(Trade Mark)
An aromatic liqueur which presents the tonic, One-half to
laxative properties of cascara sagrada in a two teaspoon -
pleasant and acceptable condition. fuls.
In bottles of 4 fluid ounces.
Alkaloids, * Wellcome' Brand (see pages 283-310^
Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, ' Vaporole ' Brand
(set page 2&i)
Anaesthetics, Local (see *Epicaine,' page 198; 'Tabloid'
Hypodermic products, pages 203-209 ; * Soloid ' products,
page 225 ; and 'Vaporole' products, pages 279-281)
Analysis Cases, 'Soloid' Brand (see pages 175-177}
Analysis Charts, packets of 25
Antidote Case, 'Tabloid' Brand (see page 174}
' Aol,' a derivative of Santalum album (see ' Tabloid J
(Trade Mark) Brand products, page 237}
Arylarsonates (see 'Soamin,'/«^j 225 and 267)
Atomiser, ' Paroleine ' (Trade Mark)
Simple in design, scientific in construction, portable and
easily sterilised, this instrument rapidly converts oily or
aqueous solutions into a state of vapour suitable for appli-
cation to the naso-pharyngeal mucous membrane.
Bacteriological Case, 'Soloid' Brand (seepage 176)
190 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Bandages, Pleated Compressed, * Tabloid ' Brand
(seepages 19
'Bivo' Beef and Iron Wine
(Trade Mark) DOSE
A pure detannated wine, each fluid ounce One teaspoon-
contains the stimulating properties of fresh ful for children,
lean beef, with the equivalent of one grain to one table-
of metallic iron. In bottles of 8 and 16 spoonful for
fluid ounces. adults.
DOSE
4 Bivo' Beef and Iron Wine with One teaspoon
(Trade Mark) Quinine ful for children,
In bottles of 8 and 16 fluid ounces. to one table-
spoonful for
adults
'Borofax' BRAND BORIC ACID OINTMENT
(Trade Mark)
An emollient, possessing antiseptic and sedative properties.
4 Brockedon ' Products
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. are the successors to, and sole
proprietors of, the business of BROCKEDON, who, in
1842, ORIGINATED COMPRESSED MEDICINES in
the shape of bi-convex discs — issued under the designation
of COMPRESSED PILLS.
' Brockedon ' Brand Compressed Pure Bicarbonate of Soda
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, Potass
,, ,, ,, ,, Chlorate ,, ,,
Chemicals, * Wellcome' Brand (seepages 283-310,)
CHESTS AND CASES (B. W. & Co.)
A comprehensive selection of chests and cases is prepared
and issued under the ' TABLOID ' and ' SOLOID ' Brands, fitted
with medicines suited for every variety of climate, and varying
in size and content, from the fully-equipped chests containing
supplies sufficient for medical officers of expeditions, etc.,
down to the compact pocket-cases suited to the needs of the
private practitioner.
Descriptions and illustrations of many of these cases will be
found in the preceding section.
Chloroform, * Wellcome' Brand (see page 2^1)
Compound Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.) (see
page 212)
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. Ug^ "" "* " ft*J ) 191
TMRAARDKE 'DARTRING' BRAND PRODUCTS
The 'DARTRING Brand appears on all labels of the genuine
original Lanoline preparations.
'DARTRING' BRAND—
,, ' Lanesine' (see page 211)
,, Lanoline (Adeps Lanae Hydros. )
,, ,, Anhydrous (Adeps Lanae)
Adeps Lanse Hydros., B.J.D.
,, „ Anhydros., B.J.D.
NOTE. — If this quality of Adeps Lanae Hydros, or of
Adeps Lanae Anhydros. be required, the letters B.J.D.
must be specified. — ™ "•"• '
,, ,, Cold Cream
,, ,, Ointment Base
»> 99 ,, 5) Anhydrous
, , , , Pomade
, , , , Soaps — Shaving (in sticks)
,, ,, ,, Ichthyol, Pine Tar, Toilet (boxes of
3 tablets)
,, ,, Toilet (specimen boxes)
,, ,, ,, (collapsible tubes)
,, ,, Toilet Powder (tin boxes)
,, ,, Veterinary
Dental Hypodermic Syringe, The B. W. & Co.
(see page 202)
Dentifrice, *Opa' Liquid (see page 213)
Dialysed Iron (B. W. & Co.)—
In bottles of 4 and 16 fluid ounces, with dropper.
Diary, The * Wellcome ' Photographic Exposure
Record and (see page 220)
DRESSINGS, SURGICAL
TMRAARDKE 'TABLOID' BRAND
Pleated Compressed Dressings were originated and introduced by
Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The introduction of ' Tabloid ' Pleated Compressed Bandages
and Dressings marks an important advance in
the preparation of surgical accessories. These JSRBbt^
bandages and dressings are made of materials of
the finest quality, and are subjected to great pressure under
192
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Dressings, Surgical, 'Tabloid' Bran d— -continued
which each assumes a rectangular shape. After compression,
each is automatically wrapped in an effective protective
covering.
The superiority of ' Tabloid' Dressings over the ordinary
variety is very marked, not only in convenience and com-
pactness, but also in quality of materials. Notwithstanding
the great saving in space effected by means of compression,
* Tabloid ' Dressings are yet as easily unfolded as those in
ordinary use. Other advantages are their freedom from
contamination, and extreme compactness which enables them
easily to be carried in the hand-bag, saddle- or cycle-case.
Graphic representation of the relative bulk of an ordinary
bandage 2^ in. X 6 yds., and a 'Tabloid' bandage of the
same length and width
The above illustration, representing an ordinary and a
pleated bandage, graphically demonstrates the striking differ-
ence in their relative size, and renders apparent the consequent
economy in space effected by the use of * Tabloid ' Pleated
Compressed Bandages and Dressings, while their flattened sides
enable them, even bulk for bulk, to be packed still more closely
and compactly than the old-fashioned rounded roller-bandage
in common use.
* Tabloid ' Surgical Dressings are also issued sterilised in
special impervious coverings. By means of these sterilised
pleated bandages and dressings the latest requirements of
modern surgical practice are adequately and conveniently
provided for. They are remarkable for their exceptional
evenness of medication.
The following are issued in packages of one dozen : —
Absorbent Cotton between Gauze, Pleated Com-
pressed, 'Tabloid' Brand-
In 2 ounce packets
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. " lPR BC 19g
Dressings, Surgical, 'Tabloid' Brand— continued
Adjustable Head Dressing, Compressed, * Tabloid'
Brand (Registered Design}—
' Tabloid ' Adjustable Head Dressing (originated and
introduced by B. W. & Co. ), is an ingenious device, which
makes the troublesome roller-bandage a thing of the past
for use in head injuries. It consists essentially of a cap-like
arrangement, split on one side, with the lower edge prolonged
into a bandage which fixes the cap. It fits any head ; can
be applied in a few seconds ; does not slip ; and it adds to
the patient's comfort and appearance. For emergency, field
or first-aid work, its superiority is overwhelming.
Bandages, Pleated Compressed, 4 Tabloid ' Brand-
Open Wove, I in. x 6 yds.
,, ,, 2 J in. x 6 yds.
Flannel, 2\ in. x 5 yds.
Triangular (Pictorial), packets of 2 bandages
Carbolised Tow, Pleated Compressed, 'Tabloid'
Brand-
In 2 ounce packets
Cotton, Pleated Compressed, ' Tabloid' Brand-
Absorbent, Jounce, in packets of ^(not supplied
sterilised]
,,- I and 2 ounce packets
Boric, I and 2 ,, ,,
Double Cyanide, 3%, I and 2 ,, ,,
lodoform, I and 2 ,, ,,
Gauzes, 'Tabloid' Brand-
Absorbent, in packets of 3 yds. (compressed)
Bismuth, in cartons of 6, J in. x I yd. , sterilised only
,. ,, ,, I in. x i yd. ,,
,, ,, «, 2 in. x i yd. ,,
,, ,, ,, 3 in. x i yd. ,,
,, in packets of i in. x 6 yds. (compressed)
,, ,, ,, 2 in. x 6 yds. ,,
,, ,, ,, 3 in. x 6 yds. ,,
,, ,, ,, i in. x 12 yds. ,,
,, „ ,,2 in. x 12 yds. ,,
,, ,, ,, 3 in. x 12 yds. ,,
,, ,, ,, 36 in. x 3 yds. ,,
REMEMBER THE
194 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Dressings, Surgical, 'Tabloid' Bran d— continued
Gauzes, ' Tabloid ' Brand — continued
Boric, in packets of 3 yds. (compressed)
• Double Cyanide, 3% ,, ,, 3yds. ,,
lodoform, ,, ,, I yd. ,,
» 3yds.
,, ,, ,, I in. x 6yds. ,,
Sal Alembroth, i% ,, ,, 3 yds. ,,
Lint, Pleated Compressed, * Tabloid' Brand-
Plain, I and 2 ounce packets
Boric, I and 2 ,, ,,
Carbolised, I ,, ,,
Ear Drums, Artificial (Dr. Ward Cousins' Design)—
For use in cases of deafness caused by collapse or perforation
of the tympanic membrane. Supplied in four sizes. A
combined probe and forceps for insertion or extraction of the
drum is also supplied.
Effervescent Medicinal Substances, * Tabloid '
Brand-
In the preparation of ' Tabloid ' Effervescent products, only
ingredients of exceptional purity are employed, and special
methods are adopted to retain their effervescent properties.
On account of their relatively small surface the ' Tabloid '
products are much less liable to deterioration than the ordinary
granular preparations. Mixed with water they promptly render
draughts of a refreshingly effervescent nature and accurate
posology. (See ' Tabloid ' Brand Effervescent products,
page 247;
S 'ELIXOID' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'ELIXOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
' ELIXOID ' Brand Products are elegant and acceptable fluid
preparations of important medicaments to which agreeable
flavours have been imparted without in any degree diminishing
their physiological activity.
'ELIXOID' BRAND —
,, Ammonium Valerianate, in bottles of 8 fluid ounces.
Each fluid drachm contains Ammonium Valerianate, gr. 2.
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. H^B* »I"™J J 195
\^«^_
'Elixoid' Brand Product s— -continued
« ELIXOID ''BRAND—
„ Formates Compound, in bottles of 4 fluid ounces.
Each fluid ounce contains Calcium Formate, gr. 12 ;
Sodium Formate, gr. 6 ; Magnesium Formate, gr. 6.
„ Glycerophosphates, in bottles of 4 fluid ounces.
Each fluid ounce contains Calcium Glycerophosphate,
gr. 4 ; Sodium Glycerophosphate, gr. 2 ; Potassium
Glycerophosphate, gr. 2 ; and Magnesium Glycerophos-
phate, gr. i.
,, Mucin, in bottles of 4 fluid ounces.
Each fluid drachm contains, in suspension, Mucin, gr. 2^.
„ Pine Tar Compound, in bottles of 4 fluid ounces.
A pleasantly-flavoured preparation containing Tar, * Pinol,'
Terpin Hydrate, Wild Black Cherry, Tolu and Ipecac-
uanha in a convenient and acceptable form.
Also various other produc ts is sited under the <" Elixoid' Brand
Emetine Hydrobromide, * Wellcome* Brand
A stable salt of Emetine for therapeutic use ( see also page
288^
Emetine Hydrochloride, * Wellcome' Brand
A soluble salt of Emetine (see also page 289^
r<E 'ENULE' BRAND RECTAL
SUPPOSITORIES
The word 'ENULE' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
The * ENULE ' Rectal Suppository possesses conspicuous
advantages over those of the ordinary conical shape, which
are difficult to introduce, and may even be expelled. ' Enule '
suppositories are encased in sheaths of pure tinfoil, easily
stripped off at the moment of using. They contain accurate
doses of pure drugs, the active principles of which are evenly
diffused throughout the mass, and they retain the full activity
of the medicament for long periods of time..
196 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Enule' Brand Rectal Suppositorie s— continued
' Enule' Brand Rectal Suppository 'Enule' Brand Rectal Suppository
after removal of sheath. showing sheath of pure tinfoil.
This shape originated by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
PROF. CASPARI, in his Treatise on Pharmacy, says :—
" The usual shape of rectal suppositories is that of a cone with a rounded
apex, but the difficulty of readily introducing them into the rectum has led
to the designing of a new shape by H. S. Wellcome, of London,
Expert the great advantages of which become apparent when it is
opinion remembered that the bulbous end is inserted into the rectum,
and that, as soon as the greatest diameter has been passed,
expulsion of the suppository is impossible, by reason of the very contractile
force of the sphincter muscle, which renders retention of the ordinary
conical shape often so difficult."
Each kind is packed in containers of one dozen (of one
strength).
'ENULE' BRAND — DIRECTION
No.
,, 10. Belladonna Extract
,, ii. ,, ,,
,, 12. ,, ,,
,, 9. Bismuth Subgallate
,, 14. Cocaine Hydrochloride gr. 1/2
,, 30. 'Epinine,' (Trade A
,, 25. Gall and Opium
Containing Extract of Opium, gr. 1/4, and
Tannic Acid, gr. 3, equivalent to gr. 5 of
Galls.
,, i. Glycerin Children's size As required
(Anhydrous), 95%
,, 2. Glycerin Adults' size ... As required
(Anhydrous), 95%
,, 5. 'Hazeline' Compound... ... ... As required
(Trade Mark)
Containing ' Hazeline,' Extract of Hama-
melis and Zinc Oxide (see also ' Hazeline '
Suppositories,)
,, 24. ' Hemisine,' (Trade Mark) o-ooi gm. ... As required
,, 19. Lead and Opium As required
I£ Plumbi Acetatis gr. 3
Pulv. Opii gr. i
gr-
1/4
As required
gr-
1/2 ..
As required
gr-
I
As required
gr.
IO
As required
gr«
1/2 ..
As required
O-OI
gm. ..
. As required
As required
ISSUED BY B.
AND CO.
As required
' E n u 1 e ' Brand Rectal Suppositorie s— continued
'ENULE' BRAND— DIRECTION
No.
,, 3. Meat, Predigested Children's size)
,,4. ,, ,, Adults' size j J
Containing gr. Si and gr. 15, respectively, of
concentrated peptone from choice fresh beef.
„ 6. Milk, Predigested Children's size), uired
,,7. ,, ,, Adults size J
Containing gr. 10 and gr. 18, respectively, of
concentrated peptone from new milk.
,, 1 6. Morphine Hydrochloride gr. 1/4
1 8.
gr. I
As required
As required
As required
As required
I
As required
1/2 ...
;ia wood,
One on each
of at least
idworms,
12 successive
nights
5
As required
3
As required
As required
gr- 7
gr. 7
,, 15. Morphine and Belladonna
JJ Morphinae Hydrochloridi ... gr. 1/4
Ext. Belladonnas gr. 1/2
,, 20. Opium Extract ... gr.
,, 13. Quassin, Amorphous gr.
The bitter principle of quassia wood,
used in treatment for threadworms,
especially in children.
,, 8. Quinine Bisulphate ... gr.
,, 21. Santonin ... ... gr.
,, 23. Soap Compound
1$, Sappnis Animalis
Sodii Sulphatis Exsiccati ...
Also other preparations issued under the ' Emile* Brand
' Enule ' Brand Rectal Suppositories must be stored in a cool
and dry place.
\^ 'EPININE' PRODUCTS
* Epinine ' (3:4- dihydroxyphenylethylmethylamipe), is a
synthetic haemostatic, discovered by investigations in the
laboratories of the 'Wellcome' Chemical Works. It possesses
the characteristic sympatho- mimetic actions of supra-renal
extract. Compared with adrenine, its pressor activity in the
cat was found to be as I : 10, while the rise of blood-pressure
produced by ' Epinine ' persists longer than that produced
by a dose of adrenine which raises the pressure to an equal
maximum. In all other respects, the action of ' Epinine ' is
similar to that of the natural supra-renal active principle.
The uses of ' Epinine ' correspond in every respect with those
of the natural extract — principally haemostatic and styptic.
REMEMBER THE
198 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Epinine' Product s — continued
Being a synthetic preparation, forming crystalline salts, the
chemical purity of 'Epinine' can be guaranteed, and its
solutions may be sterilised in a hard glass or suitable metal
vessel without undergoing decomposition.
* Epinine,' I in 100, in amber-coloured stoppered bottles
containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
A supply of ' So laid ' Sodium Chloride, 0-23 cf in., for preparing- normal
saline solution, is included with each bottle.
4 Epicaine ' (Trade Mark) ('Epinine' and Cocaine Hydro-
chloride) presents special advantages as a styptic local
anaesthetic.
In amber-coloured stoppered bottles containing 10 c.c.
Each c.c. contains 'Epinine,' 0-0003 gm- (gr- 1/216), and
Cocaine Hydrochloride, 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3) ; each min. IO
contains 'Epinine,' gr. 1/365, and Cocaine Hydrochloride,
gr. 2/1 1.
(See also ' Enule ' 'Epinine,' page 196; 'Tabloid'
Ophthalmic 'Epinine,' page 214; 'Tabloid' 'Epinine'
Compound, page 247 ; ' Vaporole ' ' Epicaine ' and
'Vaporole' 'Epinine,' page 280^
* Ergamine ' (rt-iminazolylethylamine) (see page 205)
(Trade Mark)
Ergotinine, 'Wellcome' Brand (seepage^)
Ergotoxine Phosphate, ' Wellcome ' Brand (see
page 283^)
M4 ERNUTIN' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'ERNUTIN' is a brand which designates fine
products issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
The characteristic effects of ergot on the uterus and blood-
pressure are due to certain active principles, which have been
isolated at the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories.
Many ergot preparations contain little or none of these
principles, and give negative or even harmful results.
' ERNUTIN ' products present the active therapeutic principles
of ergot — Ergotoxine, ' Tyramine ' and ' Ergamine ' — in stable
solution and in a state of purity. Being prepared from active
principles, the purity of which can be determined by chemical
means, the necessity for physiological standardisation is
removed.
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
199
'Ernutin' Brand Product &— continued
' Ernutin ' (Oral). In i, 4 and 16 fl. oz. and DOSE
3oc.c. amber-coloured stoppered bottles. 30 to 60 minims
4 Ernutin ' (for Hypodermic use) (see ' Vaporole '
' Ernutin,' page 280^
For full particulars of the pharmacology and therapeutics of 'Ernutin'
products, see special booklet.
Ether, in hermetically-sealed glass capsules of min. 60.
' Eucalyptia,' pure oil of Eucalyptus globulus —
(Trade Mark) Respiratory disinfectant and deodorant.
Bottles of 2 fl. oz.
'FAIRCHILD' DIGESTIVE PREPARATIONS
PREPARATION
' Enzymol ' ( Trade Mark) ...
In bottles of 4 ounces.
Glycerinum Pepsini, P.B., ' Fairchild '
In bottles of 4 and 16 ounces and in
Winchester quarts of 80 fl. oz.
Glycerinum Pepticum
In bottles of 4 and 16 ounces.
' Holadin,' gr. 3
In bottles containing 25 and 100 capsules
' Holadin ' and Bile Salts
In bottles containing 25 and 100 capsules
: Laibose '
In tins of two sizes
DOSE
As required
As required
As required
One capsule,
three hours
after meals
One capsule,
three -and -a
half hours
after meals
One table-
spoonful
Lecithin, 'Fairchild' Oneteaspoonful
In bottles of 8 fluid ounces
Lecithin Glycerole, ' Fairchild '
In bottles of S ounces.
' Panopepton ' ( Trade Mark)
In bottles of 6 and 12 ounces.
' Pepsencia ' ( Trade Mark) ...
In bottles of 4, 8 and 16 ounces.
In Winchester quarts of 80 fluid ounces.
Pepsin — ' Fairchild' — Powder or Scales
In bottles of \ ounce, I ounce, J Ib. , \ Ib.
and I Ib.
Peptogenic Milk Powder
In bottles of two sizes.
'Zymine' ( Trade Mark) (Ext. Pancreatis)
In bottles of \ ounce and I ounce.
' Zymine ' Peptonising Tubes
In boxes containing 12 tubes.
As required
A dessert-
spoonful to a
tablespoonful
as required
Oneteaspoonful
as required
gr. 2 to gr. 5
As required
gr. 2 to gr. 5
As required
200 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Fairchild' Digestive Preparations— continued
PREPARATION DOSE
'PEPULE' BRAND—
* ,, Ox Gall Compound ... ... ... One
IJ; Fellis Bovini Purificati ... gr. 2
' Zymine ' ... ... ... gr. 2
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/8
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* ,, Pepsin, gr. I and gr. 3, sugar-coated ... One or more
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* ,, Pepsin and Zymine, sugar-coated ... One
Ifc Pepsini gr. 2
'Zymine' gr. 3
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* ,, Pepsin, Bismuth and Nux Vomica ... One to three
I£ Pepsini gr. 3
Bismuthi Subnitratis gr. 2
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/6
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* ,, Pepsin, Bismuth and Zymine, sugar-
coated One to two
1$ Pepsini ... gr. 1-1/2
Bismuthi Subnitratis gr. 2
'Zymine' gr. 1-1/2
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* ,, Zymine, gr. 3, sugar-coated ... ... One to two
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
* , , Zymine Compound, sugar-coated . . . One to two
IJ 'Zymine' gr. 2
Bismuthi Subnitratis ... ... gr. 3
Pulv. Ipecacuanhas gr. i/io
In bottles containing 25 and 100.
Also various other preparations issued under the
' Pepule ' Brand
First- Aid, 'Tabloid' Brand (seepages 177-181;
Gauzes, * Tabloid' Brand (seepages 193-194^
^ 'HAZELINE' PRODUCTS
PREPARATION DOSE
'Hazeline' Brand An anodyne and styptic dr. I to
Hamamelis virgini- fluid obtained by dis- dr. 3
ana, in 4 and 16 dilation from the fresh
fl. oz. bottles. young twigs.
' Hazeline ' Cream, in Combines anodyne,
collapsible tubes and astringent and emol-
glass pots. lient properties.
* BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co. have ceased to prepare ' Tabloid '
products of the ' Fairchild ' digestive ferments, and now supply
'Pepule' products of these ferments, which are prepared by
FAIRCHILD BROS. & FOSTER.
'TABLOID' 'PEPULE'
is a trade mark of is a trade mark of
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. Fairchild Bros. & Foster
ISSUED BY
'Hazeline' Product s— -continued
PREPARATION DOSE
"'Hazeline' Snow," A non-greasy preparation,
(Trade Mark) owing its astringent,
in glass pots. soothing and healing
properties to the pre-
sence of a high per-
centage of 'Hazeline.'
' Hazeline ' Supposi- Contain pure ' Hazeline ' One as
tories, in boxes of 12 required
(See also * Enule ' ' Hazeline ' Compound, page 196;
Also other preparations issued under the ' Hazeline ' Brand
^ 'HEMISINE' PRODUCTS
' HEMISINE ' products present the active principle of the
medulla of the supra-renal gland, having its characteristic vaso-
constrictor, haemostatic and astringent properties. With those
'Hemisine' products which are presented in a dry, soluble
state, fresh, active solutions may be instantly prepared as
required. For the convenience of practitioners who prefer a
liquid preparation, 'Hemisine' is also issued in solution
of a strength of I in 1000. 'Hemisine' is physiologically
standardised, uniformly to represent the supreme activity
of the medulla of the supra-renal gland. ' Hemisine ' products
are reliable, stable in all climates, and their therapeutic effect
is precise and certain.
For full particulars of the pharmacology and therapeutics of
'Hemisine' products, see special booklet.
'Hemisine,' i in 1000, in amber-coloured stoppered bottles
of 5 c.c. and 10 c.c. Specially suitable for internal
administration or for local application.
A supply of ' Solotd' Sodium Chloride, 0-23 gin. , for Preparing normal
saline solution, is included 'with each bottle.
* Hemisine ' and Cocaine Hydrochloride, in amber-
coloured stoppered bottles of 10 c.c. Each c.c. contains
* Hemisine, ' 0-00003 gm. (gr. 1/2160) and Cocaine
Hydrochloride, 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3) ; each min. 10 contains
' Hemisine, ' gr. 1/3650, and Cocaine Hydrochloride,
gr. 2/1 1.
(See also 'Enule' 'Hemisine,' page 196; 'Tabloid'
Ophthalmic ' Hemisine, 'page 214 ; 'Soloid' 'Hemisine,'
page 228 ; ' Tabloid ' ' Hemisine,' page 251 ;' Vaporole '
' Hemisine, 'page 280^.
REMEMBER THE
202 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
HYPODERMIC APPARATUS
S Y R I N G K S
All-Glass Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe,
The B. W. & Co.
Barrel, piston and nozzle consist entirely of glass. The solid
piston obviates any necessity for packing. May be instantly
taken apart and sterilised. In five sizes — min. 15, min. 20,
or i c.c. , with two regular steel needles, or min. 40 or
min. 60, with two intramuscular steel needles. A
Detachable Finger-Grip (nickel-plated), entirely distinct
from the working parts of the syringe, can be supplied.
A ' Tabloid ' Brand Detachable Sheath-Grip is also issued
for use with this syringe.
(If desired, platino-iridium needles can be fitted)
Nickel=plated Metal Cases, with removable rack, for
the B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic Hypodermic Syringes.
Patent Hypodermic Syringe, The B. W. & Co.
Nickel-plated. With two regular steel needles and finger-
grip. Capacity, min. 15 or min. 20.
(If desired, platino-iridium needles can be fitted)
Patent Hypodermic Syringe, The B. W. & Co.
Solid Silver. Nozzle detachable, so that the solution of a
' Tabloid ' Hypodermic product may be effected in the
barrel. With two platino-iridium needles, in case.
Capacity, min. 20.
Dental Hypodermic Syringe, The B. W. & Co.
Made of solid metal throughout ; therefore durable, able
to withstand severe strain, and easily rendered aseptic.
Min. 30, with adjustable finger-grip, three needle-attach-
ments and three steel mountless needles ; complete in
nickel-plated metal case with doeskin cover.
Serum Syringe, The B. W. & Co. All-Glass Aseptic
The working parts are composed entirely of glass, the needle
being attached to the nozzle by a flexible rubber joint which
guards against fracture. In five sizes, 2 c.c., 3 c.c., 5 c.c.,
10 c.c. or 25 c.c., with two steel needles, in metal case.
(If desired, platino-iridium needles can be fitted)
Serum Syringe, The B. W. & Co. Nickel-plated
In nickel-plated metal case, complete, with two special
platino-iridium needles, capacity 5 c.c. or 10 c.c.
ISSUED BY
W . AND CO.
203
Hypodermic Apparatu s — continued
SYRINGE s — continued
Serum Syringe Case Covers, of Doeskin
Tuberculin Syringe, The B. W. & Co. All-Glass
Aseptic ,
I c.c. divided into one-twentieth's of a c.c., with two regular
steel needles.
Needles for B. W. & Co. Syringes
(Full list, etc., sent on request)
HYPODERMIC PRODUCTS
TMRAARDKE 'TABLOID' BRAND
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
" They are quite free from objectionable and irritative salts."
— British Medical Journal.
"They are very soluble and not at all irritating." — Lancet.
' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products accurately contain the stated
weight of pure medicament. They are rapidly soluble, of
uniform activity, and they keep perfectly.
PREPARATION STRENGTH DOSE
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic) —
No.
36. Aconitine Nitrate ... gr. 1/640
300. ,, ,, ...o-oooi gm. J
71. * Anaesthetic Compound, A
JJ CocainaeHydrochloridi... gr. i/io
Morphinae Hydrochloridi gr. 1/50
Sodii Chloridi gr. 9/10
70. * Anaesthetic Compound, B
1$ CocainaeHydrochloridi... gr. 1/5
Morphinae Hydrochloridi gr. 1/50
Sodii Chloridi gr. 9/10
80. * Anaesthetic Compound, C
fy Eucainae Lactatis ... gr. 7/16
Sodii Chloridi ... ... gr. 3-15/16
87. Apomorphine Hydrochloride
gr. 1/20
Q
As required
As required
As required
19-
323-
301.
gr. i/io
0-0025 gm.
0-005 gm-
0ne
v-
In ttibes 0/12. Others in ttibes of 20
204
REMEMBER THE
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' B r a n d— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH DOSE
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic)—
No.
f Apomorphine Hydrochloride
93' "I Strychnine Hydrochloride
gr. 1/60 J
" Y
One
15. Atropine Sulphate ... gr. i/i5o>i
14. ,, ,, ... gr. i/ioo gr. 1/200 to
13. ,, ,, ... gr. 1/60 - gr. i/ioo(in-
324. ,, ,, 0-0005 gm- creased)
302. ,, ,, o-ooi gm. J
Atropine and Morphine (see Morphine, page 207 )
/Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/200 \ Qne
\Strychnine Sulphate ... gr. i/ioo/
f Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/150!
J) _
; *-»— ~j- f •-- £5- - -/ -«/-* I OnP
\StrychnineSulphate ... gr. 1/80 j v
, 43. *Caffeine Sodio-salicylate gr. 1/2 ^i
303- * „
328. • „
0-03 gm. \
0-05 gm. I
o-i gm. )
23. Cocaine Hydn
22. ,,
)chloride .
- gr- T/10
. gr. 1/6
40. * ,
j
. |r. 1/2
304-
322. *
'
'
. o-oi gm.
. 0-015 gm-
3°5- I
326. *
'
)
. 0-02 gm.
• 0-3 gm. ;
I/at r
to
gr. i/io to
gr. 1/2
Cocaine Compounds (see Ansesthetic Compounds A
and B, page 203 j
44. Codeine Phosphate ... gr. 1/4 \ I/.toer 2
[27. „ „ ... 0-015 gm. j *
77. *Cotarnine Hydrochloride gr. 1/4 ^ ,
330. * „ „ 0-015 gm. hgCT'r j ?
331- * » » 0-025 gm.J
,, 46. Curara gr. 1/12 gr. 1/12 to
gr. 1/2
,, 30. Digitalin (Amorphous) ... gr. i/ioo gr. i/ioo to
gr. 1/30
,, 306. Digitalin (Crystalline), 0-0005 gm. One
327.
* In tubes of 12. Others in tubes 0/20
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' B r a n d— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH DOSE
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic) —
No.
g£ f Digitalin (Amorphous) ~\ Q
(Strychnine Sulphate aa gr. i/iooj
f Digitalin (Amorphous) "|
I Strychnine Sulphate I n
" I25' ~ Trinitrin f Une
(Nitroglycerin) aa gr. i/iooj
., 130. * Emetine Hydrochloride gr. 1/3 One
,, 362. *' Ergamine' (Trade Mark),
(/j-iminazolylethylamine) o-ooi gm. One
„ 38.
,5 37.
Ergotinine Citrate
gr-
gr.
1/200
I/IOO
i
gr.
1/200
I/^O
to
M 307.
,, ,, 0-0005 gm. ) °~
/ D
# f Ergotinine Citrate
gr.
I/IOO
}
» 92.
\Morphine Sulphate ...
gr.
1/6
J
ne
,, 81.
# f Ergotinine Citrate
(Strychnine Sulphate ...
gr.
gr.
I/IOO)
1/20 /
One
,, 116.
*Ergotoxine
gr-
I/IOO
One
to two
# f Ergotoxine ...
gr.
I/IOO
\
„
M 119.
\Morphine Sulphate ...
gr.
1/6
j
ne
#f Ergotoxine ...
gr-
I/IOO
\
, , I 2O.
(Strychnine Sulphate ...
gr-
1/20
J
ne
Eserine (see Physostigmine)
,5 79-
*Eucaine Hydrochloride
gr.
i/3
\
gr.
I/IO
to
M 78.
*
gr.
j
gr.
1/2
,, 112.
*Eucaine Lactate...
gr-
i/3
\
gr.
I/IO
to
5, H3.
*
j
gr.
1/2
,, 102.
,, 101.
Heroin Hydrochloride ...
gr.
1/25
I/I2
|
gr.
1/25
T /£»
to
,, 127.
55 55
gr-
1/6
1
gr-
I/O
» 47.
Homatropine Hydrochlor.
gr.
1/250
1
gr.
1/250
to
»l 332.
55 55 0-00025 gm.
J
1/20
M 49-
,, 100.
„ 48.
M 334.
Hyoscine Hydrobromide gr. 1/200
gr. i/ioo
gr- 1/75
0-0003 gm.
1
1
gr. 1/200 to
gr. i/ioo (in-
creased)
55 95.
* Hyoscine Compound, A
One
]
ty Hyoscinae Hydrobromidi ...
gr.
I/IOO
Morphinae Sulphatis ...
gr-
1/6
Atropinae Sulphatis
gr-
i /i 80
" 1 2. Others in tubes of 20
206
REMEMBER THE
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
STRENGTH
DOSE
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' Bran d— continued
PREPARATION
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic) —
No.
96. *Hyoscine Compound, B
One
fy Hyoscinse Hydrobromidi ... gr. i/ioo
Morphinae Sulphatis ... ... gr. 1/4
Atropinee Sulphatis gr. 1/150
55 3L
*Hyoscyamine Sulphate gr. 1/80 } gr. 1/200 to
,5 4L
,,
gr. 1/20 ^ gr. i/ioo(in-
55 335-
*
,, o-ooi gm. J creased)
„ 29.
Mercuric
Chloride ... gr. 1/60 ^
„ 28.
j ,
... gr. 1/30 [gr. 1/60 to
„ 3°S.
55
... o-ooi gm. j gr. 1/30
» 333-
,,
,, ... o-oi gm. J
,5 124.
Mercuric
Succinimide ... gr. i/io ^ gr. i/io to
„ 98.
.,
... gr. 1/5 r gr. 1/5
„ 66.
Morphine
Hydrochloride gr. 1/6 ^
» 55-
,,
gr- i/4
5, 90.
J5
gr. 1/3
55 91.
*
gr. 1/2
gr. 1/8 to
55 336.
J}
,, o-oo5gm.
- gr. 1/4 (in-
5, 309.
55
,, o-oi gm.
creased)
5, 310.
,,
o-oi5gm.
5, 311.
55
,, 0-02 gm.
>5 337-
,,
55 o>°3 gm- ^
,5 132.
Morphine
Hypophosphite, gr. 1/4 ~\
55 133-
.,
Sr. 1/3 I one
,5 134.
*
gr. 1/2 I L
» 135-
,,
gr. I J
5, 27.
Morphine
Meconate ... gr. 1/8 \ g^ ^g ^
55 26.
,5 25.
,5 24.
»
;; ::: |r: 1/3 J creased)
„ 6.
Morphine
Sulphate ... gr. 1/12
55 5"
55
... gr. 1/8
4-
,,
... gr. 1/6
55 3'
55
... gr. 1/4
,, 2.
„ I-
5, 76-
5, 312.
*
55
... gr. 1/3
... gr. 1/2
... gr. i
,, ... o-oi gm.
gr. 1/8 to
> gr. 1/4 (in-
creased)
5, 3I3.
,,
55 ... 0-015 gni-
5, 3H.
,,
,, ... 0-02 gm.
5, SIS'
*
55
55 ••• o<o3 gm-
,5 316.
*
...o-05gm.
' In tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 20
ISSUED BY
W. AND CO.
207
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' Brand— continued
PREPARATION
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic)—
STRENGTH
DOSE
No.
88.
74.
Morphine Tartrate ... gr.
( Morphine Hydrochloride
gr.
gr.
1/4
One
I^Atropine Sulphate
^
1/6 [One
1/70 J
( Morphine Hydrochloride
325. o-oi gm. \ One
(Atropine Sulphate 0-0003 gm.
f Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/12
\Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/250
( Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/8
^Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/200
(Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/6
^Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/180
(Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/4
^Atr opine Sulphate ... gr. 1/150
o (Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/3
\Atropine Sulphate ... gr. 1/120
g (Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/3
•*' \AtropineSulphate ... gr. 1/60
# (Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/2
ft* \Atropine Sulphate ... gr. i/ioo,
g (Morphine Sulphate ... gr. 1/4 ")
\Strychnine Sulphate ... gr. 1/60 /
355. fNew Tuberculin (W),"|
Human, containing I
tubercle bacillary sub-j°
stance ... ... " ... J
356. fNew Tuberculin (W),"|
Human, containing
tubercle bacillary subS [ O-CXXDI mgm.
stance ... ... ...J
357. fNew Tuberculin (W),^
Human, containing (^
tubercle bacillary sub- | °
stance ... ... ...J
363. fNew Tuberculin (W)^
Human, containing
tubercle bacillary sub j°'OImgm-
stance .
One of
requisite
composition
One
°ne
One
One
One
One
* In tubes of \7,\ \ in tubes of 6. Others in tubes of 20
REMEMBER THE
208 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' Bran A— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH DOSE
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic)—
No.
,, 358. fNew Tuberculin (W),^
Bovine, containing I O.OQOOI Qne
tubercle bacillary sub-
stance ... ... ...J
» 359- tNew Tuberculin (WM
Bovine, containing I O>OOQI
tubercle bacillary sub-
stance
New r.
Bovine, _ containing I .OQI Qne
Bovine, containing I <OOI
tubercle bacillary sub-
stance ... ... ...J
tNew Tuberculin (WU
Bovine, containing I ,Ql Onc
tubercle bacillary sub- I
,, 360. tNew Tuberculin (W),^
' '^lo-
le bacillary sul
stance
„ 364. tNew Tuberculin (WU
aining !
ub- f
stance J
Nitroglycerin (see Trinitrin)
,, 39. Physostigmine Salicylate gr. i/iooj Q t four
,, 339- ,< » 0-0005 grn.J
,, 84. Picrotoxin ... ... gr. 1/60 One to two
,, 338. Pilocarpine Hydrochlor., o-ooi gm. One or more
,, 34. Pilocarpine Nitrate ... gr. i/io
,, 64. „ „ ... gr. 1/6
„ 33- * » »» ••• gr. J/3
,, 32. * „ „ ... gr- 1/2
,,317. ,, ,, ... o-oi gm.
,, 82. *Potassium Permanganate gr. 2 gr. I to gr. 5
» 83. *Quinine Bihydrochloride gr. I \
„ 73- * »» » ••• §r- 3 rgr- i togr. 5
„ 97- * » »» ••• §r- 5 J
,, 103. *Quinine Bisulphate ... gr. 5 gr. I togr. 5
,, 42. *Quinine Hydrobromide . . . gr. 1/2 ]
,, 318. * ,, ,, ... 0-03 gm. V One to four
„ 319. * >» »> ••• 0-05 gm. J
,, 56. *Sparteine Sulphate ... gr. 1/2 gr. 1/2 to gr. I
., 52. Strophanthin ... ... gr. 1/500 One to five
,, 109. Strychnine Hydrochloride gr. 1/200] ,
» II0- " »» •'• Sr< I/IOOr o-V T/TO
„ in. „ „ -. gr. 1/30 J gr' I/I0
In tubes of 1 2 ; t in tubes of 6. Others in tubes of 20
ISSUED BY B. VV . AND CO.
Hypodermic Products, 'Tabloid' ft r and— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH DOSE
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Hypodermic)—
No.
62.
Strychnine
Nitrate ... gr.
1/15 "|
6i.
,,
... gr.
I/IO
gr. 1/150
to
320.
,, ,, 0*0005 gm. |
gr. i/io
321.
,,
,, O-OOI
gm. )
18.
Strychnine
Sulphate ... gr.
1/150^1
17.
,,
... gr.
I/ 100
16.
104.
99.
"
... gr.
... gr.
... gr.
1/60 [
1/40
gr. 1/15°
gr. i/io
to
75-
,,
,
... gr.
1/30
123.
,,
,
... gr.
1/20 /
126.
f Strychnine Sulphate ... gr.
1/50 \
One to two
,, 65. Trinitrin (Nitroglycerin) gr. 1/250! gr. 1/250 to
>i 115- „ ( ) gr. i/ioo/ gr. 1/50
Tuberculin, New (W) (see New Tuberculin)
,, 361. *'Tyramine' (Trade Mark)
(Para - hydroxyphenyl -
ethylamine) ... ... 0-02 gm. One
* In tubes of 12. Others in tubes 0/20
Also various other Hypodermic products issued under
the * Tabloid' Brand.
Hypodermic Solutions (see * Vaporole ' Brand Products,
pages 279-28 1 )
Hypodermic Veterinary Products, ' Tabloid ' Brand
( Full particulars sent on request)
Indicators for Volumetric Analysis (see page 233)
Inhaler
Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, ' Vaporole ; Brand
A remarkably compact apparatus which will deliver perfectly
neutral vapour of pure Ammonium Chloride.
* Vaporole ' Acid ^ For use in above Inhaler.
' Vaporole' Alkali J In boxes of 12.
A Nasal Attachment is also supplied for use with
above Inhaler.
lodic - Hydrarg. (see Mercuric Potassium Iodide, ' Soloid '
products, page 229, and ' Tabloid ' products, page 258}
REMEMBER THE
210 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
^ ' KEPLER' MALT EXTRACT AND
COMBINATIONS
SPECIAL CAUTION.— Many attempts are made to imitate
1 Kepler ' Malt Products, hence, as malt preparations vary greatly
in dietetic value, it is necessary to take precautions against sub-
stitution. Verbal instructions are not safe. To prevent fraud it
is best to write prescriptions for original bottles.
DOSE — Of all ' Kepler ' preparations, one teaspoonful to two
dessertspoonfuls.
PREPARATION AND STRENGTH
' KEPLER ' MALT EXTRACT —
A most reliable and highly-concentrated extract, prepared
from the finest winter-malted barley. Its dietetic
value depends not only on its high diastatic powers,
but also on the albuminoids, phosphates, etc., which it
contains.
Ditto with BEEF AND IRON
Each fluid drachm contains : Extract of Beef, gr. i ; and Iron
and Ammonium Citrate, gr. 1/8
Ditto with CASCARA SAGRADA
Each fluid ounce contains Extract of Cascara Sagrada, gr. 6
Ditto with CHEMICAL FOOD (Phosphates Compound)
Each fluid ounce contains : Iron Phosphate, gr. 2 ; Calcium
Phosphate, gr. 3 ; Sodium Phosphate, gr. 1/4 ; Potassium
Phosphate, gr. 1/4
Ditto with HEMOGLOBIN
Each fluid ounce contains Haemoglobin, gr. 8-3/4
Ditto with HYPOPHOSPHITES
Each fluid ounce contains : Calcium Hypophosphite, gr. 8 ; Potas-
sium Hypophosphite, gr. 4 ; Sodium Hypophosphite, gr. 4
Ditto with IRON
Each fluid ounce contains Soluble Iron Pyrophosphate, gr. 4
Ditto with IRON AND QUININE CITRATE
Each fluid ounce contains Iron and Quinine Citrate, gr. 7-1/2
Ditto with IRON IODIDE
Each fluid ounce contains Iron Iodide, gr. 2
Ditto with IRON, QUININE AND STRYCHNINE (Easton)
Each fluid ounce contains : Iron Phosphate, gr. 1/2 ; Quinine
Phosphate, gr. 3/8 ; and Strychnine Phosphate, gr. 1/64
Ditto with PEPSIN
Each fluid ounce contains pure Pepsin, gr. 4
Ditto with PEPSIN AND PANCREATIN
Each fluid ounce contains pure Pepsin and pure Pancreatin, of each
gr. 4
Ditto with PHOSPHORUS
Each fluid ounce contains pure Phosphorus, gr. 1/64
ISSUED BYB. W. AND CO.
211
4 Kepler' Malt Extract and Combinations— continued
PREPARATION AND STRENGTH
"KEPLER' COD LIVER OIL WITH MALT EXTRACT —
Among known fatty food-stuffs in nature the highest in
nutritive value is also the most readily assimilated,
and that most easily utilised by the tissues. It is,
moreover, a tissue-builder ; and it repairs waste, and
fortifies resistance against disease.
The drawbacks of cod liver oil in a natural state have
always been the nausea, unpleasant eructations and
alimentary disturbances it produces even when given
in the purest form. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with
Malt Extract is especially designed to overcome
these difficulties in administration. In this form it
presents the purest Cod Liver Oil intimately in-
corporated in a state of minute molecular subdivision
with the finest extract of winter-malted barley.
Thoroughly diffused in ' Kepler ' Malt Extract, its
digestion is easy and assimilation certain, while its
unique palatability makes it readily acceptable to the
most delicate children and fastidious patients, and
even in the most debilitated of subjects its administra-
tion is followed by a rapid increase in weight and
strength.
Initial doses should be small and only gradually
increased.
Ditto and CHEMICAL FOOD (Phosphates Compound)
Each fluid ounce contains : Iron Phosphate, gr. 2 ; Calcium
Phosphate, gr. 3 ; Sodium Phosphate, gr. 1/4 ; Potassium
Phosphate, gr. 1/4
Ditto and HYPOPHOSPHITES
Each fluid ounce contains : Calcium Hypophosphite, gr. 4 ; Potas-
sium Hypophosphite, gr. 2 ; Sodium Hypophosphite, gr. 2
Ditto and IRON IODIDE
Each fluid ounce contains Iron Iodide, gr. 2
Ditto and PHOSPHORUS
Each fluid ounce contains pure Phosphorus, gr. 1/64
Also various other products issued under the * Kepler^ Brand
* Lanesine,' 4 Dartring ' Brand
In collapsible tubes.
r
Lanoline (see 'Dartring' Products, page 191)
REMEMBER THE
212 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Lint, Pleated Compressed, * Tabloid' Brand (see
page
Mallein, * Wellcome ' Brand, for diagnosis of Glanders
In hermetically-sealed phials containing I c.c. ( 'sufficient for
one injection).
Malt Extract (see 'KEPLER, 'pages 21 0-211 J
Medicine Chests and Cases, * Tabloid ' Brand (see
pages 159-181^
Menthol Plasters, Compound (B. W. & Co.)
Regular size (74 in. x 5 in.), each in a tin ; also issued in
i yard rolls in tins.
Menthol Snuff, Compound (B. W. & Co.)
An extremely effective and convenient combination of
menthol, ammonium chloride, camphor, ' Epinine,' bismuth
oxychloride and lycopodium, with one third per cent of
eucaine lactate. Issued in enamelled tins, after the
manner of old-fashioned black-and-gold snuff-boxes.
Methyl Alcohol (Pure)
For use in microscopic staining. In hermetically-sealed glass
phials, each containing 15 c.c. (approx. \ fl. oz. )
Microscopic Stains, 'Soloid' Brand (seepages 233-234)
Mineral Waters (see ' Tabloid ' Brand Mineral Water Salts,
page 258;
Morphine Salts (Acetate, Hydrochloride, Sulphate and
Tartrate, see ' Wellcome ' Brand, page 295)
Mucin ( in scales)-—
A compound substance consisting of protein and a carbo-
hydrate, given internally in those conditions in which
bismuth is usually prescribed. Bottles containing I oz.
(See a&0*Elixoid Mucin, page 195; and 'Tabloid' Mucin
Compound, page 259 j
Nasal Attachment for * Vaporole ' Ammonium
Chloride Inhaler (see page 281}
Nasal Medicaments, * Soloid ' Brand (see page 230}
Needles, for Hypodermic Dental, Serum and Tuberculin
Syringes. (Full list on application)
j. i w.K i 01 o
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. M -^ 5 213
Nessler's Solution, Glass Capsules of (see ' Soloid ' Brand
products, page 233)
New Tuberculin (W), 4 Wellcome ' Brand
(see page 274)
4 Nizin ' (Trade Mark)—
A zinc salt of sulphanilic acid. An antiseptic which is
readily soluble in water, and which, in the strengths
recommended for use, is non-irritating and non-toxic.
Bottles containing i oz., 4 oz. and 16 oz.
Normal Horse Serum, No. 1, * Wellcome' Brand
(see page 225)
Nozzles, Vulcanite, for Collapsible Tubes (see page 281)
*Opa' LIQUID DENTIFRICE, Aromatic, antiseptic, refreshing.
(Trade Mark) Bottles of 2 fl. oz. and 4 fl. oz. (with sprinklers).
Ophthalmic and Hypodermic Pocket-Case,
* Tabloid' Brand (seepage 163)
Ophthalmic Pocket-Cases, ' Tabloid' Brand
(seepage 163)
OPHTHALMIC PRODUCTS
T«RA'£ * TABLOID' BRAND
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
' TABLOID ' Ophthalmic products are minute in size, as
thin as notepaper, and contain exact doses of pure drugs,
prepared with a perfectly innocuous and rapidly soluble basis.
PREPARATION
'TABLOID' BRAND
STRENGTH
(Ophthalmic)-
T Alum
PT. I I 2 SO
,, EE Argyrol
^i. f.j^^\j
gr- 1/24
,, x Atropine Sulphate
gr. 1/600
A
gr. 1/200
,, LL ,, ,,
0-0003 gm.
,, MM* ,, ,,
... 0-003 gm-
/Atropine Hydrobromide
^Cocaine Hydrochloride ...
aa gr. 1/200
* In tubes of 12. Of hers in tubes of 25
REMEMBER THE
214 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Ophthalmic Products, 'Tabloid' Brand— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Ophthalmic) —
fAtropine Hydrobromide ... 0-0003 gm-
\CocaineHydrochloride ... 0-0003 gm.
,, AA Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/50
» C ,, ,, ... gr. 1/20
,, NN * ,, ,, ... 0-003 gm.
,, BB Dionin ... ... ... 0-0005 gm-
,, FF * „ 0-005 gm.
,, OO Duboisine Sulphate ... 0-00025 gm-
,, AC * ' Epinine ' ( Trade Mark)
(3:4- Dihydroxyphenyl-
ethylmethylamine) 0-006 gm.
Eserine (see Physostigmine)
,, Y *Euphthalmine Hydrochloride gr. 1/40
,, z *Fluorescein ... ... gr. 1/250
,, cc *'Hemisine' (Trade Mark) 0-0006 gm.
Presents the active principle of the medulla of the supra-
renal gland in suitable strength for ophthalmic use.
,, H Homatropine Hydrochloride gr. 1/400
» E * „ „ gr. 1/40
55 ss ,, „ 0-00015 gm.
* f Homatropine Hydrochloride gr. 1/240
\Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/24
* f Homatropine Hydrochloride
\Cocaine Hydrochloride aa gr. 1/50
* f Homatropine Hydrochloride 0-00025 gm-
\Cocaine Hydrochloride ... 0-0025 §m>
,, u Hyoscine Hydrobromide gr. 1/600
,, AD Physostigmine Salicylate gr. 1/4000
,, GG ,, ,, ... gr. 1/2000
,, F ,, ,, ... gr. 1/600
,, PP ,, ,, ... o-oooi gm.
* / Physostigmine Salicylate gr. 1/500
\Tropacocaine Hydrochloride gr. i/ioo
*/ Physostigmine Salicylate... o-oooi gm.
\Tropacocaine Hydrochloride 0-0006 gm.
,, AE Pilocarpine Nitrate ... gr. 1/3000
„ K „ „ ... gr. 1/400
:" In tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 25
W. AND CO. l^^ 215
Ophthalmic Products, 'Tabloid' Brand— continued
PREPARATION STRENGTH
'TABLOID' BRAND—
(Ophthalmic)—
| Pilocairpine Nitrate ... gr. 1/500
\CocaineHydrochloride ... gr. 1/200
Scopolamine (see Hyoscine)
,, L *Tropacocaine Hydrochloride gr. 1/30
,, uu * ,, ,, ... 0-002 gm.
,, xx Tuberculin ... ... 0-0002 gm.
A supply of ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic Control is included
with each tube of ' Tabloid' Ophthalmic Tuberculin,
,, R Zinc Sulphate ... ... gr. 1/250
,, ww ,, ,, ... ... 0-00025 gm.
DD*( Zinc Sulphate gr. 1/250
\Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/20
* In tubes of 12. Others in ttibes of 25
Also various other Ophthalmic products issued under the
^ Brand.
OPHTHALMIC PRODUCTS
S 'SOLOID' BRAND
The word 'SOLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
' SOLOID' BRAND
(Ophthalmic)—
,, j Corrosive Sublimate ( Hydrarg. Perchlor. )
gr. i/iooo, tubes of 25
For other ' Soloid' Brand products suitable for Ophthalmic
use, see pages 225-232.
Ophthalmic Veterinary Products, * Soloid ' Brand
( Full particulars sent on request)
' Panopepton ' (see ' Fairchild ' Preparations, page 199^
(Trade Mark)
* Paroleine ' — A perfectly stable, odourless, colourless and
(Trade Mark) tasteless oil. It is a useful solvent and
vehicle for many of the remedies employed in treating
diseases of the nose and throat. Bottles containing 4 fl. oz.
and I Ib. (i8£ fl. oz.).
'Paroleine' Atomisers (seepage 189)
REMEMBER THE
216 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
PASTILLES, ^ 'TABLOID' BRAND
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
'TABLOID5 Pastilles provide an agreeable vehicle for the
gradual and prolonged application of medicaments to the
mouth and throat, and in some cases may be used to secure
the general effects of a drug. By their use, astringents, anti-
septics, anaesthetics, expectorants and laxatives can be con-
veniently exhibited. The basis of the pastille is demulcent,
increasing the efficiency of the active ingredients.
'TABLOID' BRAND-
NO.
,, I. Ammonium Chloride and Liquorice
Each contains Ammonium Chloride, gr. i
,, 2. Benzoic Acid Compound
R Acidi Benzoici gr. 1/2
Codeinae ... gr. i/io
Menthol gr. i/io
Pulv. Ipecacuanhae gr. i/io
Cocainae Hydrochloridi ... gr. 1/40
Gummi Rubri gr. 1/2
Ol. Menthae Piperitae ... g.s.
,, 3. Cocaine Hydrochloride, gr. i/io
,, 4. Codeine, gr. 1/8
5. Glycerin
,, 6. Glycerin and Black Currant
,, 7. Glycerin, Tannin and Black Currant
,, 8. Glycerin, Tannin, Capsicum and Black Currant
Each contains Tannin, gr. 1/2, and the equivalent of
Tincture of Capsicum, B.P., min. 3/4, equal to Capsicum,
gr. 3/8o.
,, 1 8. Laxative Fruit
Each contains Extract of Senna Fruit, gr. 5, pleasantly
flavoured.
,. 10. Lemon Juice
,, ii. Linseed, Liquorice and Chlorodyne
Each contains Morphine Hydrochloride, gr. 1/120
„ 16. Menthol, gr. 1/8
,, 17. Menthol and Eucalyptus
Ifc Menthol gr. 1/20
Ol. Eucalypti min. 1/2
,, 12. Morphine and Ipecacuanha
~fy Morphinae Hydrochloridi .... gr. 1/36
Pulv. Ipecacuanhae gr. 1/12
, , 20. Pectoral
Containing Liquorice, Squill. Tolu, Senega, Ipecacuanha,
Wild Black Cherry, etc.
,, 19. Pine Tar Compound
Containing Pine Tar, Terebene, Benzoin, Tolu, Ipecacuanha,
etc.
ISSUED BY B. W . AND CO.
Pastilles, 'Tabloid' Bran d— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND-
NO.
,, 13. ' Pinol,' min. I
,, 14. Red Gum and Cocaine
,, 15. Rhata*ny, Menthol and Cocaine
Also various other Pastilles issued under the ' Tabloid ' Brand
' Pepsencia ' (Trade Mark) (see ' Fairchild ' Preparations,
page 199;
Pepsin (see ' Fairchild ' Preparations, page 199)
PeptOgenic Milk Powder (see * Fairchild ' Preparations,
page 199}
' Pepule ' (Trade Mark) Brand Products (see page 200}
Phenacetin, 'Tabloid' Brand (see page 260 )
' Phenofax ' BRAND CARBOLIC ACID OINTMENT
(Trade Mark) < PHENOFAX ' is an antiseptic sedative dressing
which presents 4 per cent, of pure phenol in a bland basis,
and is notable for its sedative effect on the skin and
mucous surfaces. It disinfects, allays pain, and encourages
granulation. In glass pots.
PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMICALS
^ 'TABLOID' BRAND
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should always
be specified when ordering.
' TABLOID ' Photographic Chemicals represent the acme of
convenience and reliability, while their superior quality and
accuracy in weight and composition ensure the
best results. They entirely obviate the trouble fe^iabte*1
of weighing small quantities of chemicals, are
superior in point of solubility to ordinary crystalline and
other preparations, and prevent the disappointments occasioned
by the deterioration of stock solutions. Their extreme com-
pactness enables the tourist, traveller, or explorer to carry
everywhere with him the materials for developing, fixing, etc. ,
without materially increasing his impedimenta. ' Tabloid '
Brand products have been proved by leading explorers, press
photographers and overseas experts to resist the most trying
atmospheric and climatic conditions. At home they save
time, trouble and space.
REMEMBER THE
218 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Photographic Chemicals, 'Tabloid' B r a n d— continued
Developers
The developers are packed in cartons, each containing the
* Tabloid ' Reducing Agent, and the * Tabloid ' Accelerator
specially prepared for use with that reducing agent.
'TABLOID' BRAND 'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic)— (Photographic)—
,, Amidol ,, Metol
,, Edinol ,, Metol-Quinol
,, Eikonogen ,, Ortol
,, Glycin ,, Paramidophenol
,, Hydroquinone (Quinol) ,, Pyro
,, Pyro- Metol ( Imperial Standard Formula )
, , * Py ro - S oda ( I If or d Form ula )
,, * Rytol' (Trade Mark) Universal Developer
* In ordering this special developer, it is always necessary to quote
" Ilford Formula."
Intensifiers
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic)—
,, Chromium Intensifier
,, Mercuric Iodide and Sodium Sulphite
Toners
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic)—
,, Gold Chloride, gr. |, with Borax, gr. 15 (B i)
,, ,, ,, ,, Sodium Bicarbonate, gr. 15(62)
,, ,, ,5 55 Sodium Phosphate, gr. 15 (63)
,, ,, 55 55 Sodium Tungstate, gr. 15 (64)
,, ,, ,, ,, Sodium Formate Compound (B 5)
,, ,, „ ,, Sulphocyanide Compound (B 6)
,, ., ,, ,, Thiosulphate Compound
( Combined Bath for toning and fixing P.O. P.) (B 10)
The above are supplied in cartons containing sufficient
for the preparation of six toning baths of 5 to 10 ounces or
more. For convenience they may be ordered by their
numbers, thus : 'Tabloid' Gold Toning, B i, B 2, etc.
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. H ^J i 219
V^«u^_J5«— ito »ju««^ .-•,'
Photographic Chemicals, 'Tabloid' B r a n d— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic)—
,, Bleaching Compound
,, Blue Toner (for Bromide Prints, Gaslight Prints and
Lantern Slides)
,, Copper Ferrocyanide Toning Compound (for Bromide
Prints and Lantern Slides)
,, Green Toner (for Bromide Prints, Gaslight Prints and
Lantern Slides)
,, Platinum Toning Compound (for Matt P. O.P.)
,, Sepia Toner (for Bromide Prints and Lantern Slides)
,, Sulphiding Compound
Accessories
' TABLOID ' BRAND
(Photographic)— STRENGTH
,, Alkali—
' Tabloid ' Sodium Carbonate ... ... gr. 44
,, Density Reducers —
' Tabloid ' Ammonium Persulphate ... gr. 1 1
' Tabloid ' Potassium Ferricyanide . . . gr. 2
, , Fixer —
'Tabloid' Sodium Thiosulphate ( Hypo), \ Equals gr. 44
Dried, gr. 28-5 j of crystals
, , Hardener —
' Tabloid ' Alum ... ... ... ... gr. 10
, , Hardener and Clearer —
' Tabloid ' Alum and Citric Acid Com-
pound
Chrome Alum, gr. 5 ; Citric Acid, gr. 5
, , Preservatives —
' Tabloid ' Potassium Metabisulphite ... gr. 10
' Tabloid ' Sodium Sulphite, Dried, gr. 5 Equals gr. 10
of crystals
, , Restrainers —
* Tabloid ' Ammonium Bromide ... gr. I
' Tabloid ' Potassium Bromide ... ... gr. I
' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate ... ... gr. I
,, Sensitiser (for carbon tissue, etc.) —
'Tabloid' Potassium Ammonium
Chromate ... ... ... ... gr. 24
REMEMBER THE
220 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FIXE PRODUCTS
Photographic Chemicals, 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid'
Brands
Accessories — continued
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic) —
For Direct Colour Photography
(with Autochrome, Dufay, Omnicolore and other
Colour Plates)
'TABLOID' BRAND
(Photographic)—
,, Reversing Compound
,, Colour Plate Intensifier
(In development, 'Tabloid' ' Rytol' Universal Developer
is used, see page 218)
Also various other Photographic, products issued under the
' Tabloid ' Brand.
For Photographic Staining
'SOLOID' BRAND
(Photographic) —
„ Photographic Stains (Blue, Green, Red, Salmon or
Yellow), tubes of 6
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPOSURE RECORD
AND DIARY, THE 'WELLCOME'
The most useful pocket-book for the photographer. Contains
ruled pages for recording exposures, a diary for the year,
also numerous technical articles and tables, and an exposure
calculator -which by ONE turn of ONE scale tells the correct
exposure under any circumstance, etc., etc.
NORTHERN HEMISPHERE AND TROPICAL EDITION, for
all countries (other than the United States of America),
between the Arctic Circle and the Tropic of Capricorn (about
20° S.). Bound in light green canvas.
Also issued:
SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE AND TROPICAL EDITION, for all
countries south of the Tropic of Cancer (about 20° N. ). Bound
in dark green canvas.
THE EDITION FOR THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
Each Edition complete with wallet for proofs, etc. , and pencil.
ISSUED BY B . W . AND CO.
221
PHOTOGRAPHIC OUTFIT, No. 905
7^l 'TABLOID' BRAND (Registered)
A complete, compact chemical outfit for developing and
fixing plates, films, bromide or gaslight papers, and for toning
and fixing P.O.B.
STANDARD CONTENTS : —
' Tabloid ' ' Rytol ' Universal Developer, to make 88
ounces of solution ; ' Tabloid ' Sodium Thiosulphate
(Hypo); 'Tabloid' Chromium Intensifier, to make
50 ounces of solution ; * Tabloid ' Gold Chloride with
Thiosulphate Compound (Combined Bath), to make
30 ounces of solution ; ' Tabloid ' Sepia Toner.
(Contents may be varied as desired)
Measurements : 4 x 4 x 2^ in. In rex red, royal blue,
imperial green or bright scarlet enamelled metal.
( When ordering, please specify 'which colour is required)
Pilocarpine Hydrochloride, ' Wellcome ' Brand
Free from z'j-0-pilocarpine and the inactive pilocarpidine
(see also page 296).
' Pinol ' (Distilled Essence of Pinus pumilio]
(Trade Mark) A valuable stimulant, disinfectant and antiseptic
in respiratory affections. The ' Tabloid ' Pastille (see page
217) affords a pleasant means of securing prolonged
continuous local action.
In \ oz. and I oz. bottles.
Pneumococcus Vaccine, * Wellcome* Brand (see
page 278;
Pocket « Cases, Hypodermic, Ophthalmic, etc.,
* Tabloid' Brand (see pages \v&-\fo)
Quinine {see ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypodermic products, page
208 ; ' Tabloid ' Brand products, pages 262, 263 ; and
' Wellcome ' Brand products, pages 297, 298 )
Quinine Injection Pocket-Case, * Tabloid' Brand
(see page 162)
Rheumatic Fever Vaccine, * Wellcome ' Brand (see
page 278^
Saccharin, 'Tabloid' Brand (see page 266)
(See also ' Tabloid ' ' Saxin,' page 266)
Saddle=Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (seepage 166)
Saline Solutions for Intravenous Injection (see
page 231^
Salol, 'Tabloid' Brand (see page 2.^)
REMEMBER THE
222 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
SANITARY TOWELS, PLEATED
COMPRESSED, ^ * TABLOID' BRAND
Pleated Compressed Sanitary Towels were originated and
introduced by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
* TABLOID ' Pleated Compressed Sanitary Towels possess
several points of superiority over ordinary sanitary towels.
They are made of materials of exceptional quality specially
adapted for the purpose. Their highly absorbent pro-
perties are particularly note-
worthy. The delicate texture
= 'TABLOID'— . . ,
PLEATED COMPRESSED S.OM 1 Of the Surface of these towels
10>1, _ *. *, ,. i HI ensures perfect freedom from the
slightest sense of discomfort in
use. Owing to the extremely
small space which they occupy,
Tabloid' Pleated Compressed ' "*'
Sanitary Towel (NO. 4) they are particularly convenient
when travelling. Extreme com-
pactness is secured by compression, and perfect cleanliness
ensured by the method of packing.
Four sizes are issued, each size in cartons of 12
4 Saxin ' (see ' Tabloid ' * Saxin,' page 266)
(Trade Mark)
SERA, ^ 'WELLCOME' BRAND
The word 'WELLCOME' is a brand which designates fine
products issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the
supply of pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always
be specified when ordering.
The high reputation which these sera have deservedly
obtained with the medical profession is constantly confirmed
by the favourable reports received, and the
Reputation .
accumulating evidence proves this high reputa-
tion to be maintained.
' Wellcome ' Brand Sera are prepared in the Wellcome
Physiological Research Laboratories, Brockwell Hall, London,
S.E., under conditions which fulfil every require-
ment of modern science and under the immediate
supervision of specialists of long and varied experience. The
sera are not sent out until they have successfully passed rigorous
sterility and toxicity tests ; they are then issued in hermetically-
sealed phials of convenient sizes.
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. r. •* ».» BBKJ j 223
Sera, 'Wellcome' Bran d— -continued
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. act as distributing agents, and
will endeavour to despatch orders for these sera immediately
on receipt of letter or telegram.
Sera should be, carefully kept in their original packings, in
a cool, dark place, avoiding, as much as possible, variations
of temperature.
'WELLCOME' BRAND-
„ 'Diphtheria Antitoxic Serum
In hermetically-sealed phials containing 1000. 2000, 3000
and 4000 Ehrlich units.
„ i Concentrated Diphtheria Antitoxin
In hermetically-sealed phials containing 1000, 2000, 3000,
4000, 5000, 6000 and 8000 Ehrlich units.
The following Sera are issiied in hermetically -sealed
phials.
„ Tetanus Antitoxic Serum
In phials of 10 c.c. containing 1500 units, and in syringe-
containers of 10 c.c. ; also in phials of 10 c.c. containing
1000 units, for veterinary use.
„ Anti=COlon Bacillus Serum : from horses immunised
against many strains of Bacillus coli, obtained mostly from
cases of peritonitis and puerperal fever :—
In phials containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
„ Anti=dysentery Serum : from horses immunised
against cultures of Bacillus dysenteries obtained from
several cases of dysentery : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
„ Anti=gonococcus Serum: from horses immunised
against cultures of gonococci obtained from cases of
urethritis and gonorrhceal conjunctivitis.
In phials containing 25 c.c.
„ Anti=meningOCOCCUS Serum : from horses immu-
nised against cultures of various strains of the Diplococcus
intracellularis meningitidis of Weichselbaum, obtained
from several different sources : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
* 1000 units are contained in 2-5 c.c. or less
1 1000 units are contained in i c.c. or less
224 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Sera, 'Wellcome' Brand — continued
* WELLCOME' BRAND—
„ Anti=staphylococcus Serum, Polyvalent: from
horses immunised against various cultures of Staphylococcus
pyogenes aureus, albus and citreus : —
In phials containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
„ Anti=streptococcus Serum, Erysipelas : from
horses immunised against cultures from typical cases of
erysipelas : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
,, Anti=streptococcus Serum, Polyvalent : from
horses immunised against cultures of streptococci from a
large number of sources, including organisms isolated from
cases of: —
ERYSIPELAS, SCARLET FEVER, PUERPERAL FEVER,
RHEUMATIC FEVER, SEPTIC^MIA, ANGINA,
PNEUMONIA, ULCERATIVE ENDOCARDITIS.
In phials containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
„ Anti-streptococcus Serum, Puerperal Fever:
from horses immunised against a number of cultures of
Streptococcus from cases of puerperal fever : —
In phials containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
„ Anti=streptococcus Serum, Pyogenes : from
horses immunised against several cultures of Streptococcus
pyogenes from fatal cases : —
In phials containing 25 c. c.
„ Anti=streptococcus Serum, Rheumatic Fever :
from horses immunised against cultures from severe cases
of acute rheumatism and of rheumatoid arthritis : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
„ Anti=streptococcus Serum, Scarlatina : from
horses immunised against cultures from a number of severe
cases of scarlet fever : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
,, Anti=typhoid Serum : from horses immunised
against cultures of Bacillus typhosus from several cases
of typhoid fever : —
In phials containing 25 c.c.
B . W . AND CO.
225
Sera, 'Wellcome' Brand— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Anti= venom Serum : from horses immunised against
the venom of the Cobra and Russel viper ( ' Daboia )
In phials containing 25 c.c.
„ Normal Horse Serum, No. 1
In phials containing 10 c.c. and 25 c.c.
Also various other Sera issued under the ' Wellcome ' Brand
Serum Syringes (B. W. & Co.) ( 'see pages 202, 203,)
Sewage and Water Analysis Case, 'Soloid' Brand,
No. 502 (seepage 175^
* Soamin ' (Sodium Para-aminophenylarsonate)
(Trade Mark} I>OSE
An organic preparation of low toxicity as (See special
compared with arsenious acid or the leaflet)
inorganic salts of arsenic. It contains 22-8
per cent, of arsenium (As), and is soluble
in three parts of water at body temperature
and in five parts at 60° F. Used in syphilis,
malaria, kala-azar, trypanosomiasis and
other protozoal diseases, and in pellagra.
In bottles of 5 gm. and 30 gm.
For full particulars, see * Soamin ' booklet
Soaps, Toilet and Medicated
(See 'Dartring* Brand Products, /#££ 191 )
TMR;RDKE 'SOLOID' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'SOLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the supply of
pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always be
specified when ordering.
The series of * Soloid ' Brand products provides reliable
antiseptics, astringents and anaesthetics ; also convenient means
/ v of preparing stains for microscopic work, and test
I i solutions for water, sewage or urine analysis.
The portability, accuracy in strength, uniform
activity and ready solubility, which characterise them, present
great advantages over stock solutions. Each product is so
standardised in weight as to produce, when added to
the required quantity of solvent, a solution of definite
strength. ('Soloid' Corrosive Sublimate, gr. 8-75, dissolved
in 16 fl. oz. of water, forms a solution of I in 1000.)
REMEMBER THE
TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Soloid' Brand Product s— -continued
*SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Alkaline Compound ( 'see page 230^)
,, Alum ... ... ... ... gr. 10
, , Alum and Zinc Sulphate
Tjf Aluminis gr. 15
Zinci Sulphatis ... gr. 15
,, Alum and Zinc Compound,
Strong
IJ Aluminis ... ... gr. 30
Zinci Sulphatis ... gr. 15
,, Antiseptic and Alkaline Com-
pound (see page 230)
,, Argenti Nitratis (see Silver Nitrate)
,, Argyrol, tubes of 12 ... ... gr. I
,, „ ,, 6 gr. 5-45
One in one drachm of water = i in
10 solution.
,, Atropine Sulphate, tubes of 6 gr. 0-545
One in one drachm of water = i in
100 solution.
,, Atropine and Cocaine, tubes
of 6
R Atropinae Sulphatis gr. 0-272
Cocainae Hydrochloridi gr. i-og
One in one drachm of water = i in
200 Atropine Sulphate, and 2
in 100 Cocaine Hydrochloride.
,, Black Mercurial Lotion
One, powdered, and shaken with
one fluid ounce of water, makes
a lotion corresponding to Lotio
Hydrargyri Nigra, P.B.
,, ¥>QK\Z P&\& ( scented with Otto
of Rose)
,, Boric Acid (unscented)
Issued in
bots. of
bots. of
Boric Acid and Zinc Sulphate
(scented with Otto of Rose)
IJ Acidi Borici... ... gr. 6
Zinci Sulphatis ... gr. 1/2
Carbolic Acid (Phenol),
tubes of 25 gr.
» »» » >» 12
,, ,, ,, ,, 6
gr. 6
gr- 15
I gm.
5
gr. 20
gr. 60
i gm.
25 —
50 —
25 50
ISSUED BY
W . AND CO.
227
'Soloid' Brand Product s — continued
'SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Chinosol ... ... ... gr. 1-75
......... gr- 875
,, Cocaine Hydrochloride,
tubes of 25 gr. 1/2
,, ,, ,, tubes of 25 0-05 gm.
55 5j ?5 ... ••• 0-25 gm.
,, ,, and Eucaine Lactate,
tubes of 25, aa gr. |
,, ,, and Eucaine Lactate,
No. 2, tubes of 25, aa 0-025 gm-
,, Copper Sulphate ... ... gr. I
, , Corrosive Sublimate ( Hydrarg.
Perchlor. ) ( 'Ophthalmic ) , gr. i/iooo
(Seepage 215)
, , Corrosive Sublimate ( Hydrarg.
Perchlor.) ... ... ... gr. 1-75
One in four fluid ounces of water
= i in 1000 solution.
, , Corrosive Sublimate ( Hydrarg.
Perchlor.) ... ... ... gr. 8*75
One in one pint of water = i in
looo solution.
,, Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg.
Perchlor.) ......... gr. 17-5
One in one pint of water = i in
500 solution.
„ Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg.
Perchlor) ....... ... 0-5 gm.
One in 500 c.c. of water = i in
1000 solution.
, , Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg.
Perchlor.), tubes of 10 ... I gm.
One in TOOO c.c. of water = i in
1000 solution.
,, Eucaine Hydrochloride
tubes of 25 gr. i
55 5, ...... gr. 5
,, ,, ,, tubes of 25 0-05 gm.
...... 0-25 gm.
Issued in
bots. of I bots. of
I
25 | —
25 i 100
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
TRADE MARKS
o-ooi gm.
0-9 gm.
0-2 gm.
' S o 1 o i d ' Brand Product s — continued
'SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Eucaine Lactate ... PT. I
•' Eucalyptia ' Compound (see
page 230)
Goulard Lotion (see Lead
Subacetate)
' Hemisine,' tubes of 6 ... 0-0012
(TradeMark)
' Hemisine,' tubes of 6 ... 0-005 i
' Hemisine' and Cocaine,
tubes of 12
ty 'Hemisine' gr. 1/200
Cocainae Hydrochloridi gr. i/S
' Hemisine ' Compound with
Eucaine, No. I, tubes of 6
B ' Hemisine '
Sodii Chloridi ...
Eucainae Lactatis
' Hemisine ' Compound with
Eucaine, No. 2, tubes of 12
(One-tenth the strength of No. i)
' Hemisine ' with Atropine
Sulphate (for intravenous
injection), tubes of 12
B 'Hemisine' 0-0002 gm.
Atropinae Sulphatis ... o-ooi gm.
Homatropine Hydrobromide,
tubes of 6 ... ... ... gr. 0-545
Homatropine and Cocaine,
tubes of 6
$ Homatropinse Hydro-
bromidi ... ... gr. 0-545
Cocainae Hydro-
chloridi gr. 1-09
Homatropine Methylbromide
and Cocaine, tubes of 6 ...
B Homatropinae Methyl-
bromidi ... ... gr. 0-545
Cocainae Hydro-
chloridi gr. 1-09
Hydrarg. Perchlor. (see Cor-
rosive Sublimate, page 215 )
Issued in
bots. of bots. of
25
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
ISSUED BY B.
'Soloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'SOLOID' BRAND— STRENGTH
,, lodic-Hydrarg. (see Mercuric
Potassium Iodide, below)
,, Lead and Opium Lotion
$ Plumbi Acetatis ... gr. 2
Tinct. Opii rnin. 20
,, Lead Subacetate gr. 10
One in five fluid ounces of distilled
water yields a solution corres-
gonding to Liquor Plumbi
ubacetatis Dilutus.
,, L. G. B
One dissolved in one pint of water
forms the antiseptic solution
advised in the Local Govern-
ment Board's Memorandum,
1892. The solution contains
Corrosive Sublimate, i in 1000.
,, Mercuric Chloride (see Corro-
sive Sublimate,)
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide
(formerly known as lodic-
Hydrarg.), tubes of 25 ... gr. 1-75
One in four ounces of water =
T in 1000 solution (frequently
known as Mercury Biniodide
Solution).
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide
(formerly known as lodic-
HydrargJ gr. 4-37
One in 10 ounces of water =
i in 1000 solution (frequently
known as Mercury Biniodide
Solution).
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide
(formerly known as lodic-
Hydrarg.j gr. 8-75
One in one pint of water = i in
TOOO solution (frequently known
as Mercury Biniodide Solution).
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide
(formerly known as lodic-
Hydrarg.^ ...
One in 500 c.c. of water = i in
tooo solution.
,, Mercury Oxycyanide,
tubes of 25
Issued in
bots. of bots. of
25 ;
25
0-5 gm.
o«i gm.
0-25 gm.
0-5 gm.
— I 100
25 I ioo
25 i ioo
Write the C
Brand in
full, thus :
230
'Soloid' Brand Product s— continued
'SOLOID' BRAND— STRENGTH
,, Mucin and Menthol Com-
pound
I£ Mucini gr. 4-1/2
Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 4-1/2
Menthol gr. 1/20
,, (Nasal)
,, ,, Alkaline Compound
}J Boracis ... ... gr. 5
Sodii Chloridi ... gr. 5
,, ,, Antiseptic and Alkaline
Compound
IJ Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 5
Acidi Carbolici ... gr. 1/2
Boracis gr. 5
„ ,, ' Eucalyptia ' Compound
Tfc Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 8
Boracis gr. 8
Sodii Benzoatis ... gr. 1/3
Sodii Salicylatis gr. 1/3
Ol. Eucalypti ... min. 1/6
Thymol gr. 1/6
Menthol ... gr. 1/12
Ol. Gaultheriae ... min. 1/12
,, ,, Phenol Compound
I£ Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 12
Acidi Carbolici ... gr. 1-1/2
Sodii Chloridi ... gr. 2
,, ,, Sodium Bicarbonate
Compound
Tfc Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 5
Boracis gr. 5
Sodii Chloridi ... gr. 5
,, ,, Sodium Bicarbonate
Compound, Saccharated
Tfc Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 5
Boracis gr. 5
Sodii Chloridi ... gr. 5
Sacchari Albi ... gr. 5
,, Naso-Pharyngeal Compound
: Sodii Chloridi
Boracis
Acidi Borici
Sodii Benzoatis...
Menthol
Thymol
Cocainae Hydro-
chloridi
gr. 7
gr. 2-1/2
gr- 3/4
gr. 1/2
gr. i/S?
gr. i/ioo
gr. 1/6
Issued in
bots. of i bots. of
2; ioo
25
25 ioo
25
25 i ioo
I
25
25
IOO
Ol. Gaultheriae ... min. 1/20
Write the
Brand in
full, thus :
ISSUED BY B. \V. AND CO.
' S o 1 o i d ' Brand Product s— continued
'SOLOID* BRAND — STRENGTH
... gr. 2
gr- 20
0-15 gm.
I gm.
'Nizin' (Trade Mark
gr. I
gr. 5
0-5 gm.
A zinc salt of sulphanilic acid
Paraform
Phenol Compound (see
page 230}
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Permanganate and
Alum
$; Potassii Permanganatis gr. 3
Aluminis ... ... gr. 5
Protargol
Saline Compound, tubes of 12
5; Calcii Chloridi .. gr. 7/10
Potassii Chloridi .. gr. 7/10
Sodii Chloridi .. gr. 31-1/2
Sodii Bicarbonatis.. gr. 7/20
Dextrosi ... .. gr. 3-1/2
Two, dissolved in one pint
of boiled (sterile) water for
intravenous injection at ico'F.
Saline Compound, No. 2, tubes
of 12
5? Calcii Chloridi ... 0-05 gm.
Potassii Chloridi ... 0-05 gm.
Sodii Bicarbonatis... 0-025 Sm<
Sodii Chloridi ... 2-25 gm.
Dextrosi ... ... 0-25 gm.
One dissolved in 250 c.c. of
boiled (sterile) water for intra-
venous injection at 40° C.
Silver Nitrate, tubes of 25 ... gr. I
5> 5> ••• ••• gr. 5
Sodium Bicarbonate ... ... gr. 44
One in five fluid ounces of water =
2 per cent, solution (approx.).
Issued in
bots. of bots. of
IOO
IOO
— I IOO
25
25
25
100
100
IOO
100
IOO
25
25
Sodium Bicarbonate
pound (see page 230)
Corn-
232
;MEMBER THE
IADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
bots. of
gr. 1/8
gr. I
gr. 10
gr. 2
gr. 10
0-5 gm.
bots. of
'Soloid' Brand Products— continued Issued in
'SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Sodium Bicarbonate Com-
pound, Saccharated (see
page 230)
,, Sodium Chloride, tubes of 12 gr. 40
Two, dissolved in one pint of boiled
(sterile) water, form a solution
containing 0-9 per cent, of
Sodium Chloride for intra-
venous injection at 100° F.
,, Sodium Chloride, tubes of 6 gr. 80
One, dissolved in one pint of boiled
(sterile) water, for intravenous
injection at 100° F.
,, Sodium Chloride, tubes of 12 0-23 gm.
One, dissolved in 25 c.c. of
boiled (sterile) water, for intra-
venous injection.
,, Sodium Citrate and Sodium
Chloride
Ifc Sodii Citratis gr. 3
Sodii Chloridi gr. 16
, , Zinc Chloride ... ... ... gr. 5
,, Zinc Permanganate ...
, , Zinc Sulphate ...
55 5, ,,
, , Zinc Sulphocarbolate
100
100
100
100
100
25
Also various other products issued under the ' Solo id ^ Brand.
SOLOID' BRAND PRODUCTS FOR
TESTING PURPOSES, etc.
For Urine Analysis
SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
, , Citric Acid ... ... ... ... gr. I
5, Fehling's Test, for preparing Fehlings
Solution, cartons of 24
,, Indigo Test for Sugar
(Sodium Nitrophenylpropiolate) gr. 1/4
., Picric Acid ... ... ... ... gr. I
,, Potassium P'errocyanide ... ... gr. I
,, Salicyl-sulphonic Acid ... gr. 2
Issued in
tubes of
20
20
20
2O
16
ISSUED BY B. W.
AND co. H«.K»*»i»™ji 233
'Soloid' Brand Products for Testing: Purposes,
etc . — continued
Por Water Analysis
'SOLOID' BRAND— STRENGTH
,, Ammonium Chloride 0-00016 gm.
,, Lead Acetate! 0-0184 gm.
,, Meta-phenyienediamine Sulphate o-oi gm.
,, Oxalic Acid ... ... ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Potassium Chromate 0-0065 gm.
,, Potassium Ferrocyanide ... ... ... 0-013 gm-
,, Potassium Nitrate 0-00144 gm.
,, Potassium Permanganate ... ... ... 0-00395 gm.
,, Silver Nitrate ... ... ... ... ... 0-0096 gm.
,, Soap
,, Sodium Acid Sulphate ... ... ... 0-324 gm.
,, Zinc Dust ... ... ... ... ... 0-13 gm.
,, Zinc Sulphide 0-25 gm.
In packages 0/25
,, Nessler's Solution, in hermetically-sealed glass capsules.
Boxes of 30 capsules, each containing ... 0-5 c.c.
24 ,, ,, ... 2 c.c.
For Sewage Analysis
* SOLOID' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Oxalic Acid ... ... ... ... ... 0-0079 gm.
,, Potassium Permanganate ... ... ... 0-00395 gm.
,, Pyrogallic Acid ... ... ... ... 0-032 gm.
,, Sodium Hydroxide ... ... ... ... 0-13 gm.
In packages of 25
Test Indicators
' SOLOID ' BRAND — ' SOLOID ' BRAND —
,, *Indigo-Carmine ,, *Phenolphthalein
,, *Lacmoid ,, *Rosolic Acid
,, *Methyl Orange ,, Starch, 0-5 gm.
* One dissolved in 10 c.c. of solvent forms the Test Indicator
In tubes of 10
Microscopic Stains
* SOLOID ' BRAND — STRENGTH
,, Bismarck Brown, pure ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Borax Methylene Blue
,, Ehrlich Triple Stain
,, Eosin, pure ... ... ... ... ... o-i gm.
234 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Soloid' Brand Products for Testing Purposes,
etc. — continued
M icroscopic S tains — continued
'SOLOID' BRAND— STRENGTH
,, Eosin-Azur (for Giemsa staining)... ... 0-038 gm.
,, Eosin-Methylene Blue (Louis Jenner's Stain) 0-05 gm.
,, Fuchsine (Basic), pure ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Gentian Violet, pure ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Gram's Iodine Solution ... ... ... 15 c.c.
, , Hsemalum
,, Hasmatoxylin, pure ... ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Methyl Violet, pure o-i gm.
,, Methylene Blue, pure o-i gm.
,, Romanowsky Stain (Leishman's Powder) ... 0-015 gm.
,, Thionin Blue, pure ... ... ... ... o-i gm.
,, Toison Blood Fluid
In tubes of 6
Methyl Alcohol, pure ( see page 212)
Culture Media
'SOLOID' BRAND—
,, Bile Salt Agar-Agar (MacConkey) ^
,, Nutrient Agar-Agar \- In tubes of 6
, , Nutrient Broth J
Also a wide range of other products issued under the
* Soloid ' Brand.
Strophanthus Tincture (B. W. & Co.)
(Physiologically standardised, Wellcome Physiological
Research Laboratories. )
Prepared in accordance with the 1898 British Pharma-
copoeia, from carefully-selected Strophanthus seeds.
In bottles containing J and I fl. oz. and I Ib. (18 fl. oz. )
Strophanthus Tincture, ' Tabloid ' Brand (see page 268)
Sulphonal. 'Tabloid' Brand (see page 269}
Suppositories (see ' Enule ' Rectal Suppositories, pages
196-197 ; and ' Hazeline ' Suppositories, page 201)
Supra-renal Gland Extract (see ' Hemisine,'/^ 201}
Surgical Dressings, 'Tabloid' Brand- (see pages 191-194)
Syringes, Dental Hypodermic, Serum and Tuber-
culin (see pages 202, 203)
ISSUED BY B. VV. AND CO.
235
T«R&E 'TABLOID' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'TABLOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the supply of
pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always be
specified when ordering.
* TABLOID ' Brand products are prepared from ingredients
of the highest quality and of extreme purity. They are
accurate in dosage, and keep well in any climate. Special
consideration has been given to adapting * Tabloid '
preparations to particular purposes. Those intended
for general therapeutic effect are made to dis-
integrate immediately ; those intended to produce local effects
(as upon the throat) dissolve slowly and enable prolonged
application of the medicament to the affected part ; unpleasant
drugs are coated with a thin film of white sugar, readily soluble
in the stomach, while those intended to act after leaving the
stomach are coated with keratin, soluble only in the alkaline
secretions of the intestine.
Issued in
dosage *'
'TABLOID' BRAND —
DOSE
oval
bots. of
bots. oi
A
., Acetanilide (see Antifebrinj
,, Aconite Tincture, min. 1/4 ...
I frequently
IOO
—
,, ,. ,, min. I
i frequently
IOO
—
,, ,, ,, min. 5
i to 3
36
IOO
,, Aloes and Iron (B.P. Pill),
gr. 4
i to 2
—
JOO
,, Aloes and Myrrh (B.P. Pill),
gr- 4
i to 2
—
IOO
,, Aloin, gr. i/io
I frequently
IOO
—
,, ,, gr. 1/2
i to 4
25
IOO
,, Aloin Compound
fy Aloini ... gr. 1/5
Strychninae Sulphatis gr. 1/60
Ext. Belladonnae ... gr. 1/8
Pulv. Ipecacuanhas ... gr. 1/16
Stomachic and tonic laxative
combination of especial value
in chronic constipation.
I to 2 after
meals, or
i to 3 at
bed-time
50
IOO
Write the /? ^S**^
.
Brand in /// ^ Jf
full, thus: /// / +^-^
REMEMBER THE
238 TRADE MARKS FORMULA
RY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Products—
continued
Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
oval
bots. of
bots. of
,, 'Aspirin,' gr. 5
i to 3
25
IOO
0-5 gm
I tO 2
25
IOO
,, Astringent Mixture (corre-
sponding to the formula of
the Board of Health, London)
I tO 2
IOO
]$; Conf. Aromat.
( P.B. 1885) gr. 4-1/2
Pulv. pro Mist.
Cretae gr. 20
Ammonii Bicarb. ... gr. 1/2
Tinct. Card. Co. ... min. 9
Tinct. Catechu ... min. 15
Tinct. Opii ... min. 1-1/2
Ol. Cinnamomi ... min. 1/8
,, Atropine Sulphate, 0-0005 gm.
1
25
—
B
,, Belladonna Tincture, min. I
I frequently
100
—
min. 5
i to 3
48
IOO
, , Benzoic Acid, gr. 5
i to 3
—
IOO
,, Benzoic Acid Compound
i as required
25
IOO
Jfr Acidi Benzoici ... gr. 1/2
Codeinae gr. i/io
Menthol gr. i/io
Pulv. Ipecacuanhas gr. i/io
Cocainae Hydrochlor. gr. 1/40
Ol. Menthae Piperitae min. 1/16
Gummi Rubri ... g.s.
Highly efficient in the irritating
cough of pharyngitis, etc.
,, Benzo-naphthol, gr. 5
I to 2
IOO
,, Beta-naphthol, gr. 3...
i to 3
IOO
0-25 gm.
I to 2
—
IOO
,, Beta-naphthol Compound ...
i to 4
25
IOO
IJ; Beta-naphthol ... gr. i
Carbonis Ligni ... gr. 4
Ol. Menthae Piperitae min. 1/2
,, Bismuth Carbonate, gr. 5 ...
i to 4
25 ioo
»» » *> 0-5 gm.
i to 3
25 ioo
,, Bismuth Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure], gr. 5
i to 4 25 100
Write the J& 7 /J
/
» /
Brand in ffl. (J&fcCf-
WXs
full,thus: * y
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— continued
Issued in
oval
bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
bots. of
,, Bismuth Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), 0-3 gm. ...
i to 4
25
IOO
,, Bismuth Saiicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), 0-5 gm. ...
i to 3
—
IOO
,, Bismuth Subgallate, gr. 5 ...
i to 4
25
IOO
,, Bismuth Subnitrate, gr. 5 ...
i to 4
25
IOO
gr. 10 ...
i to 2
—
IOO
>» » » 0-3 gm.
i to 4
25
IOO
0-5 gm.
i to 3
25
IOO
,, Bismuth and Dover Powder
i to 6
—
IOO
J$ Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 2-1/2
Pulv. Ipecacuanhae
c Opio ... gr. 2-1/2
,, Bismuth and Soda
I to4ormore
—
IOO
Jfc Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 2-1/2
Sodii Bicarbonatis ... gr. 2-1/2
,, Bismuth and Soda, No. 2 ...
I to 4
25
IOO
IJ Bismuthi Subnit. ... 0-25 gm.
Sodii Bicarbonatis... 0-25 gm.
,, Bismuth Subsantonate Com-
pound, bottles of 25
I to 2
—
IOO
ty Bismuthi Subsantonatis
gr- 4
Phenolphthalein ... gr. 1-1/2
(Made with a chocolate basis)
,, Bismuth, Rhubarb and Soda. . .
I to 4
25
IOO
J$ Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 3
Pulv. Rhei gr. i
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 2
,, Blaud (Pil. Ferrugin.), gr. 5 ...
i to 3
—
IOO
gr. 10
i to 2
—
IOO
» ,» „ 0-25 gm.
i to 3
—
IOO
Each represents 20 per cent, of
permanent ferrous carbonate.
,, Blaud Pill and Aloin
i to 4
—
IOO
IJ; Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud) gr. 5
(=20% Ferri Carbonatis)
Aloini gr. 1/20
,, Blaud Pill and Aloin, No. 2...
i to 4
—
IOO
IJ Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud) ... 0-25 gm.
(= 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Aloini 0-005 Sm-
Write the /^7T) ^tf ~
^^
Brand in /f (-~//~ /J~ ,
full, thus: — ^if" ^VW^LVL
238
TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Products—
continued
Issued in
•TABLOID' BRAND—
oval
DOSE bots. of
bots. of
,, ' Aspirin,' gr. 5
i to 3
25
IOO
0-5 gm
I tO 2
25
IOO
,, Astringent Mixture (corre-
sponding to the formula of
the Board of Health, London)
I tO 2
—
IOO
IJ Conf. Aromat.
( P.B. 1885) gr. 4-1/2
Pulv. pro Mist.
Cretae gr. 20
Ammonii Bicarb. ... gr. 1/2
Tinct. Card. Co. ... min. 9
Tinct. Catechu ... min. 15
Tinct. Opii ... min. 1-1/2
Ol. Cinnamomi ... min. 1/8
,, Atropine Sulphate, 0-0005 gm-
I
25
—
B
,, Belladonna Tincture, min. I
I frequently
IOO
™in- 5
I to 3
48 IOO
, , Benzoic Acid, gr. 5
i to 3
—
IOO
,, Benzoic Acid Compound
i as required
25
IOO
Tfr Acidi Benzoici ... gr. 1/2
Codeinae gr. i/io
Menthol gr. i/io
Pulv. Ipecacuanhas gr. i/io
Cocainae Hydrochlor. gr. 1/40
Ol. Menthae Piperitae min. 1/16
Gummi Rubri ... g.s.
Highly efficient in the irritating
cough of pharyngitis, etc.
,, Benzo-naphthol, gr. 5
i to 2
—
IOO
,, Beta-naphthol, gr. 3...
i to 3
—
IOO
0-25 gm.
i to 2
—
IOO
,, Beta-naphthol Compound ...
i to 4
25
IOO
Tfc Beta-naphthol ... gr. i
Carbonis Ligni ... gr. 4
Ol. Menthae Piperitae min. 1/2
,, Bismuth Carbonate, gr. 5 ...
i to 4
25
IOO
,, ,, ,, 0-5 grn«
i to 3
25
IOO
,, Bismuth Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure], gr. 5
i to 4
25 i TOO
Write the S& ' / //
/
» /
Brand in ff . {JOA™^
>#>
full, thus : 7
ISSUED BY B . W . AND CO.
V*-«^_^~- ^__u~^ »/
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
Issued in
oval
bots of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
hots, of
,, Bismuth Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), 0-3 gm. ...
I to 4
25
IOO
,, Bismuth Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), 0-5 gm. ...
i to 3
—
IOO
,, Bismuth Subgallate, gr. 5 ...
i to 4
25
IOO
, , Bismuth Subnitrate, gr. 5
i to 4
25
IOO
gr. 10 ...
i to 2
—
IOO
» » » 0'3 gm-
i to 4
25
IOO
,, ,, ,, 0-5 gm.
i to 3
25
IOO
,, Bismuth and Dover Powder
i to 6
—
IOO
IJ; Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 2-1/2
Pulv. Ipecacuanhae
c Opio ... gr. 2-1/2
,, Bismuth and Soda
I to 4 or more
—
IOO
Ijt Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 2-1/2
Sodii Bicarbonatis ... gr. 2-1/2
,, Bismuth and Soda, No. 2 ...
I to 4
25
IOO
IJ Bismuthi Subnit. ... 0-25 gm.
Sodii Bicarbonatis... 0-25 gm.
,, Bismuth Subsantonate Com-
pound, bottles of 25
I to 2
—
IOO
IJ Bismuthi Subsantonatis
gr- 4
Phenolphthalein ... gr. 1-1/2
(Made with a chocolate basis)
,, Bismuth, Rhubarb and Soda. . .
I to 4
25
IOO
I£ Bismuthi Subnit. ... gr. 3
Puly. Rhei gr. i
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 2
,, Blaud (Pil. Ferrugin.), gr. 5 ...
i to 3
—
IOO
» » » gr. 10
i to 2
—
IOO
,, ,, ,, 0-25 gm.
i to 3
—
IOO
Each represents 20 per cent, of
permanent ferrous carbonate.
,, Blaud Pill and Aloin
i to 4
—
IOO
1$ Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud) gr. 5
( = 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Aloini gr. 1/20
,, Blaud Pill and Aloin, No. 2...
i to 4
—
IOO
Jfr Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud) ... 0-25 gm.
(= 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Aloini 0-005 Sm-
•240
FORMULARY OF FIXE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, Blaud Pill and Arsenic ...
I£ Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud) gr. 5
(=20% Kerri Carbonatis)
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/64
,, Blaud Pill and Arsenic, No. 2
I£ Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud) ...
(= 20 % Ferri Car
Acidi Arseniosi
bonatis)
o-ooi gm.
Blaud Pill with Arsenic and
Strychnine ... ...
I£ Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud)gr. 5
( = 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. i/ioo
Strychninae ...... gr. i/ioo
Blaud Pill with Arsenic and
Strychnine, No. 2 ......
IJ Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud) ... 0-25 gm.
(= 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Acidi Arseniosi ... 0-0005 gm.
Strychninae ... 0-0005 gm.
Blaud Pill and Cascara ...
Jfr Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud) gr. 5
(= 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Ext. Cascarae
Sagradae ... gr. 1/2
Blaud Pill and Cascara, No. 2
IJ Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud)... 0-25 gm.
(= 20% Ferri Carbonatis)
Ext. Cascarae
Sagradae ... 0-025 Sm-
Blaud Pill Compound ...
$ Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud) gr. 10
(= 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Pulv. Capsici ... gr. 1/4
Aloini ...... gr. 1/30
Strychninas ...... gr. 1/30
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/30
,, Blaud Pill Compound, No. 2
Tfy Pil. Ferrugin.
(Blaud)... 0-5 gm.
( = 20 % Ferri Carbonatis)
Pulv. Capsici ... 0-015 gm.
Aloini ...... 0-002 gm.
Strychninae... ... 0-002 gm.
Acidi Arseniosi ... 0-002 gm.
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
DOSE
I to 4
I to 4
to 4
I to 4
I increased
to 4
I increased
to 4
Issued in
oval bots. of
bots. of
100
100
100
ISSUED B Y B . W . AND CO.
241
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND — DOSE
,, Blue Pill, gr. 4 I to 2
Each contains gr. 1-1/3 of pure
metallic Mercury.
,, Blue Pill, Colocynth and
Hyoscyamus ... ... I to 2
E Pil. Hydrargyri, P.B. gr. 2
Pil. Colocynthidis et
Hyoscyami, P.B. gr. 4
„ Blue Pill and Rhubarb Com-
pound ... ... ... I to 2
$ Pil. Hydrargyri, P.B. gr. 2-1/2
Pil. RheiComp., P.B. gr. 2-1/2
,, Blue Pill, Squill and Digitalis I to 2
E Pil. Hydrargyri .. gr. i
Pulv. Scillae ... gr. 1-1/2
Pulv. Digitalis ... gr. i
,, Bone Medulla, gr. 5 (Capsule),
boxes of 50 ... ... ... i or more
,, Borax, gr. 5 ... ... ... Ito4ormore
,, Boric Acid, gr. 5 ... ... I to 3
,, Butyl-Chloral Hydrate and
Gelsemine ... ... ... i
$ Butyl-Chloral
Hydratis... gr. 3
Gelseminae
Hydrochloridi ... gr. 1/200
,, Caffeine Citrate, gr. 2 ... i or more
., ,, ,, o-oi gm. ... i or more
,, ,, ,, o-i gm. ... i to 6
,, Caffeine Citrate, Effervescent,
B.P., gr. 60, tubes of 25 ... I to 2
,, Caffeine Compound ... ... I to 4
E Caffeinae gr. i
Antipyrini
(Phenazoni, P.B.) gr. 3
,, Caffeine Compound, No. 2 ... i to 3
fy Caffeinse 0-05 gm.
Antipyrini
(Phenazoni, P.B.) 0-25 gm.
Issued in
i bots. of
25
bots. of
100
IOO
100
IOO
IOO
Write the
Brand in
full, thus :
REMEMBER THE
242 TRADE MARKS FORMULAR
Y OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Products— continued Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND—
oval ; bots. of
DOSE bots. of
,, Calcium Carbonate Compound
i to 4 before 25 100
Tfc Calcii Carb. Praecip. gr. 3-1/2
meals, or I
Mag. Carb. Pond. gr. 2-1/2
Bismuthi Carbonatis gr. 2
occasionally
,, Calcium lodo-ricinoleate, gr. 3
(Capsule), boxes of 50
i to 3
,, Calcium Lactate, gr. 5
i to 3
25 loo
,, Calcium Sulphide, gr. i/io ...
i or more
IOO —
gr. 1/4 •••
i to 4
IOO
gr. 1/2 ...
I to 2
IOO
,, ., ,, gr. I
I
IOO
,, Calomel, gr. i/io, gr. 1/6,
gr. 1/4 and gr. 1/2
I or more
IOO
gr. i
i to 5
IOO
gr. 2
i to 3
IOO
gr. 3
i to 2
IOO
gr. 5
i
IOO
0-005 gm. •••
I or more
IOO
,, ,, o-oi gm.
i or more
IOO
o-igm
i to 3
IOO
,, Calomel and Creosote
i to 5
IOO
I£ Hydrarg. Subchlor. gr. 1/6
Creosoti min. i
, , Calomel and Jalap
i to 4
IOO
1$ Hydrarg. Subchlor. gr. i
Pulv. Jalapae ... gr. 2
,, Calomel and Piperine, of each,
gr. 1/2
i repeated 100
,, Calomel, gr. 1/2, and Sodium
Bicarbonate, gr. 2-1/2
i or more
25 loo
,, Calomel, gr. i, and Sodium
Bicarbonate, gr. 5 ...
i or more
25 loo
„ Calomel Compound (Plummer
Pill,B.P.), gr. 4
i to 2
25 loo
,, Camphor Compound Tinc-
ture (Paregoric), min. 2 ...
I frequently
IOO —
Write the /? ^^~*
Brand in / / ** *, .
full, thus: *IL /^-<^/^
\ —
'Tabloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND —
oval bots. of
DOSE bots. of
,, Camphor Compound Tinc-
ture (Paregoric), min. 5 ...
i frequently 48 100
,, Camphor Compound Tinc-
ture (Paregoric), min. 15 ...
i to 4 36 100
,, Camphor Essence (Saturated)
2 to 3 25 100
,, Cane Sugar, gr. 3
100
,, Cannabis Indica Tincture,
B.P., min. 5
i to 3 48 100
,, Cannabis Indica Tincture
(i in 10), o-i gm
i to 3 48 100
Prepared from Physiologically-
controlled Extract.
,, Capsicum Tincture, min. I...
I frequently
IOO —
» » » mm« 5 •••
i to 3 or more
IOO
,, Capsules —
See ' Aol,' Bone Medulla, Calcium
lodo-ricinoleate, Carbolic Acid,
Castor Oil, Juniper Oil, Phenol
and Menthol Compound, Sandal
Wood Oil, Terebene, Turpentine
Oil, Rectified.
,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol), gr. 1/4
•
(for the throat]
I as required 25 100
,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol), gr. 1/2
(for the throat]
i as required
25 loo
,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol),
(for the throat] 0-015 gm-
I as required
25 loo
,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol), gr. i
(Capsule), boxes of 24
i to 3
—
,, Carbolic Acid with Slippery
Elm, bottles of 25 ...
I occasionally
—
IOO
Each contains Carbolic Acid,
gr. 1/2
,, Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent,
I or more as
Artificial, tubes of 25
required
—
, , Cascara Sagrada ( Dry Extract) ,
gr. i
I or more 25
IOO
»»' »» » <» gr. 2
i to 4 25
IOO
,, ,, ,, ,, gr. 3
i to 3 25
IOO
»» i) ,, ,, gr. 4
I to 2 25 IOO
Write the /"T) ' ^i
j
Brand in (-S/f ^ I 11
1 i
full, thus ; J\J( «_/ f(/U-/tO-
i^L
REMEMBER THE
TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OK FINE P R O D U C T S
DOSE
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, CascaraSagrada( Dry Extract),
gr. 5
,,o-i5gm.
,, ,, ,, ,, 025 gm.
The uniform reliability of
' Tabloid ' Cascara Sagrada
has established for it the
premier position in the esti-
mation of physicians through-
out the world.
,, Cascara Compound ... ...
Tfc Ext.CascaraeSagrad. gr. i
Ext. Euonymi Sicci gr. 1/2
Iridini ... ... gr. 1/2
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/16
Ext.Hyoscyami Vir. gr. 1/3
, , Cascara and Gentian
Compound
$ Ext.CascaraeSagrad. gr. 2
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/5
Ext. Belladonnas ... gr. i/io
Ext. Gentianae ... gr. i
Capsicini ...... gr. i/io
,, Castor Oil, min. 5 (Capsule),
Issued in
oval i bots. of
bots. of !
I as requiredj
i to 4
I to 2 i
I to 4
I to 3
25
25
25
100
IOO
100
boxes of 50
I or more
— —
Cathartic Compound...
I£ Ext. Colocynth. Co. gr. 1-1/3
Hydrarg. Subchlor. gr. i
Ext. Jalapae ... gr. i
Pulv. Cambogiae ... gr. 1/4
I to 2
25 loo
Cerebrin, gr. 5
I or more
IOO
0-3 gm
I to 4
IOO
Cerium Oxalate, gr. 5
I to 2
IOO
Charcoal (Pure Willow}, gr. 5,
bottles of 40
I or more as
required
IOO
Charcoal (Pure Willow],
0-25 gm.
I or more as
required
25 loo
Chemical Food (Phosphates
Compound), dr. 1/2
Equivalent to drachm 1/2 of
Standard Compound Syrup of
Phosphates.
i to 2
25 loo
ISSUED BY B . \V . A N D CO.
'Tabloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Chemical Food (Phosphates
Compound), dr. I ... ... I
Equivalent* to drachm i of
Standard Compound Syrup
of Phosphates. Possesses the
advantages of permanence,
portability, and the absence of
free phosphoric acid present
in the ordinary syrup as a
solvent.
,, Chinosol, gr. 5
,, Chloralamide, gr. 5 ...
,, Chloral Hydrate, gr. 5
gr. 10
,, ,, 025 gm. ...
I gm.
Chocolate, gr. 60, boxes of 12
Cinchona Tincture, min. 30
Cinchona Compound Tincture,
min. 30
Citric Acid, gr. 5
Cocoa Essence, gr. 60, boxes
of 12
Codeine, gr. 1/4
„ gr. 1/2 ......
Codeine Phosphate, 0-03 gm.
Codeine and Nux Vomica ...
IJ Codeinae Phosphatis gr. i
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/4
'Coffee-Mint' ......
1$ Sodii Bicarb.
Ammonii Bicarb.
Ext. Coffeae
Cerii Oxalatis ... .
Ol. Mentha3 Piperitae q. s.
Colchicine Salicylate, gr. 1/32
Colchicum Compound
fy Ext. Colchici ... gr. 1/2
Acidi Salicylic! ... gr. 3
, Colocynth and Hyoscyamus
(B.P. Pill), gr. 4 ......
, Colocynth Compound (B.P.
Pill), gr. 4 .........
gr. 3
gr. 1/16
gr. 1/2
gr. 1/4
i
3 to 6
i to 4
i to 2
i to 5
i
I tO 2
I tO 2
I to 4
Issued in
oval bots. of
bots. of
25 loo
IOO
IOO
IOO
25 loo
25 ! —
IOO
IOO
i to 4 or more
I to 4
I
I tO 2
25
25
IOO
25
IOO
IOO
I to4ormore 25
i to 2
I tO 2
IOO
IOO
IOO
REMEMBER THE
246 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, Corrosive Sublimate (see
Hydrarg. Perchlor. , page 252)
,, Cotarnine Hydrochloride,
gr. 3/4, bottles of 25 ...
,, Cubeb and Belladonna, Effer-
ontinued
DOSE
I to 3
Issued in
vescent
Ijfc Pulv. Cubebae
Ext. Belladonna;
gr. 1/2
gr. 1/20
I as required
I as required 2
100
,, Cubeb Compound
ty Oleo-resinae Cubebae gr. 1/4
Ammonii Chloridi... gr. 1/2
Glycyrrhizini
Ammoniatae gr. 1/4
Dentifrice
Didymin (Testicular Sub-
stance), gr. 5
Didymin (Testicular Sub-
stance), 0-3 gm.
Digitalin (Amorphous),
gr. i/ioo
Digitalin (Crystalline),
gr. 1/250
Digitalis Tincture, min. I ...
,, ,, min. 5 ...
,, ,, (i in 10), o-i gm. i to 3
Prepared from Physiologically-
standardised Tincture.
Donovan Solution, min. 5 ... i to 4
One represents min. 5 of Liq.
Arsenii et Hydrargyri lodidi,
P. B. , containing Arsenious
Iodide and Mercuric Iodide, of
each, gr. 1/22.
Dover Powder (Ipecacuanha
with Opium), gr. 1/4 ... I frequently
Each contains Opium and
Ipecacuanha, of each, gr. 1/40.
Dover Powder (Ipecacuanha
with Opium), gr. 5 ... i to 3
Each contains Opium and
Ipecacuanha, of each, gr. 1/2.
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
IOO
i increased
to 4
—
IOO
i increased
to 4
100
1
i to 3
50 !
i
50 !
I frequently
IOO —
i
48 loo
48
100 i
25
ISSUED BY B . W . AND CO.
247
Issued in
j oval I bots. of
bots. of !
'Tabloid' Brand Prod uct s— continued
4 TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Dover Powder (Ipecacuanha
with Opium), 0-25 gm. ... I to 4
Each contains Opium and
Ipecacuanha, of each, 0-025 gm.
Easton Syrup (Iron Phosphate
with Quinine and Strych-
nine), dr. 1/2 ... ... i to 2 ; 25
Easton Syrup (Iron Phosphate
with Quinine and Strych-
nine), dr. I ... ... ... i 25
Easton Syrup (Iron Phosphate
with Quinine and Strych-
nine), 2 c.c — ... ... i to 2 25
Easton Syrup (Iron Phosphate
with Quinine and Strych-
nine), 4 c.c .......... i 25
Effervescent Products
See Caffeine Citrate, Carlsbad
Salt, Cubeb and Belladonna,
Kissingen Salt, Lithium
Citrate, Lithium Citrate and
Sodium Sulphate, Magnesium
Citrate, Magnesium Sulphate,
Piperazine, Quinine Bisul-
phate and Potassium Citrate,
Seltzer Salt, Sodium Phos-
phate, Sodium Salicylate,
Sodium Sulphate, Sodium
Sulphate Compound, Three
Bromides, Vichy Salts.
Elaterin, gr. 1/40 ... ... I to 4
' Epinine ' Compound I
(Trade Mark)
T$ 'Epinine' ...... gr. i/iooo
Heroin Hydrochloridi gr. 1/100
Pulv. Ipecacuanhas gr. 1/50
Acidi Benzoici ... gr. 1/40
Ol. Gaultheriae ... min. 1/30
Controls local congestion of
larynx and pharynx. Made
with a demulcent base and
dissolves slowly, allowing pro-
longed application.
25
25
REMEMBER THE
TRADE MARKS
'Tabloid' Brand Vro ducts— continued Issued in
oval bots. of
4 TABLOID' BRAND— HOSE bots. of
,, Ergotin (Ergot Extract, B.P.),
gr. I I to 4 or more! 100
55 55 55 5' gr. 2 I tO 4 I OO
gr- 3 i to 3 100
55 55 55 >« °'25gm- I tO 2 25 IOO
,, Ergotin and Strychnine ... I to 2 100
R Ergotini
(Ext. Ergotae, P.B.) gr. 3
Strychninae Sulphatis gr. 1/30
,, Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetra-
nitrin), gr. 1/4, tubes of 25... I to 4
,, Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetra-
nitrin), gr. 1/2 I to 2 25
,, Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetra-
nitrin), gr. I I 12
,, Euonymin (Euonymus Dry
Extract, B. P.), gr. 1/8 ... Ito4ormore| 50
,, Euonymin (Euonymus Dry
Extract, B.P. ), gr. 1/2 ... I to 4 50
,, Euquinine, gr. 5 ... ... I to 2 25 100
,, Exalgine, gr. 2 ... ... I to 2 100
Fellis Bovini Purificati (see Ox
Bile, page 260)
Fellis Porcini Purificati (see
Pig Bile,/tf^ 261)
Ferric Chloride, min. 10 ... I 100
Each represents the amount of
Ferric Chloride contained in
min. 10 of Tinct. Ferri Per-
chloridi, P.B.
Ferric Chloride and Arsenic... i 100
B Tinct. Ferri Perchlor. min. 10
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/30
Ferri Redacti (see Reduced
Iron, page 265)
Wi
Brj
full
and in fl Sj // / ' _
[1, thus: -XJJ QLrg&£:i5iP&&\j
Cf
ISSUED BY B . \V . AND CO.
'Tabloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Ferri Sulphatis (Exsicc.) (see
Iron Sulphate, dried, page 254)
,, Ferruginous (See Blaud Pill
and combinations, page 239)
,, Ferrum (see Iron, pages 254, 255)
Issued in
oval I bots. of
bots. of |
,, Galbanum Compound (Asa-
fetida Compound), B. P. Pill,
gr. 4 ... ... ... ... i to 2 too
,, Gelsemium Tincture, min. 5... I to 3 48 100
,, Gentian and Soda Compound
(Mist. Gentianae Alkalina) ito4ormore j 100
$ Sodii Bicarbonatis ... gr. 3
f Ammonii Carb.
\ = Sp. Ammon. Arom. min. 3
Inf. Gentianae Co. fl. dr. 2-1/2
,, 'Gingament' (Trade Mark),
(Neutralising Compound)... I or more 25
Ifc Sodii Bicarbonatis ... gr. 5
Ammonii Bicarbonatis gr. 1/12
Gingerini,
Saccharini,
Ol. Menthse Piperitae, aa q.s.
\
,, Ginger Essence (B.P. '85),
min. 5 ... i to 4 48 100
,, ,, ,, min. 10 ... i to 2 100
,, Glycerophosphates Compound,
dr. 1/2 i to 8 25
Each presents the amount of
Calcium, Sodium, Potassium,
Magnesium and Iron Glycero-
phosphates, with Strychnine
Glycerophosphate, gr. 1/800,
Pepsin, Diastase and Kola,
contained in 1/2 fluid drachm
of Syrup of Glycerophos-
phates.
REMEMBER THE
250 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PR O D U C T S
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
Issued in
oval hots, of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
bots. of
,, Glycerophosphates Compound,
2 C.C.
I to 4
25
IOO
Each presents the amount of
Calcium, Sodium, Potassium,
Magnesium and Iron Glycero-
S'losphates, with Strychnine
lycerophosphate, 0-00009 Sm-,
Pepsin, Diastase and Kola,
contained in 2 c.c. of Syrup of
Glycerophosphates.
These products present phos-
phorus in the organic condition
in which it is found in the
system.
,, Green Dye, Aniline, gr. 30,
tubes of 12
—
—
,, Gregory Powder (Rhubarb
Compound Powder), gr. 5...
I to 4 or more
25
IOO
Each contains : Rhubarb,
gr. 1-1/9; Heavy Magnesia,
gr. 3-i/3 ; and Ginger, gr. 5/9.
,, Grey Powder (Hydrarg. cum
Creta), gr. 1/4
i repeated
IOO
—
,, * „ ,', gr. 1/3
i repeated
IOO
—
„ „ „ n gr. 1/2
i repeated
IOO
—
»> 99 »» »» gr« J
i to 5
IOO
—
„ „ „ ,. gr. 2
i to 3
—
IOO
,, ,, ,, ,, gr. 3
i to 2
—
IOO
,. „ 99 99 gr« 5
i
—
IOO
,, ,, ,, ,, 0-05 gm.
i repeated
IOO
—
„ „ ,, 99 0-15 gm.
i to 3
—
IOO
,, Grey Powder and Dover
Powder, of each, gr. 1/2 ...
I to 5 or more
—
IOO
Each contains : Mercury, gr. 1/6 ;
Opium and Ipecacuanha, of
each, gr. 1/20.
,, Grey Powder and Dover
Powder, of each, gr. i
i to 5
__
IOO
Each contains : Mercury, gr. 1/3 ;
Opium and Ipecacuanha, of
each, gr. T/IO.
,, Grey Powder and Opium ...
i to 5
—
IOO
^ Hydrarg. cum Creta gr. i
Pulv. Opii gr. 1/6
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
251
'Tabloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Grey Powder, gr. 1/2, and
Sodium Bicarb., gr. 2-1/2... I repeated
,, Grey Powder*, gr. I, and
Sodium Bicarbonate, gr. 5 I to 5
,, Grey Powder, Opium and
Quinine ... ... ... i to 3
]£ Hydrarg. cum Greta gr. 1-1/2
Ext. Opii ... ^ ... gr. 1/6
Quininae Sulphatis gr. 1-1/2
,, Guaiacol Camphorate, gr. 5 I to 2
Issued in
I oval j bots. of
bots. of !
increased
25
100
0-5 gm. I
25
—
,, Guaiacol Carbonate, gr. 5 ... I to 2
25
100
,, Guaiacum Resin, gr. 5 ... I to 3
25
25
100
100
, , Guaiacum and Sulphur ... i to 4
IJ Guaiaci Resinae ... gr. 3
Sulphuris Praecip.... gr. 3
25
100
,, Guaiacum and Quinine Com-
pound ... ... ... i to 4
Ijfc Guaiaci Resinae ... gr. 2
Sulphuris ... ... gr. 2
Quininae Salicylatis gr. 1/2
—
100
H
,, Haemoglobin, gr. 5 i or more
—
100
,, 'Hemisine' (Trade Mark),
0-0003 gm., tubes of 12 ••• I to 3
,, 'Hemisine,' o-ooi gm., tubes
of 12... . ... i
,, Heroin Hydrochloride,gr. 1/25 I to 4
25
100
>» » » gr- I/I° I
—
100
,, ,, ,, 0-0025 gm. i to 4
25
100
,, Hydrarg. et Colocynth et
Hyoscy. (see Blue Pill, Colo-
cynth and Hyoscyamus,
page 241)
Write the (^ "V' /
Brand in 1 /i/ ^S/ ' / '
full, thus: ></fv>Z*gko '
TRADE MARKS
• R M U L A R Y OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Products — continued Issued in
oval ! bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE j bots. of
,, Hydrarg. c. Creta (see Grey
Powder)
,, Hydrarg. lodid. Flavi, gr. 1/8 I to 4 25 100
,, ,, ,, ,, 0-025 gm. I 100
., Hydrarg. lodid. Rubri, gr. 1/20 I 50
„ ,, ,, ,, gr. 1/16 i 50
,, ,, ,, ,, o-oi gm. i ioo
,, Hydrarg. lodid. Viridis, gr. 1/8 Ito4ormore| 50
—
,, Hydrarg. Perchlor. , gr. 1/100 I to 4 or more ioo
—
,, ,, ,, gr- 1/16 I ioo
—
,, ,, ,, o-oi gm. ioo
—
,, Hydrarg. Perchlor., gr. 1/32,
et Potass. lodid., gr. 2-1/2 I to 2
IOO
,, Hydrarg. Perchlor., gr. 1/16,
et Potass. lodid., gr. 5 ... I ioo
,, Hydrastine Hydrochloride, I to 4
gr. 1/4 repeated 1 25
IOO
,, Hydrastine Compound ... I to 3 25
IOO
R Hydrastinae repeated
Hydrochloridi gr. 1/4
Ext. Ergotae
(Ergotini), P.B. gr. 1/2
Cannabinas Tannatis gr. 1/2
,, Hydrastine Compound and
Cotarnine Hydrochloride ... i to 3 25
IOO
# Hydrastinae repeated
Hydrochloridi gr. 1/4
Ext. Ergotae
(Ergotini), P.B. gr. 1/2
Cannabinae Tannatis gr. 1/2
Cotarninae
Hydrochloridi gr. 1/4
,, Hydrastis Canadensis (Fluid
Extract), gtt. 10 ..
Hyoscine Hydrobromide,
0-0003 gm
Hyoscyamus Tincture, min. 10
Hypodermic Products
(see pages 203-209^
I to 2
i to 2 ioo
Ito4ormore 36 j ioo
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
ISSUED BY B .
253
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, Hypophosphites Compound,
gr. 1-1/2
Each contain^ : Calcium, Potas-
sium, Sodium, Manganese, Iron
and Quinine Hypophosphites,
with gr. 1/128 of Strychnine
Hypophosphite : equivalent to
fluid drachm 1/2 of standard
Compound Syrup of Hypo-
phosphites.
,, Hypophosphites Compound,
gr. 3---
Containing gr. 1/64 of Strychnine
Hypophosphite : equivalent to
fluid drachm i of standard
Compound Syrup.
,, Hypophosphites Compound,
o-i gm.
Each contains : Calcium, Potas-
sium, Sodium, Manganese, Iron
and Quinine Hypophosphites,
with 0-0005 gm. of Strychnine
Hypophosphite : equivalent to
drachm 1/2 of standard Com-
pound Syrup.
,, Hypophosphites Compound,
0-2 gm.
Containing o-ooi gm. of
Strychnine Hypophosphite :
equivalent to drachm i of
standard Compound Syrup.
DOSE
I to 2
Hypophosphites
and Creosote
Compound
Issued in
oval ' bots. of
bots. of i
25 100
25 ioo
Each contains : Creosote, min. i,
and gr. 3 of the combined
Hypophosphites of Calcium,
Sodium, Potassium, Man-
ganese, Iron and Quinine, with
gr. 1/64 of Strychnine Hypo-
phosphite : equivalent to fluid
drachm i of standard Com-
pound Syrup of Hypophos-
phites.
I
Ichthyol, gr. 2-1/2
,, o-i gm.
I to 4
I to 4
25 ioo
25 i ioo
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
S\L
254
REMEMBER THE
TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Ipecacuanha Powder, gr. l/io I frequently |
,, ,, ,. gr. 5 ... i every hour
,, ,, ,, 0-25 gm. i to 8
,, Ipecacuanha deprived of its
Emetic Principles, gr. 5 ... ito4ormore|
,, Ipecacuanha and Tartarated
Antimony, of each, gr. i/ioo I frequently
,, Ipecacuanha and Tartarated
Antimony, of each, 0-005 gm-
, , Ipecacuanha Wine, min. 5 ...
Issued in
oval
bots. of
100
bots. of
100
100
IOO
Ipecacuanha with Opium (see
Dover Powder, page 247)
Ipecacuanha with Squill (B. P.
Pill), gr. 4
Each contains approximately :
Ipecacuanha and Opium, of
I to 3 (expec-
torant)
25
50
— loo
each, gr. 1/5, Powdered Squill
and Powdered Ammoniacum,
of each, gr. 2/3.
,, Iridin Compound ... ... i to 2
25
IOO
Ifc Iridini gr. 2
Ext. Hyoscyami Vir. gr. 1/2
Pil. Rhei Comp. ... gr. 1-1/2
,, Iron Carbonate, Saccharated,
gr. s . . . i to 6
IOO
&*• • j
,, Iron Glycerophosphate, gr. 3 i to 2
25
IOO
,, Iron and Quinine Citrate,
B.P., gr. 3 i to 3
25
IOO
,, Iron and Quinine Citrate,
B.P., 0-2 gm i to 3
25
IOO
,, Iron, Reduced (see Reduced
Iron)
,, Iron Sulphate, Dried, gr. 3... I
—
IOO
,, Iron Valerianate, gr. I ... i or more
—
IOO
,, Iron and Strychnine Phos-
phates ... ... ... i
25
IOO
IJ Ferri Phosphatis Sol. gr. i
Strychninae Phosphatis gr. 1/32
,, Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin ... i to 3
25
IOO
~fy Ferri Phosphatis Sol. gr. 3
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. i/ioo
Digitalini (Amorph.) gr. i/ioo
Write the / ^\/
Brand in ( ^ '/,.
full, thus : ></*JtedS*S,
ISSUED BY R . W. AND CO,
255
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
Issued in
: oval
bots. of
bots.
Iron and Arsenic Compound i to 3 100
ty Ferri Hypophosphitis gr. 2
Quininae Suiphatis ... gr. i
Acidi Arsenitfsi ... gr. 1/50
Strychninae Suiphatis gr. 1/50
Tonic, stimulant, haematinic and
alterative.
Iron Citrate Compound ... i to 3
Ifc Ferri et Ammon. Cit. gr. 3
Quininae Suiphatis ... gr. i
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/60
Iron Phosphate with Quinine
and Strychnine (see Easton
Syrup, page 247)
Iron Pill (see Blaud, page 239)
J
Jalap, gr. 5 ... ... ... i to 4
Juniper Oil, min. 3 (Capsule),
boxes of 50 I
K
Kino Compound Powder, B.P.,
gr. 5 I to 4
Each contains : Kino, gr. 3-3/4 ;
Opium, gr. 1/4 ; and Cinna-
mon, gr. i.
Kissingen Salt, Effervescent, I or more
Artificial, tubes of 25 as required |
Kola Compound, (formerly
known as ' Tabloid ' ' Forced
March'), bottles of 2 5 ... I every hour
Krameria and Cocaine ... I occasionally 25
IOO
100
100
Laudanum (see Opium Tinc-
ture, B.P., page 259)
Laxative Vegetable i to 3
IJ Ext. Colocynth. Co. gr. i
Ext. Jalapae ... gr. 1/2
Podophylli Resinae gr. 1/4
Leptandrini gr. 1/2
Ext. Hyoscyami Vir. gr. 1/4
Ext. Taraxaci ... gr. 1/4
Ol. Menthae Pip. ... q.s.
A purely vegetable laxative and
cholagogue prepared with
drugs of exceptional purity.
25
REMEMBER THE
256 TRADE MARKS
25
25
25
'Tabloid' Brand Products— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Lead with Opium (B. P. Pill),
gr. 4 ............ i
Each contains approximately :
Lead Acetate, gr. 3 ; and
Opium, gr. 1/2.
,, Lead with Opium, No. 2 ... i
Each contains : Lead Acetate,
o-i gm., and Opium, 0-03 gm.
,, Liquorice Compound Powder,
gr. 30 ......... I to 4
Each represents : Senna, gr. 5 ;
Liquorice Root, gr. 5 ; and
Sublimed Sulphur, gr. 2-1/2 ;
etc.
,, Liquorice Compound Powder.
2 gin. ... ... ... i to 4
,, Lithium Carbonate, gr. 2 ... I to 3
,, ,, ., 0-15 gm. i to 3
,, Lithium Citrate, gr. 5, Effer-
vescent, bottles of 25 ... i to 2
,, Lithium Citrate, 0-25 gm. ,
Effervescent ......... I to 2 25
,, Lithium Citrate, Effervescent,
B.P., gr. 60, tubes of 25 ... i to 2
,, Lithium Citrate and Sodium
Sulphate, Effervescent, tubes
of 25 ............ i to 2
1$ Lithii Citratis ... gr. 5
Sodii Sulphatis ... gr. 30
,, Lithium Benzoate Compound i to 4 or more
B; Lithii Benzoatis ... gr. 3
Sulphuris Praecip. ... gr. 2
Quininae Salicylatis gr. 1/3
Livingstone Rouser (see
Quinine and Rhubarb Com-
pound, page 264)
,, * Lodal ' (Trade Mark) (6:7-
Dimethoxy - 2 - methyl -3:4-
d i hydro z^quinolinium
Chloride), gr. I ...... i 25
Issued in
bots. of
oval
bots. of
— i loo
100
100
IOO
100
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
ISSUED BY
W . AND CO.
'Tabloid' Brand Pr od ucts— continued
' TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
M
,, Magenta Dye^ Aniline, gr. 30,
tubes of 12
,, Magnesium Citrate (True},
Effervescent, gr. 60, tubes
of 25 i to 3
,, Magnesium Sulphate, Effer-
vescent, B.P., gr. 60, tubes
of 25 ... ... ... ... I to 4
Each represents gr. 30 of Mag-
nesium Sulphate.
,, Magnesium Sulphite, gr. 5 ... i frequently
,. Magnesium Carbonate Com-
pound ... ... ... i to 4
Ijfc MagnesiiCarbonatis gr. 3
Potass. Bicarbonatis gr. 3
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 3
,, Magnesium Sulphate Com-
pound, Effervescent, tubes
of 25 i to 4
]$ Magnesii Sulphatis gr. 15
Sodii Sulphatis ... gr. 15
MagnesiiCarbonatis gr. 5
Liq. Zingiberis ... min. 3-1/2
,, 'Mamos' (Trade Mark) (for-
merly known as * Tabloid '
Mammary Gland,), gr. 5 ... I increased
,, Manganese Citrate (soluble),
gr. 3 •• i to 3
,, Manganese Citrate (soluble),
gr. 5 i to 2
,, Manganese and Iron Citrate
(soluble), gr. 3 I to 3
,, Manganese and Iron Citrate
(soluble), gr. 5 ... ... i to 2
,, Manganese Peroxide, gr. 2 ... I to 5
,, Medulla (see Bone Medulla,
Issued in
| oval i bots. of
j bots. of!
loo
25
25
25
25
25
IOO
IOO
258 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND- DOSE
,, Menthol, gr. 1/4, bottles of 40 I repeated
,, Menthol Compound ... ... i to 4
J$ Menthol ... ... gr. 1/2
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 3
Saccharini gr. 1/6
Prepared with menthol of ex-
ceptional quality.
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide,
(formerly known as lodic-
Hydrarg. J, gr. 1/6 ... ... I
,, Mercury preparations,
' Tabloid ' Brand (see under
Calomel, Grey Powder and
Hydrargyrum)
,, Methylene Blue, gr. 2 ... i to 2
,, ,, ,,0-15 gm. ... I to 2
,, Milk Sugar, gr. 3
,, Mineral Water Salts, Effer-
vescent, Artificial (see Carls-
bad, Kissingen, Seltzer and
Vichy)
, , Mistura Alba ... ... ... i to 8
~fy Magnesii Carb.Pond. gr. 2-1/2
Magnesii Sulphatis gr. 15
Ol. Menthae Pip. min. 1/32
Conveniently presents a most
efficient saline combination.
,, Morphine Hydrochloride,
o-oi gm. i to 2
,, Morphine Sulphate, gr. 1/20 Ito4ormore
gr. 1/8 i to 4
,, ,, ,, gr. 1/4 i to 2
,, ,, ,, 0-005 gm- i to 4
,, ,, ,, o-oi gm. i to 2
,, Morphine and Emetine,
bottles of 50 ... ... i
Ijfc Morphinae Sulphatis gr. 1/40
Emetinae Hydrobrom. gr. 1/80
Issued in
i oval | bots. of
I bots. of i
IOO
IOO
100
25
100
IOO i —
50
5° I
50 —
IOO
IOO
Write the
Brand in
full, thus :
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
(IS
259
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
., Morphine, Strychnine and
Belladonna ...
Ijfc Morphinse S^ilphatis gr. 1/12
Strychninae Sulphatis gr. 1/60
Ext. Belladonnas ... gr. 1/20
,, Mucin Compound
IJ Mucini gr. 5
SodiiBicarbonatis... gr. 5
N
,, Nitroglycerin (see Trinitrin,
page 271}
,, Nuclein, gr. I
,, Nux Vomica Compound ... I to 3
; Ext. Nucis Vomicae,
j oval
I bots. of
Issued in
bots. of
I as required 25 100
I or more
25
IOO
IOO
Aloini,
Ferri Sulphatis,
j
Pulv. Myrrhse,
Pulv. Saponis aa gr. 1/2
Stomachic and tonic
aperient,
of special value
n chronic
constipation.
Nux Vomica Tincture,
min. I
I frequently 100
55 55 55
min. 5
i to 3 48
IOO
5 > 5) »
min. 10
i 36
IOO
,, ,, ,,
(i in 10)
o-i gm.
i repeated 48
—
Each contains Strychnine, o-oooi gm.
Ophthalmic Products (see
pages 213-215)
Opium, gr. 1/2 ...
,, gr. I ... ...
,, 0-025 gm
Opium Tincture, B.P. (Laud-
anum), min. 2 ...
Opium Tincture, B.P. (Laud-
anum), min. 5 ...
Opium Tincture, B.P. (Laud-
anum), min. 10 ...
.. I to
4
IOO
.. i to
2
IOO
.. I to
3_
5
IOO
.. I to
3_
5 48
IOO
.. I to
3 48
IOO
."
.. I
36
IOO
260
FORMULARY OK FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
,, Opium Tincture (i in 10),
0-2 gm. ... ... ... I to 2
Each represents Opium, 0-02 gm.
,, Ovarian Substance (see
1 Varium,' pages 271-2)
,, Ox Bile (Purified), gr. 4 ... I to 4
Pancreatin (see ' Pepana,'
below}
Papain, gr. 2 ... ... ... I to 4
Paregoric (see Camphor, pages 242-3)
Pastilles (see pages 216, 217;
Pelletierine Tannate, gr. 2 ... i to 4
' Pepana ' (Trade Mark) ... I to 3
$ Pepsini gr. i
Pancreatini gr. i
CalciiLactophosphatis... gr. i
Scientifically prepared for the
treatment of dyspeptic condi-
tions affecting both stomach
and intestine.
Pepsin, Saccharated, gr. 5 ... I to 4 or more
Pepsin and Strychnine ... I to 3
IJ; Pepsini ... ... ... gr. 2
Strychninae Sulphatis ... gr. i/ioo
Pepsin, Bismuth and Charcoal I to 3
IJ Pepsini
Bismuthi Carbonatis
Carbonis Ligni ...
Of special service in flatulent
dyspepsia.
Pepsin, Bismuth and Strych-
nine i to 3
ty Pepsini ...
Bismuthi Carbonatis
Strychninae Sulphatis
, Phenacetin, gr. i
gr. 5
o
gr. 2
gr. 2
gr. 2
gr. 2
gr- 3
gr. i/ioo
gm.
0-5 gm.
i to 4
i to 2
i to 4
i to 2
I
Issued in
bots. of
100
25 ioo
25 —
25
— IOO
25 ioo
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Write the
Brand in
full, thus :
ISSUED BY B. VV. AND CO. | [lli.^ ®)K (EEYITiEKj I
261
V,"-,, ....-.«—..., ...„!,,-, -./
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
Issued in
oval
bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND — DOSE
bots. of
,, Phenacetin Compound ... I to 3
25
IOO
Ifr Phenacetini gr. 4
Caffeinae ... ... ... gr. i
,, Phenacetin Compound, No. 2 I to 2
25
IOO
Tfc Phenacetini 0-25 gm.
Caffeinae ... ... 0-05 gm.
,, Phenacetin and Quinine Com-
pound ... ... ... i to 3
' —
IOO
]$ Phenacetini gr. 3
8uininae Hydrobromidi gr. 1/2
affeinas ... ... ... gr. 2/3
,, Phenazone (see Antipyrine,
page 237)
,, Phenol (see Carbolic Acid,
page 243)
,, Phenol and Menthol Com-
pound (Capsule), boxes of 25 I as required
—
—
IJ Phenol ... gr. 1/4
Menthol gr. 1/2
Ol. Cajuputi ... ... min. i
,, Phosphates Compound (see
Chemical Food, page 245)
,, Photographic (see pages
217-221)
,, Pig Bile (Purified), gr. 4 ... i to 4
—
IOO
,, Pilocarpine Nitrate, gr. i/io i to 5
25
—
gr. 1/4... i to 2
25
—
,, Piperazine, gr. 5, bottles of 25 i to 2
—
—
,, Piperazine, gr. 5, Effervescent,
tubes of 1 2 ... ... ... i to 2
—
—
,, Pituitary Gland, gr. 2 ... i to 3
_
IOO
,, Plummer Pill (see Calomel
Compound, page 242)
,, Podophyllin, gr. 1/4 I to 4
IOO
—
, , Podophyllin and Euonymin ... I to 2
—
IOO
Tfy Podophylli Resinae gr. 1/4
Ext. Euonymi Sicci gr. i
,, Podophyllin Compound ... i to 3
—
IOO
ty Podophylli Resinas gr. 1/6
Pil. Rhei Comp. ... gr. 2-1/2
Ext.HyoscyamiVir. gr. 1-1/4
Write the S7\ ' >S
Brand in Jf /) // , J '
full, thus: ./I/ SL/6Ufrt0L>0\) "
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, Potassium Bicarbonate, gr. 5
,, Potassium Bromide, gr. 5
gr. 10 ...
» ',, ,, 05 gm-
,, ,, ,, i gm. ...
,, Potassium Chlorate, gr. 5
In graven white-metal boxes,
each containing 40 or 100
,, Potassium Chlorate, o-i gm.
In graven white-metal boxes,
each containing TOO
,, Potassium Chlorate, 0-25 gm.
Stimulating, expectorant, superior
to gargles and sprays.
,, Potassium Chlorate and Borax
In graven white-metal boxes,
each containing 40 or 100
, , Potassium Chlorate and Borax,
No. 2
,, Potassium Chlorate, Borax
and Cocaine Co. (see Voice )
., Potassium Iodide, gr. I
„ gr. 3
,, ,, ,, o-i gm. ...
•„ 0-5 gm. ...
,, Potassium Nitrate (Sal Pru-
nella), gr. 5...
, , Potassium Permanganate, gr. I
gr. 2
,, Prostate Gland, gr. 2-1/2
,, Pyramidon, 0-3 gm. ...
,, 0-5 gm
Q
,, Quinine, Ammoniated (see
Ammoniated Quinine)
DOSE
i to 6
i to 6
i to 6
i to 3
i to 3
i to 2
I as required
I as required
I as required
I as required
I as required
i frequently
i to 6
l to4
i frequently
i to 4
i to 4
I to 3
I
i to 2
I to 2
i to 2
Issued in
oval | bots. of
bots. of !
40 |
40
25
25
40
40
25 100
I
40 loo
40
25
25
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
'Tabloid' Brand Product s—
'TABLOID' BRAND—
,, Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid
Quinine Hydrochlor. ),gr. 2.
gr. 3» gr- 5>,gr- 10, o-i gm,
0-25 gm. , ando-5gm., each
strength
,, Quinine Bisulphate, gr. 1/2 ...
gr. i
gr. 2
gr. 3
gr. 5
» » » gr- I0
,, ,, ,, o-i gm.
0-25 gir
0-5 gm.
Proved by the experience of
medical officers to retain its
therapeutic activity under the
most adverse climatic
ditionSi
,, Quinine Hydrobromide, gr. I,
gr. 2, gr. 3, gr. 4, gr. 5.
o-i gm. and 0-25 gm. , each
strength
,, Quinine Hydrochloride, gr. i
gr. 2, gr. 3, gr. 4, gr. 5
o-i gm. , 0-25 gm. and
0-5 gm. , each strength
,, Quinine Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. I
,, Quinine Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. 3
,, Quinine Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. 5
,, Quinine Sulphate, gr. i, gr. 2,
gr. 3, gr. 4, gr. 5, each
strength, in same packings
as ' Tabloid ' Quinine
Bisulphate ...
,, Quinine Valerianate, gr. 2 .
,, ,, ,, o-i gm,
t [JB.KORBEYTIIER] j 263
S — continued
Issued in
oval
bots
DOSE
d
bots. of
2,
:h as
.. required
25
1C
or more
50
1C
or more
36
1C
.- to 5
25
1C
to 3
25
1C
tO 2
25
1C
to 2
25
1C
25
1C
frequently
25
1C
to 3
25
1C
tO 2
25
1C
of
its
the
on-
5,
;h as
required
25
1C
• 5
)'
d as
required
25
1C
0-
.. i to 6
25
1C
9-
.. I tO 2
25
1C
9-
I tO 2
>
u
25
1C
11
rS
te as
.. required
. I to 2
—
1C
I to 2
—
10
REMEMBER THE
264 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s — continued
Issued in
oval
bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
bots. of
,, Quinine Bisulphate and Potas-
sium Citrate, Effervescent,
tubes of 25 i to 2, re-
—
—
1$ Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i peated as
Potassii Citratis ... gr. 15 . necessary
,, Quinine and Camphor ... I every hour
25
IOO
ty Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i
Camphorae gr. 1/5
, , Quinine and Strychnine ... i to 3
25
IOO
]J Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i
StrychninaeSulphatis gr. 1/60
,, Quinine, Arsenic and Strych-
nine ... ... .. .. i
IOO
]$ Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/20
Strychninae ... ... gr. 1/30
,, Quinine, Belladonna and
Camphor ... ... ... i to 4
25
IOO
IJ Quininae Sulphatis gr. 1/4
Ext. Belladonnas ... gr. 1/8
Camphorae gr. 1/4
,, Quinine, Camphor and Aconite I every hour
25
IOO
I£ Quininae Bisulphatis gr. 1/4
Camphorae gr. 1/4
Tinct. Aconiti ... min. i
,, Quinine Compound I every hour
25
IOO
R Cinchonae
Alkaloidorum gr. i
Antifebrini
(Acetanilidi, P.B.) gr. 1-1/5
Camphorae Mono-
bromatae gr. 1/5
Pulv. Ipecacuanhae gr. 1/8
Ext. Cascar. Sagrad. gr. 1/4
,, Quinine and Rhubarb Com-
pound (well known for many
years as i Tabloid' Living-
stone Rouser) ... ... i to 3
25
IOO
Tfc Pulv. Jalapae ... gr. 1-1/2
Hydrarg. Subchlor. gr. i
Pulv. Rhei gr. 1-1/2
Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i
Write the S? 7 ftf , , '
Brand in // 1 / {^2/^~^~^//^/
full, thus: 7
'Tabloid' Brand Products—
continued
Issued in
oval bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
bots. of
R
,, Red Gum
i occasionally
25 loo
,, Reduced Iron, gr. 2 ...
I to 3
IOO
,, Reduced Iron Compound ...
I to 2
25 loo
IJ Ferri Redacti ... gr. 2
Ext. Hyoscyami ... gr. i
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/2
Olei Carui min. 1/4
,, Reduced Iron and Rhubarb
Compound ...
I to 2
25 loo
$ Ferri Redacti ... gr. 2
Ext. Hyoscyami ... gr. i
Ext. Nucis Vomicae gr. 1/2
Pil. Rhei Comp. ... gr. i
Olei Carui min. 1/4
This preparation and ' Tabloid '
Reduced Iron Compound are
of special value in the treat-
ment of neurasthenia, chlorosis
and its sequelae.
,, Residuum Rubrum, gr. 5
I to 4
IOO
,, Resina Podophylli (see Podo-
phyllin, page 261)
,, Resorcin, gr. 3
I to 2
IOO
,, Rhubarb, gr. 3
i to 4 or more
25 loo
,, ,, 0-25 gm. ...
i to 8
25 loo
0-5 gm
i to 4
25 loo
,, Rhubarb Extract, gr. 2
i to 4
25 loo
,, Rhubarb and Soda ...
i to 5
25 loo
3£ Pulv. Rhei gr. 3
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 1-1/2
Pulv. Zingiberis ... gr. 1/2
, , Rhubarb and Soda, No. 2 ...
i to 5
25 loo
5$ Pulv. Rhei 0-2 gm.
Sodii Bicarbonatis... o-i gm.
Pulv. Zingiberis ... 0-03 gm.
,, Rhubarb Compound Pill, B. P.,
err A
i to 2
25 ioo
&A* H- •• •
,, Rhubarb Compound Powder
(see Gregory Powder, page
250)
Write the 0 ./) ./
Brand in f\, O^fe/fc
full, thus : f^
.
266
TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— continued
Issued in
oval
bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
bots. of
,, Rhubarb and Gentian Com-
pound (Stomachic Com-
pound)
i to 4
100
fy Inf. Gentianae Co. fl. dr. 2
Inf. Rhei ... ... fl. dr. i
Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 5
Ol. Menthae Pip. ... min. 1/6
,, Rhubarb, Soda and Magnesia
i to 5
25
100
$ Puly. Rhei ... gr. i
Sodii Bicarbonatis gr. 1-1/2
Magnesii Carb.Pond. gr. 2
Pulv. Zingiberis ... gr. 1/2
S
,, Saccharin, gr. 1/2
{
100 &
200
J5oo
,, Salicin, gr. 5
i to 4
25
100
,, 0-25 gm
i to 5
25
100
,, Salicylic Acid (Physiologically
Pure], gr. 3
I to4ormore
—
100
,, Salicylic Acid (Physiologic -ally
Pure], gr. 5
I to 4
—
100
,, Salicylic Acid (Physiologically
Pure), 0-5 gm.
I to 2
25
—
,, Salol, gr. 5 ...
i to 3
25
100
,, ,, 0-5 gm.
i to 2
25
100
,, Sandal Wood Oil, min. 5
(Capsule), boxes of 25
i to 3 or more
—
—
,, Sandal Wood Oil, min. 10
(Capsule), boxes of 20
i to 2
—
—
,, Santonin, gr. 1/2
i to 4 or more
50
—
» » gr. i
I to 4 or more
50
100
gr. 2
i to 3
50
—
gr. 3
i to 2
50
—
,, 0-025 gm
i to 10
100
—
,, Santonin and Calomel
i to 3
25
100
1$ Santonini gr. i
Hydrarg. Subchlor. gr. i
,, * Saxin' (Trade Mark), gr. 1/4,
bottles of 200 and 500
I or more
—
100
Excels all sweetening agents in
concentration and delicacy of
flavour. About 600 times
sweeter than sugar.
Write the \jf' / ' ,,
Brand in \^ %$t
g
full, thus : _J><LC ^^
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
267
I or more
as desired
I or more —
'Tabloid' Brand Product &— continued
' TABLOID ' BRAND— DOSE
,, Seltzer Salt, Effervescent,
Artificial, tubes of 25
,, Slippery Elm1, bottles of 25 ...
Each represents gr. 5 of the
mucilage of Slippery Elm
Bark.
,, 'Soamin' (Sodium Para-
( Trade Mark) aminophenyl-
arsonate), gr. I (See special
bottles of 2<;!gr' 3 ^aflet)
25 1 0-2 gm.
,, Soda- Mint (Neutralising) ... I to 4 or more
Tfr Sodii Bicarbonatis... gr. 4
Ammon. Bicarb. ... gr. 1/12
Ol. Menthae Pip. ... g.s.
A most effective compound of
antacid, aromatic and stimu-
lating ingredients of exceptional
purity.
,, Sodium Bicarbonate, gr. 5 ...
,, ,, ,, gr. 10...
Sodium Bromide, gr. 5
,, ,, gr. 10
,, ,, 0-5 gm. ...
I gm.
Sodium Bromide Compound
1^ Sodii Bromidi ... gr. 2
Strontii Bromidi ... gr. 2
Ammonii Bromidi... gr. i
Sodii Arsenatis ... gr. 1/60
Sodium Citrate, gr. 2 .../f(
„ gr. 5 .'..In
Sodium Phosphate, Effer-
vescent, B. P., gr. 60, tubes
of 25
Each represents gr. 30 of Sodium
Phosphate.
Sodium Salicylate (Natural)
gr. 3
,, ,, gr. 5
Sodium Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. 3
Issued in
| oval | bots. of
j bots. of
100
to 6
40
100
to 3
40
100
or more
25
TOO
to 6
—
100
to 3
—
100
or more
25
—
I to 2
25
—
i to 6
~
100
}r milk \
100
lodincationj
25
100
I or more
I to 6 or morel
I to 6
i to 6 or more
25
25
25
Write the
Brand in
full, thus:
REMEMBER THE
268 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Products—
continued
Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
oval
bots. of
bots. of
„ Sodium Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. 5
i to 6
25
IOO
,, Sodium Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), 0-5 gm. ...
i to 4
25
IOO
,, Sodium Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), i gm.
i
25
IOO
,, Sodium Salicylate (Physio-
logically Pure), gr. 5, Effer-
vescent, tubes of 25 ...
i or more
—
—
,, Sodium Salicylate and Potas-
sium Bicarbonate, of each,
gr. 5
i to 6
• 2r
IOO
,, Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent,
B. P. , gr. 60, tubes of 25 ...
i or more
—
Each represents gr. 30 of
Sodium Sulphate.
,, Sodium Sulphate Compound,
Effervescent, tubes of 20 ...
i to 2
B; Sodii Sulphatis
Exsicc. gr. 30
Potassii Tartratis
Acidi gr. 10
Potassii Bicarbonatis gr. 2-1/2
Ess. Zingiberis ... q.s.
Sails Effervescentis q.s.
,, Sodium Sulphocarbolate, gr. 5
i to 3
IOO
,, Sparteine Sulphate, gr. i,
bottles of 25
i
__
__
,, Spinal Cord Substance,
gr. 2-1/2
I or more
—
IOO
,, Spleen Substance, gr. 5
i or more
IOO
,, Strontium Bromide, gr. 5
I to 6
—
IOO
0-5 gm....
i to 4
—
IOO
,, Strophanthus Tincture, B.P.,
i repeated
min. 5
as necessary
50
IOO
,, Strophanthus Tincture (i in
i
10), o-i gm.
25
IOO
Each represents Strophanthus
Seed, o-oi gm.
Brand in
full, thus:
•/) // , *
SL/&^foi4\)
1 b b U E. 1J 13 Y » • vv. rt.i>i-» v-vj. S^iZZ _=j--t ~ — /
'Tabloid' Brand Products— c
ontinued
Issued in
oval
bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE bots. of
,, Strychnine Sulphate, gr. 1/60
I to 4 5°
—
gr- i/3«>
I tO 2 ^5°
—
» 55 * 55 gf- I/2°
I \ 50
—
gr- i/iS
I
50
—
55 o-ooi gm.
I 100
—
,, Sugar of Milk (see Milk
Sugar, /agj? 258;
,, Sulphonal, gr. 5
i to 6
25
100
0-25 gm
i to 6
25
100
,, ,, i gm., bottles of 25
I tO 2
—
100
,, Sulphur Compound ...
I to 4 or more
25
100
fy Sulphuris Praecipitati gr. 5
Potassii Tartratis Acidi gr. i
,, Supra-renal Gland, gr. 5
i to 3
—
100
,5 0-3 gm. ...
i increased
—
IOO
T
,, Tannin, gr. 2-1/2
i to 2
—
100
o-igm
i to 2
25
—
,, Tar, gr. I
I frequently
50
IOO
, , Tar and Codeine
I to 4 ! 25
IOO
T$ Picis Liquidae ... gr. i
Codeinae gr. 1/8
,, Tea (see page 273)
,, Terebene, min. 5 (Capsule),
boxes of 50 ...
i to 3
—
—
Test Products (seepages 232-234)
,, Tetranitrin (see Erythrol
Tetranitrate, page 248)
,, Thirst Quencher
I to 2 or more
25
IOO
Containing tartaric acid and
as desired
sodium bicarbonate, flavoured
with lemon and ' Saxin.'
,, Three Bromides, Effervescent,
tubes of 25 ...
i to 2
—
—
Jfr Potassii Bromidi ... 0-4 gm.
Sodii Bromidi 0-4 gm.
Ammonii Bromidi ... 0-2 gm.
Sails Effervesc. ... g.s.
Write the /^"^^ /
Brand in V Si/ Y^/
• />
full, thus : J^>C X^^X^^TJ;
REMEMBER THE
Y OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
Issued in
oval i bots. of
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE j bots. of
,, Three Syrups, i fl. dr.
I tO 2
25
IOO
B Syr. Ferri Phos-
phatis cum
Q u i nin a et
Strychnina
(Easton) min. 15
Syr. Hypophos-
phitum Comp. ... min. 15
Syr. Phosphatum
Comp. (Parrish) min. 30
Each contains Strychnine, gr. 1/85
,, Three Valerianates ...
I
—
IOO
Ijfc Quininae
Valerianatis ... gr. i
1
Ferri Valerianatis ... gr. i
Zinci Valerianatis ... gr. i
Retains the full therapeutic
activity of the Valerianates,
whilst concealing their un-
pleasant odour.
,, Thymol, gr. i
I to 2
25
—
gr- 2
I
25
—
gr. 5
Used in
—
IOO
special cases
,, Thymus Gland, gr. 5
i to 5
—
IOO
,, ,, » 0-3 gm.
i to 5
—
ICO
,, Thyroid Colloid, gr. 1/2
i increased
—
IOO
,, Thyroid Gland (Standard-
ised), gr. i/ 10
I increased
—
IOO
„ „ gr. 1/4
i increased
—
IOO
,, , „ „ gr. 1/2
i increased
—
IOO
» gr. i
i increased
—
IOO
,, ,, ,, ,, gr. i -1/2
i increased
—
IOO
„ gr. 2-1/2
i increased
—
IOO
„ „ gr. 5 •••
i
—
IOO
,, 0-05 gm.
I increased
"
IOO
,, ,, ,, ,, o-i gm.
i increased
IOO
>» 0-3 gm.
i to 2
—
IOO
The most successful Thyroid
preparation, standardised so
that the desiccated gland
substance contains not less
than 0-2 per cent, of Iodine,
in organic combination.
Write the /f> 7 // ,
/
Brand in ffl . (JtZ^^^
tC
full, thus: W y
'Tabloid' Brand Products— continued Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
: oval
bots. of
bots. of
,, Tinctures —
I
(See Aconite, Belladonna, Cam-
phor Compound, Cannabis
Indica, Capsicum, Cinchona,
Cinchona Compound. Digita-
lis, Gelsemium, Ginger, Hyos-
cyamus, Nux Vomica, Opium,
Strophanthus and Warburg)
1
,,. Tonic Compound ... ... I to 3
25
100
$ Ferri
Pyrophosphatis... gr. 2
Quininae Bisulphatis gr. i
Strychninae
Sulphatis... gr. i/ioo
,, Trinitrin (Nitroglycerin),
gr. 1/200 i or more 25
100
,, ,, ,, gr. i/ioo i to 2 25
IOO
„ gr. 1/50 I 25
IOO
,, ,, ,, 0-0005 gm. i to 2 ; 25
IOO
One of the many important
therapeutic agents in the intro-
duction of which B. W. & Co.
were pioneers.
,, Trinitrin Compound ... ... i to 2
25
IOO
Tfc Trinitrini gr. i/ioo
Capsicini gr. 1/200
Menthol gr. i/ioo
,, Trional, gr. 5... ... ... i to 6
25
,, ,, 0-25 gm. ... ... I to 6
25
IOO
,, ,, I gm. ... ... i to 2 25
IOO
,, Turpentine Oil, Rectified, min.
10 (Capsule), boxes of 20 ... i or more
—
U
,, Urotropine, gr. 3 ... ... I to 5 25
IOO
gr- 5 i to 3 25
IOO
,, ,, 0-5 gm. ... ... i to 2 i 25
IOO'
V
,, * Varium ' (Trade Mark)
(formerly known as ' Tabloid'
Ovarian Substance^, gr. 5 . . . i to 2 or more
1
— i
IOO
REMEMBER THE
272 TRADE MARKS
FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Product s— -continued
Issued in
'TABLOID' BRAND—
DOSE
oval
bots. of
bots. of
,, ' Varium ' (Trade Mark)
(formerly known as ' Tabloid '
Ovarian Substance,), 0-3 gm.
I to 2 or more
—
IOO
,, Vegetable Laxative (see
Laxative Vegetable)
,, Veronal, gr. 5
i to 2
25
—
99 ,, 0-5 gm., bottles of 25
i to 2
—
—
, , Viburnum Prunifolium Extract,
gr. 2
I to s
IOO
,, Vichy Salt, Effervescent,
X \.\J ^
Artificial, tubes of 25
I or more
—
—
as desired
,, Vichy Salt, Effervescent, Arti-
ficial, and Lithium Citrate,
tubes of 25
I or more
Each contains Lithium Citrate,
as desired
gr. i, in addition to the
essential constituents of Vichy
Water.
,, Vinum Ipecacuanhse (see
Ipecacuanha Wine, page 254)
,, Violet Dye, Aniline, gr. 30,
tubes of 1 2
,, Voice (Cocaine Co. , Potassium
Chlorate and Borax)
I as required
25
80
In graven white-metal boxes
each containing 25 and 80
W
,, Warburg Tincture, min. 30...
2 to 8
IOO
99 99 „ dr. 2
i to 2
25
100
X
,, ' Xaxa ' (Trade Mark) (Acetyl-
salicylic Acid), gr. 5
i to 5
25
IOO
,, 'Xaxa' (Trade Mark) (Acetyl-
salicylic Acid), 0-5 gm.
i to 3
25
IOO
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
273
1
'Tabloid' Brand Products— continued Issued in
oval
bots. of
' TABLOID' BRAND— DOSE
bots. of
, , ' Xaxa ' and Caffeine I to 5
25
IOO
, , ' Xaxa ' and Dover Powder,
of each, gr. 3-1/2 I to 4
25
100
, , ' Xaxa '" and Phenacetin, of
each, gr. 2-1/2 I to 4
25
IOO
, , ' Xaxa ' and * Xaxaquin ; ... I to 3
25
IOO
,, 'Xaxaquin' (Trade Mark)
(Quinine Acetyl-salicylate),
gr. 3 ... I to 2
25
IOO
,, ,, ,, 0-25 gm. i to 2
25
IOO
Z
,, Zinc Oxide, gr. 2 I to 5
—
IOO
Zinc Sulphate (see 'Soloid'
Brand Products, page 232)
,, Zinc Valerianate, gr. 2 ... I
—
IOO
,, Zinc Valerianate and Asafetida
Compound ... ... ... i
—
IOO
IJ Zinci Valerianatis ... gr. i
Asafetidae gr. i
Myrrhae gr. 1/2
,, Zinc Valerianate Compound I
—
IOO
1$ Zinci Valerianatis ... gr. i
Pulv. Rhei ... gr. i
Ext. Belladonnas ... gr. 1/8
Pulv. Zingiberis ... gr. i
, , Zinc Valerianate with Iron and
Arsenic i
—
IOO
$ Zinci Valerianatis ... gr. 2
Ferri Redacti ... gr. i
Acidi Arseniosi ... gr. 1/60
Ext. Gentianae ... gr. i
„ Zingib. Fort.Tinct.,P.B.,i885
(<!f.f. frincrp>r_ fin.v?. ?.AQ\
Also a wide range of other products issued under the
( Tabloid ' Brand.
1 Tabloid ' Brand Tea provides the most convenient,
portable and effective means of quickly preparing tea of
uniform strength. It is the most suitable tea for travellers,
sportsmen, cyclists, pleasure parties, etc., and is an
admirable adjunct to the home. A tin of 'Tabloid' Tea
and a bottle of ' Tabloid ' ' Saxin ' for sweetening the*
infusion may be conveniently carried in the waistcoat-
pocket.
In enamelled tins containing 100 and 200.
REMEMBER THE
274 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Tabloid' Brand Tea, Special Blend, an unique
blend of the very choicest varieties.
In enamelled tins containing 100 and 200.
Tar, Wine of (Wyeth) (sec page 2*2)
Terebene, Pure (B. W. & Co.)— DOSE
In bottles of i, 2 and 1 6 ounces 5 to 15 min.
Test Cases, * Soloid ' Brand (see Analysis Cases, pages
175-177^
Tinctures, B.P. (Physiologically standardised),
'Wellcome* Brand (seepage 309)
Tow, Carbolised, Pleated Compressed, 'Tabloid'
Brand (see Dressings, page 193)
Towels, Sanitary, Pleated Compressed, * Tabloid '
Brand (see page 222^
TUBERCULINS, = 'WELLCOME' BRAND
The word 'WELLCOME' is a brand which designates fine
products issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. This brand should
always be specified when ordering.
'WELLCOME' Brand TUBERCULINS are made in
England, at the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories,
Brockwell Hall, London, S.E., according to the latest scientific
methods.
New Tuberculin (W) is prepared by a special process,
designed to render absorption of the bacillary substance
more easy by removal of lipoid constituents.
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. act as distributing agents for the
Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories.
Issued in rubber-corked bottles, for dilution by the user
Endotoxic—
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, New Tuberculin (W), Human
I c.c. containing 2 mgm. tubercle bacillary substance
5 c.c. ,, 10 mgm. ,, ,, ,,
„ New Tuberculin (W), Bovine
I c.c. containing 2 mgm. tubercle bacillary substance
5 c.c. ,, 10 mgm. ,, ,, ,,
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. lgPJ 275
Tuberculins, 'Wellcome' Brand— continued
En do toxic— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND —
„ Tubercle Vaccine, Human— Bacillary Emulsion
(B.E.)
I c.c. containing 5 mgm. tubercle bacillary substance
5 c.c. ,, 25 mgm. ,, ,, , ,
„ Tubercle Vaccine, Bovine — Bacillary Emulsion
(P.B.E.)
I c.c. containing 5 mgm. tubercle bacillary substance
5 c.c. ,, 25 mgm. ,, ,, ,,
Exotoxic —
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
„ Old Tuberculin, Human (T.)
I c.c. of undiluted Old Tuberculin, Human
5 c.c.
„ Old Tuberculin, Bovine (P.T.)
i c.c. of undiluted Old Tuberculin, Bovine
5 c.c. ,,
„ Tuberculin Bouillon Filtrate, Human (T.O.A.)
i c.c. of undiluted T.O.A.
5 c.c.
„ Tuberculin Bouillon Filtrate, Bovine (P.T.O.)
i c.c. of undiluted P.T.O.
5 c.c.
.
For Diagnosis only —
Tuberculin (Human), B.W. & Co.—
For Calmette's Ophthalmic Reaction
Hermetically-sealed tubes containing a sterile solution
of a strength of 10 mgm. of dried purified tuberculin
per c.c. In boxes of 6 tubes.
Tuberculin (Bovine), B. W. & Co.—
For Calmette's Ophthalmic Reaction
Hermetically-sealed tubes containing a sterile solution
of a strength of 10 mgm. of dried punned tuberculin
per c. c. In boxes of 6 tubes.
276 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Tuberculin s — continued
For Diagnosis only — continued
Tuberculin (Human), B. W. & Co.—
For von Pirquefs Ciitaneous Reaction
In boxes of 6 hermetically-sealed tubes.
Tuberculin (Bovine), B. W. & Co.—
For von Pirqtief s Cutaneous Reaction
In boxes of 6 hermetically-sealed tubes.
For Veterinary Diagnosis—
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Tuberculin— For Veterinary Diagnosis
In phials of 4 c.c. and in corked bottles of 30 c.c.
For Laboratory Tests—
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
„ Tubercle Bacilli (Human), killed—
For Opsonic Estimations
Issued as a thick emulsion, in tubes.
„ Tubercle Bacilli (Bovine), killed—
For Opsonic Estimations
Issued as a thick emulsion, in tubes.
„ Tubercle Bacilli (Human), killed and finely ground—-
For Agglutination Tests
Issued as a dry powder, in tubes.
„ Tubercle Bacilli (Bovine), killed and finely ground—
For Agglutination Tests
Issued as a dry powder, in tubes.
VACCINES, TMRAARDKE 'WELLCOME' BRAND
The word 'WELLCOME' is a brand which designates fine
products issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co.
' WELLCOME ' Brand VACCINES are prepared in the
Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories, Brock well
Hall, London, S.E. Every stage of their preparation is carried
out under the immediate supervision of a skilled staff of
highly-qualified experts.
Burroughs Wellcome £ Co. act as distributing agents for
the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories.
Vaccines should be kept in a cool dark place, and protected
from extremes of temperature.
Issued in hermetically-sealed phials
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO. (^^T * 277
Vaccines, 'Wellcome' Bran d — continued
'WELLCOME1 BRAND—
„ Acne Bacillus Vaccine
I c.c. containing 10 million organisms
i c.c. *, 50 ,, ,,
i c.c. ,, 200 ,, ,,
„ Acne Vaccine, Mixed, No. 1
I c.c. containing 10 million acne bacilli and 250 million
staphylococci, mixed
,, Acne Vaccine, Mixed, No. 2
i c.c. containing 125 million acne bacilli and 125 million
staphylococci, mixed
,, Acne Vaccine, Mixed, No. 3
I c.c. containing 500 million acne bacilli and 500 million
staphylococci, mixed
„ B. Coli Vaccine
I c.c. containing 10 million organisms
I c.c. „ 50 „
i c.c. ,, 250 ,, ,,
I C.C. ,, 1000 ,, , ,,
„ Cholera Vaccine
I c.c. containing 1000 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 2000 ,, ,,
,, Coryza Vaccine, No. 1
i c.c. containing 100 million B. septus
„ Coryza Vaccine, No. 2
i c.c. containing 100 million M. catarrhalis
,, Coryza Vaccine, No. 3
I c.c. containing 100 million B. septus and loo million
M. catarrhalis
„ Qonococcus Vaccine
I c.c. containing 5 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 20 „
i c.c. „ 200 „
i c.c. ,, 1000 ,, ,,
„ Influenza Vaccine
I c.c. containing 10 million B. influenza
i c.c. ,, 50 „ „
REMEMBER THE
278 TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
Vaccines, 'Wellcome' B r a n d— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Mediterranean Fever Vaccine
i c.c. containing 100 million organisms
„ Pneumococcus Vaccine
I c.c. containing 10 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 50 ,, ,,
„ Staphylococcus Vaccine, Aureus
I c.c. containing 200 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 1000 ,, ,,
„ Staphylococcus Vaccine, Mixed
i c.c. containing 200 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 1000 ,, ,,
,, Streptococcus Vaccine, Dental
i c.c. containing 10 million organisms
i c.c. „ 50 „
„ Streptococcus Vaccine, Polyvalent
i c.c. containing 10 million organisms
i c.c. „ 50 ,, ,,
„ Streptococcus Vaccine, Rheumatic Fever
i c.c. containing 10 million organisms
i c.c. ,, 50 „ ,,
„ Typhoid Vaccine
I c.c. containing 500 million organisms
i c.c. „ 1000 ,, ,,
i c.c. ,, 2000 ,, ,,
„ Mallein, see page 212
TKK 'VALOID' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'VALOID' is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the supply of
pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always be
specified when ordering.
'VALOID' BRAND—
,, Aromatic Cascara Sagrada, bottles DOSE
containing 4 fl. oz. 10 to 60 min.
,, Ergot, bottles containing 4 fl. oz. ... ... 10 to 30 min.
The strength of each ' Valoid ' preparation is indicated on the label
Various other products are also issued tinder this brand
ISSUED BY B. W. AND CO.
279
^ 'VALULE' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'VALULE'is a brand which designates fine products
issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the supply of
pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always be
specified when ordering.
'VALULE' BRAND— DOSE
,, Bone Medulla, flexible capsules, each repre-
senting gr. 5, bottles of 100 I or more
(See also ' Tabloid ' Bone Medulla, page 241)
Various other products are also issued under this brand
'VAN A' (Trade Mark) Brand Tonic Wine— DOSE
Presents calcium glycerophosphate and the
alkaloids of cinchona bark in a pure, sound
wine of excellent quality.
Bottles of 1 6 fl. oz. Half a wineglassful
^ ' VAPOROLE' BRAND PRODUCTS
The word 'VAPOROLE1 is a brand which designates fine
products issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To ensure the
supply of pure and reliable preparations, this brand should always
be specified when ordering.
'VAPOROLE' products present medicaments
for hypodermic injection, inhalation, etc.
Medicaments intended for hypodermic injec-
tion are issued in hermetically-sealed containers
of special design, whilst those intended for
inhalation are contained in thin glass capsules
surrounded with absorbent material and
enclosed in silken netting.
For Hypodermic Injection
Issued in hermetically-sealed containers
The 'Vaporoie' container is unique in
construction and convenience. It has an
expanded base and will stand firmly on any
flat surface. The container can be opened
with ease and certainty by making a file mark
on fat nec^ w[fa j^g fiie provided for the
purpose, and snapping the neck at the file
mark. Except when otherwise stated, the contents of each
'Vaporoie' hypodermic product are sufficient to enable I c.c.
(approx. min. 16) to be injected. Each product is sterilised
and ready for immediate hypodermic injection.
REMEMBER THE
TRADE MARKS FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
'Vaporole' Brand Product s— continued
'VAPOROLE' BRAND —
,, Apomorphine Hydrochloride, 0-005 gm. (gr. 1/13),
boxes of 10.
,, Atropine Sulphate, 0-0005 gm- (gr- I/I3O)> boxes of 10.
,, Caffeine Sodio-benzoate, o-25gm. (gr. 3-3/4), boxes of 10.
,, Calomel, 0-05 gm. (gr. 3/4). Sterile suspension in a
Neutral Fatty Basis, with Creosote and Camphor,
boxes of 10.
,, Camphor, o-i gm. (gr. 1-1/2), in Olive Oil, boxes of 10.
,, Cocaine Hydrochloride, o-oi gm. (gr. 1/6) and 0-02 gm.
(gr. 1/3), boxes of 10.
,, Digitalin (Crystalline), o-oooigm. (gr. 1/650), boxes of 10.
,, Emetine Hydrochloride, 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3) and 0-03 gm.
(gr. 1/2), boxes of 10.
,, 'Epicaine' ('Epinine' and Cocaine Hydrochloride),
(Trade Mark) boxes of IO
Ifc 'Epinine' 0-0003 gm. (gr. 1/216)
Cocainae Hydrochloridi 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3)
Aquam ad T c.c.
The above formula is equivalent to c Epinine,' gr. 1/365,
and Cocaine Hydrochloride, gr. 2/11, in each min. 10.
,, ' Epinine ' (Trade Mark) >, I in ioo, boxes of 10.
,, 'Ernutin' ( Trade Mark), min. 10 (0-592 c.c.), boxes of 6.
,, ,, 0-6 c.c., boxes of 10.
,, Eucaine Lactate, o-oi gm. (gr. 1/6), boxes of 10.
,, Grey Oil. Containing Mercury, o-i gm. (gr. 1-1/2), in
a Neutral Fatty Basis, boxes of 10.
,, ' Hemisine' (Trade Mark), i in looo, boxes of 10.
,, * Hemisine ' and Cocaine Hydrochloride, boxes of 10.
1$ 'Hemisine' 0-00003 gm. (gr. 1/2160)
Cocainae Hydrochloridi 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3)
Aquam ad i c.c.
The above formula is equivalent to ' Hemisine, ' gr. 1/3650,
and Cocaine Hydrochloride, gr. 2/11, in each min. 10.
,, ' Hemisine ' and Eucaine Hydrochloride, boxes of 10.
]$ 'Hemisine' 0-00016 gm. (gr. 1/400)
Eucainae Hydrochloridi 0-02 gm. (gr. 1/3)
Aquam ad i c.c.
The above formula is equivalent to 'Hemisine,' gr. 1/675,
and Eucaine Hydrochloride, gr. 1/5, in each min. 10.
,, Hyoscine Hydrobromide, 0-0005 gm- (gr- I/I3O)> boxes
of 10.
ISSUED BY B . W . AND CO.
281
'Vaporole' Brand Products— continued
'VAPOROLE' BRAND—
,, 'Infundin' [Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract], 0-5 c.c.
and i c.c. of Sterile Extract, boxes of 6.
,, Iron and Afsenic, boxes of 10.
]£ Ferri Citratis Viridis ... 0-05 gm. (gr. 3/4)
Sodii Arsenatis 0-002 gm. (gr. 1/32)
Aquam ad i c.c.
,, Morphine Hydrochloride, ooi gm. (gr. 1/6) and 0-02 gm.
(gr. 1/3), boxes of 10.
,, Quinine Bihydrochloride, 0-2 gm. (gr. 3), 0-4 gm. (gr. 6)
and 0-6 gm. (gr. 9), boxes of 10.
,, Strychnine Sulphate, oooi gm. (gr. 1/65) and 0-002 gm.
(gr. 1/32), boxes of 10.
For Inhalation
Thin glass capsules surrounded with absorbent material and
enclosed in silken netting.
,, Amyl Nitrite, min. 3 (0-178 c.c.) and min. 5 (0-296 c.c.),
boxes of 12
,, Aromatic Ammonia, for use as ''''Smelling Salts" boxes
of 12.
,, Chloroform and Ethyl Iodide Compound, boxes of 6.
Jfr Chloroform! min. 10 (0-592 c.c.)
Ethyl lodidi ... ... min. 5 (0-296 c.c.)
Menthol gr. 1/8 (0-008 gm.)
' Vaporole ' Brand Ammonium Chloride Inhaler
Delivers perfectly neutral fumes of pure ammonium
chloride. A model of compactness, convenience and utility.
'VAPOROLE' ACID AND ALKALI, for use in the above
Inhaler, are supplied in boxes of 12 products.
Nasal Attachment for use with above Inhaler.
Various other products are also issued under this brand
Veterinary Hypodermic Products, ' Tabloid ' Brand
(See B. W. & Co^s Price List)
Veterinary Ophthalmic Products, 'Tabloid' and
1 Soloid ' Brands (See B. W. & Co.'s Price List)
Veterinary Tetanus Antitoxic Serum, * Wellcome '
Brand (see page 223)
REMEMBER THE FORMULARY OF FINE PRODUCTS
282 TRADE MARKS ISSUED BY B. VV. AND CO.
Vulcanite Nozzles — Curved or Straight.
To screw on collapsible tubes of ' Hazeline ' Cream,
when it is desired to apply this preparation to the
mucous membranes of the nose, ear, urethra or rectum.
Water Analysis, A Simple Method of (;th Edition)
By J. C. THRESH, M.D., D.Sc., etc.
This standard text-book affords all the information necessary
to enable those with only a small knowledge of analysis to
perform a chemical examination of a sample of drinking-water
by means of ' Soloid ' Brand Water Analysis Cases. A chapter
on the examination of sewage effluents is included.
Water Analysis Cases, 'Soloid' Brand (see page
'Wellcome' Brand Products (see pages 2
DOSE
Half to one
>, Per(e,cted .
I he ideal beei-food in sickness and^ blerful of cold
convalescence. water.} milk or
I, aerated water.
Wyeth Dialysed Iron fMin. stomin.
Bottles of 4 fl. oz. (with dropper) and-j 30 in water
1 6 fl. oz. (or on sugar.
Wyeth Qlycerole of Chloride of Iron ^
Bottles, approximately I Ib. J
Wyeth Wine of Tar (oz. 1/2 in
Bottles, approximately I Ib. (water.
Various other Wyeth preparations are also issued
1 Xaxa ' (Acetyl-Salicylic Acid), * Tabloid ' Brand, see page 272
Verbal Instructions are not safe. To
prevent fraud, it is best to write
prescriptions for original bottles. . .
^ < WELLCOME' BRAND
PRODUCTS
The word 'WELLCOME1 is a
trade mark or brand which
designates fine products issued by
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. To
ensure the supply of pure and
reliable preparations, this brand
should always be specified when
ordering.
IN 'WELLCOME' Brand PRODUCTS, the object is to establish
a series of Chemicals and Galenicals whose use will enable
the physician to administer to the patient the precise dose of
operative medicinal substance desired. A first
principle in their production is, therefore, the f/^™ Rant's"
elimination of factors of variability and of
their contributory causes. In the case of galenicals it was felt
that control should begin, ab initio, with the plants as grown.
Wilh a view to securing and maintaining a supply of crude
drugs of sufficiently high standards of quality, the ' Wellcome '
Materia Medica Farm was, therefore, established, on which the
raw material might be produced. This, at a stroke, abolished
wide variations consequent upon the vagaries of collectors, and
secured a vast advantage in uniformity of crop. Further, by
experimental research and the propagation and scientific
culture of selected varieties, together with control of site, soil,
fertilisers and so forth, uniform yield in content was aimed at.
Accurate standardisation of ' Wellcome ' Brand Galenicals is
assured by chemical tests, or where such tests are inapplicable,
by physiological methods. In addition, they are standardised,
wherever possible, according to the amount of active principle,
and not of total alkaloids.
In the case of chemicals, existing official standards have been
revised, and * Wellcome ' Chemicals are required to conform
to standards of extreme stringency, the
outcome of long experience and extensive stringenc °
research. Particular attention has been
devoted to the preparation of fine alkaloids and the standards
adopted are in very many instances higher than those of the
British Pharmacopoeia.
In all * Wellcome ' Brand Products exceptional purity is
secured by excellence of raw materials and by the exercise of
scrupulous care in all processes of preparation, in every stage
from raw material to perfected product ; while the drastic
284 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product &— continued
nature of the tests and controls imposes a high degree of
potency and uniformity of content. 'Wellcome' Standards
are being continually revised to accord with the latest
research and investigation.
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Aconitine (Pure Alkaloid), B.P.
The pure crystallised alkaloid from Aconitum napellus^
free from pseudaconitine and japaconitine, and from
the non-toxic aconine and benzaconine. Owing to
its extremely poisonous properties, aconitine should be
prescribed and dispensed with the utmost caution.
DOSE — gr. 1/640 to gr. 1/400 (o-oooi gm. to 0-00016 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3^.)
,, Aconitine Hydrobromide
The most suitable salt of aconitine for therapeutic
use. It is readily soluble in water, perfectly stable, and
of uniform composition. The remarks as to purity and
dosage of the alkaloid apply also to this salt.
DOSE — gr. 1/640 to gr. 1/400 (o-oooi gm. to 0-00016 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.}
„ Aloin, B.P.
Free from resin. Lighter in colour and affords a
clearer solution than the usual commercial article.
DOSE — gr. 1/2 to gr. 2 (0-03 gm. to 0-13 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28- 3 gm. ) and oz. 4(113 gm. )
,, Aloin, B.P., Crystal
Well-defined crystals. Free from resin.
DOSE — gr. 1/2 to gr. 2 (0-03 gm. to 0-13 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28- 3 gm.} and oz. 4 (iiSgm.)
,, Apomorphine Hydrochloride, B.P.
This is the pure salt, the melting point of which is
295°-30O°C., — not 276° as usually stated.
DOSE — Hypodermically, gr. 1/20 to gr. i/io (0-0032 gm. to
0-0065 gmO
Orally, gr. i/io to gr. 1/4 (0-0065 gm. to 0-015 gm.)
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Atropine (Pure Alkaloid), B.P.
Free from hyoscyamine and hyoscine.
DOSE — gr. 1/200 to gr. i/ioo (0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 60 ($'<) gm. ), oz. 1/4 (7 gm.} and oz. I
(28-3 gm.}
,, Atropine Sulphate, B.P.
Prepared from pure atropine.
DOSE — gr. 1/200 to gr. i/ioo (0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.}, oz. 1/4 ("J gm. } and oz. I
(28-3 £-;;;.)
,, Berberine Sulphate
The salt of an alkaloid obtained from Hydrastis
canadensis.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.)
,, Bismuth and Iron Citrate (Soluble)
In yellowish-green scales, readily soluble in water.
The Bismuth and Iron Citrates are so combined as to
represent as nearly as possible equal parts by weight
of their respective anhydrous salts.
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm. ) and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
,, Bismuth and Lithium Citrate (Soluble)
In handsome, colourless scales, readily soluble in
water. Is indicated when the joint therapeutic effects
of lithium and bismuth are desired. The proportion of
lithium, in combination, corresponds to 25-30 per cent. ,
by weight, of anhydrous lithium citrate.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
, , Bismuth Carbonate, B. P.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 20 (0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Cartons of oz. 8 (227 gm.} and oz. 16 (454 gm.}
For prices, see separate list
286 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Bismuth Citrate
Practically free from nitrate (containing less than
0-05 per cent, of N2O5). Renders a clear solution with
ammonia, and may be used for preparing the official
Liquor Bismuthi, P. B.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm.}, oz. 8 (227 gm.} and oz. 16
Bismuth Oxychloride
This salt is presented as an exceptionally light and fine
powder, making it suitable for use for toilet purposes.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 20 (0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm.}> oz. 8 (227 gm.} and oz. 16
(454,?™-)
Bismuth Salicylate (Physiologically Pure)
This preparation contains the proper proportion of
bismuth combined with pure salicylic acid, and is uniform
in composition.
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 20 (0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
Bismuth Subgallate
This is in a state of very fine powder — a condition
which renders it eminently suitable for local application.
DOSE — gr. 10 to gr. 20 (0-65 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28 -3 £•;;/.) and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
Bismuth Subnitrate, B.P.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 20 (0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Cartons of oz. 8 (227 gm.} and oz. 16 (454 gm.}
Bismuth Tartrate (Soluble)
Readily soluble in water, yielding a bright perma-
nent solution. Being slightly acid it is chemically and
physiologically compatible with pepsin. 185 grains
(12 gm.) with distilled water to 3-1/2 fl. oz. (100 c.c.)
yield a preparation corresponding in strength to Liq.
Bismuthi, P.B.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3£7w.) and oz. 4 (n^gm.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Brucine
Free from Strychnine.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
,, Caffeine, B.P.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 5 (0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 £?#.) and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,, Caffeine Citrate, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 10 (0-13 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.}
,, Calcium Gly cere-phosphate
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm. } and oz. 4(113 gm. }
,, Calcium Hypophosphite, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.}
,, Calomel (see Mercury Subchloride, page 29$)
,, Cantharidin
The crystalline active principle of Cantharis
vesicatoria.
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.} and bottles of 'i gramme.
,, Capsicin
DOSE — gr. 1/8 to gr. 1/4 (0-008 gm. to 0-015 gm.)
Pots of oz. I (28-3 gm.}
,, Chloroform
Conforms to the requirements of the British Pharma-
copoeia. Specially prepared for the use of anaesthetists.
Free from all irritating products of decomposition.
Amber- coloured stoppered bottles of oz. 2 (57 gm.}.,
1/4 /£. (113 gm.), 1/2 Ib. (227 gm.}, and i Ib. (454 gm.} ;
and in hermetic ally -sealed tubes of 30 c.c. (approx.
i fl. oz.}, 60 c.c. (approx. 2 fl. oz.} and 1/4 Ib. (113 gm.}
,, Choline Hydrochloride
The pure white crystalline salt of choline.
Bottles of i gramme and 5 grammes.
For prices, see separate list
o*
288 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— -continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Chrysarobin, B.P.
Bottles of ' oz. I (28-3gm.) and oz. 4 (
,, Cocaine (Pure Alkaloid), B.P.
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3-5 gm.), oz. 1/2 (14 gm.) and oz. I
(28-3 gm.)
,, Cocaine Hydrochloride, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/5 to gr. 1/2 (0-013 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3'5£iw.), oz. 1/2 (14 gm.) and oz. I
(28-3 gm.)
,, Codeine (Pure Alkaloid), B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. 2 (0-015 gm- to 0-I3 §m-)
Bottles of gr. 60(3-9 gni.\ oz. 1/2 (14 gm.) and oz. I
,, Codeine Phosphate, B.P.
DOSE— gr. 1/4 to gr. 2 (0-015 gm. to 0-13 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.), oz. 1/2 (14 gm.) and oz. I
(28-3 gm.)
,, Coniine Hydrochloride
A pure, white salt of the alkaloid of Conitim
maculatum.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
,, Cotarnine Hydrochloride
DOSE— gr. 1/4 to gr. 3/4 (0-015 gm. to 0-05 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3- $ gm.) and oz. 1/2 (14 gm.)
,, Emetine (Pure Alkaloid)
This is the essential alkaloid of ipecacuanha, not the
mixture formerly known as emetine.
DOSE— Expectorant, gr. 1/200 to gr. 1/50(0-0003 gm. to 0-0013 gm.)
Emetic, gr. 1/6 to gr. 1/3 (o-oi gm. to 0-02 gm.)
Tubes of I gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm. )
„ Emetine Hydrobromide
A stable salt of emetine .
DOSE — Expectorant, gr. 1/200 to gr. 1/50 (0-0003 gm. to 0-0013 gm.)
, Emetic, gr. 1/6 to gr. 1/3 (o-oi gm. to 0-02 gm.)
Tubes of i gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 289
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— -continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Emetine Hydrochloride
A readily soluble salt of emetine.
DOSE — Expectorant, gr. 1/200 to gr. 1/50(0-0003 gm. 100-0013 gm.)
Emetic, gr. 1/6 to gr. 1/3 (o-oi gm. to 0-02 gm.)
Tubes of I gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.}
,, Ergotinine
A pure crystalline alkaloid from ergot.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
,, Ergotoxine Phosphate
A crystalline salt of the alkaloid Ergotoxine, one of
the active principles of Ergot.
DOSE — gr. i/ioo to gr. 1/50 (0-0006 gm. to 0-0013 gm.)
Bottles ofo-l gramme^ 05 gramme and I gramme.
,, Eserine (see Physostigmine, page 296)
., Ether, Pure, B.P.
Prepared specially for anaesthesia. Conforms to B.P.
requirements. Specific gravity, 0-720 to O/722.
Hermetically -sealed tubes of 30 c.c. and 60 c. c. — approx.
I and 2.fl. oz.
,, Ethyl Chloride
Prepared specially for general anaesthesia.
Hermetically -sealed tubes of '3 c.c. and 5 c.c. In boxes
of 12. tubes.
,, Euonymin (see Euonymus, B.P., Dry Extract of, page 302)
,, Gelsemine Hydrochloride (Gelsemininum hydrochloricum
cryst., Ger.)
DOSE — gr. 1/120 to gr. 1/30 (0-0005 Sm- to 0-002 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.}. Bottles of I gramme.
,, Guaiacol Camphorate
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/2(14 gm. )
,, Haemoglobin
In readily soluble scales. Prepared under the most
careful conditions from fresh blood.
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 20 (0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (2%-3gm.) and oz. 4 (113 gm. )
For prices, see separate list
290 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Homatropine (Pure Alkaloid)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.)
,, Homatropine Hydrobromide, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/80 to gr. 1/20 (0-0008 gm. to 0-003 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (Q^ gm.)
,, Homatropine Methylbromide
Though similar in physiological action to homat-
ropine hydrobromide, this salt causes the patient less
inconvenience, since it is quicker in action, and its
mydriatic effect is not so persistent.
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.)
,, Hordenine
The alkaloid contained in the germ of malt-grains,
presented in a pure state.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
,, Hydrastine (Pure Alkaloid)
The crystallised white alkaloid from Hydrastis
canadensis.
DOSE — gr. i/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Tubes of I gramme. Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm. )
,, Hydrastine Hydrochloride
This salt is readily soluble in water.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Tubes of \ gramme. Bottles of oz. i (2%- 3 gin.)
,, Hydrastinine Hydrochloride
An oxidation product of the alkaloid hydrastine, free
from other bases.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. 1/2 (0-015 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.). Bottles of I gramme.
,, Hyoscine Hydrobromide, B.P.
This alkaloidal salt is laevo-rotatory. Hyoscine is the
official name, scopolamine being a synonym.
DOSE — gr. 1/200 to gr. i/ioo (0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm.)
Tubes of i gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 ($'<) gM.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 291
'Wellcome' Brand Products— •continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Hyoscyamine (Pure Alkaloid)
Laevo-rotatory. Free from atropine and hyoscine.
This product will always be supplied unless dextro-
Hyoscyamine is specified.
DOSE — gr. 1/200 to gr. i/ioo (0-0003 §m- t° 0*0006 grn.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm. ) and I gramme.
,, Hyoscyamine (dextro- Hyoscyamine)
The optical isomeride of laevo- Hyoscyamine. It is
inferior to its loevo-isomer in physiological activity.
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.). Bottles of I gramme.
,, Hyoscyamine Sulphate, B. P.
Salt of pure laevo-rotatory Hyoscyamine. It is free
from its dextro-isomer, which is much less active
physiologically.
DOSE — gr. 1/200 to gr. i/ioo (0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm.)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.} arid I gramme.
,, Ipecacuanha sine Emetina
Ipecacuanha from which the emetic principles have
been extracted. Practically free from alkaloid.
DOSE— gr. 10 to gr. 30 (0-65 gm. to 2 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and 0s. 4 ( 1 1 3 gm. )
„ Iridin ( 'see page 302}
,, Iron and Ammonium Citrate, B.P.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm. ) and oz. 8 (227 gm. ) ; and in
tins of \ Ib. (454 gm.}
,, Iron and Ammonium Citrate (Green)
Differs slightly in composition from the official citrate,
and contains about 15 per cent, of iron. It is readily
soluble in water.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.) and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
,, Iron and Quinine Citrate, B.P.
DOSE— gr. 5 togr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gni.\ oz. 8
(227 gm.) andoz. 1 6 (454 #w.)
For prices, see separate list
BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Pr o ducts— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Iron Arsenate (Soluble)
Handsome green scales, containing arsenic equivalent
to 34-35 per cent, of anhydrous ferric arsenate.
DOSE — gr. 1/16 to gr. 1/4 (0-004 gm. to 0-015 Sm-)
Bottles of 'oz. i (28-3^.)
,, Iron Glycerophosphate
Handsome scales, readily soluble in warm water.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 6 (0-2 gm. to 0-4 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.) and oz. 4 (113 gm.)
,, Iron Hypophosphite (Soluble)
Handsome greenish scales, distinguished from the
ordinary iron hypophosphite by being readily soluble in
water. Contains about 12 per cent, of iron.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 5 (0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm. ) and oz. 8
(227 grn.)
,, Iron Phosphate (Soluble)
In the form of bright green transparent scales, freely
soluble in water. Corresponds to the preparation
recognised by the United States Pharmacopoeia.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm. ) and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
,, Iron Pyrophosphate (Sohible)
Soluble ferric pyrophosphate in green scales. It
corresponds to the preparation recognised by the United
States Pharmacopoeia.
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm.) and oz. 8
(227^;*.)
,, Leptandrin
The true resinous principle of Veronica virginica
( Leptandra virginica), as distinguished from much of
the leptandrin of commerce, which is merely an extract.
DOSE— gr. 1/4 to gr. 2 (0-015 gm. to 0-13 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm.) and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 293
'Wellcome' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Lithium Benzoate
DOSE — gn 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles ofoz. i (28-3 gm. ) and ^.4(113 gm. )
,, Lithium Citrate, B. P.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm.)9 oz. 8
(227 gm.) and oz. 16 (454 gm.)
,, Lithium Formate
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (2%'$gm.)
,, Lithium Salicylate (Physiologically Pure)
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (2%'$gm.)9 oz. 4 (113 gm.) and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
,, Magnesium Glycerophosphate
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm. ) and oz. 4 (113 gm. )
,, Manganese andiron Citrate (Soluble)
Scale salt, easily soluble in water. Contains about
7 per cent, of manganese and 14 per cent, of iron in
organic combination.
DOSE— gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gm.), oz. 8
(227 gm.) and oz. 16 (454^^.)
,, Manganese and Iron Citrate with Arsenic (Soluble)
Contains 0-5 per cent, of arsenious anhydride, but
is otherwise identical with Manganese and Iron Citrate
(Soluble).
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28- ^ gm.) and oz. 4 (n^gm.)
,, Manganese and Iron Citrate with Quinine (Soluble)
Contains 15 per cent, of quinine, but is otherwise
identical with Manganese and Iron Citrate (Soluble).
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (2%'3gm. ) and oz. 4 \
For prices, see separate list
294 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product &— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Manganese and Iron Citrate with Strychnine (Soluble)
Contains I per cent, of strychnine, but is otherwise
identical with Manganese and Iron Citrate (Soluble).
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 3 (0-06 gm. to 0-2 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm. ) and 0s. 4 (i 13 gm. )
,, Manganese and Iron Phosphate (Soluble)
A scale salt readily soluble in warm water. Contains
about 7 per cent, of manganese and 14 per cent, of iron.
DOSE— gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm. ), oz. 8
(227 gm.) and oz. 16 (454 gm.)
,, Manganese Citrate (Soluble)
In the form of handsome, nearly colourless scales,
readily soluble in water, containing about 12 per cent.
of manganese in organic combination.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4 (113 gm.)
,, Manganese Hypo phosphite
DOSE— gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and oz. 4(113 gm. )
,, Manganese Peroxide (Pure)
Contains approximately 85 per cent, of MnO2
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 10 (0-13 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and oz. 4 (113 gm. )
,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide (Soluble)
DOSE— gr. 1/12 to gr. 1/3 (0-005 Sm- to 0-02 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and oz. 4. (113 gm. )
,, Mercury Iodide, Red, B.P. (Mercuric Iodide)
DOSE — gr. 1/32 to gr. 1/16 (0-002 gm. to 0-004 gmO
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.), oz. 4 (113 gw.), oz. 8
(227 gm.)andoz. 16(454^.)
,, Mercury Iodide, Yellow (Pure Mercurous Iodide)
A true mercurous iodide of definite and constant
composition. Contains no free mercury.
DOSE — gr. 1/8 to gr. i (0-008 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28 -3 £•;;*.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Mercury Oleate
This preparation contains an amount of mercury
equivalent to 20 per cent, of mercuric oxide.
Pots of oz. i (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 £70.)
,, Mercury Oxide, Yellow, B.P.
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.} and 05. 4 (i 13 gm.}
,, Mercury Subchloride, B.P. (Calomel)
Of uniform physical character, prepared by sublima-
tion. Being free from mercuric chloride and other
contaminations, it exhibits the desired uniformity of
action.
DOSE— gr. 1/2 to gr. 5 (0-03 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 £v#.), oz. 8 (227 gm.} and oz. 1 6
,, Morphine Acetate, B.P.
DOSE— gr. 1/8 to gr. 1/2 (0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3-5 gm.}, oz. 1/2 (14^/7.), oz. I
(28-3 gm. } and oz. 4(113 gm. }
,, Morphine Hydrochloride, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/8 to gr. 1/2 (0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3-5 gm.}, oz. 1/2 (14 gm.}, oz. I
» oz. 4 (H3£W.) and oz. 8 (227 gm.}
,, Morphine Sulphate
DOSE — gr. 1/8 to gr. 1/2 (0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/8 (3-5 gm.}, oz. 1/2 (14 gtn.}, oz. I
(28-3 £*«.)» 00. 4 (113 ,£•/«.) and oz. 8 (227 ^vw.)
„ Morphine Tartrate, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/8 to gr. 1/2 (0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/2 (I4£w.)» 00. I (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4
,, Nicotine
Pure re-distilled alkaloid of Nicotiana tabacum.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Products — continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Nicotine Tartrate
A definite crystalline salt, readily soluble in water.
Bottles of I gramme and 5 grammes.
,, Pelletierine Tannate
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.)
,, Physostigmine (Pure Alkaloid)
Tubes of gr. 2 (013 £?//.) and gr. 5 (P'"$gm. )
,, Physostigmine Hydrobromide (Eserine Hydrobromide)
A readily soluble salt, non-deliquescent and stable, and
consequently to be preferred to the sulphate.
DOSE — gr. 1/60 to gr. 1/20 (o-ooi gm. to 0-003 §m')
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm. ) and I gramme.
,, Physostigmine Salicylate (Eserine Salicylate)
DOSE — gr. 1/60 to gr. 1/20 (o-ooi gm. to 0-003 gm«)
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.} and I gramme.
,, Physostigmine Sulphate (Eserine Sulphate), B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/60 to gr. 1/20 (o-ooi gm. to 0-003 gm-)
Tubes of gr. 1/2 (0-03 gm.), gr. I (0-06 gm.), gr. 2
(o-i3£w.) and gr. 5 (0-3 gm.)
,, Pilocarpine Hydrochloride
The ' Wellcome ' Brand salts of pilocarpine are free
from the less active zjY?pilocarpine and the inactive
pilocarpidine. Purity is guaranteed by the respective
melting points, which are indicated on each package.
DOSE — gr. 1/20 to gr. 1/2 (0-003 §ra- to 0-03 gm.)
Tubes of i gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.),
oz. 1/2 (14 gm.) and oz. I (28-3 gm.)
,, Pilocarpine Nitrate, B.P.
The nitrate is stable, and is the salt best adapted for
general use.
DOSE — gr. 1/20 to gr. 1/2 (0-003 gm- to °'°3 Sm-)
Tubes of I gramme. Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.),
oz. 1/2 (\Argm.) and oz. I (28- 3 gm.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' 'BRAND PRODUCTS 297
'Wellcome' Brand Products
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Piperine
The pur$, crystallised alkaloid of black pepper.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 5 (0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of ' oz. I (28 -3 £•#*.)
., Podophyllin (Podophylli Resina, P.B.)
Prepared strictly in accordance with the official method,
from a carefully-selected drug.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 g?n.\ oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.)
., Potassium Glycerophosphate
A syrupy liquid containing 50 per cent, of anhydrous
potassium glycerophosphate.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 8 (0-2 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.) and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,, Potassium Hypophosphite
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 6 (0-06 gm. to 0-4 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm. } and oz. 4 (113 gm. }
,, Quinine Acetyl-salicylate
This product combines the therapeutic effects of
quinine with those of acetyl-salicylic acid.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}
,, Quinine Bihydrochloride
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28 -
Quinine Bisulphate
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. } and oz. 4(113 gni. )
Quinine Hydrobromide
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4 (n^ gm.)
Quinine Hydrochloride, B. P.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gin. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28- 3 gm.} and oz. 4 (
For prices, see separate list
298 'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Quinine Hypophosphite
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 3 (0-06 gm. to 0-2 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28 -^ gm.}
,, Quinine Lactate
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 5 (0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3£W.)
,, Quinine Phosphate
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3^.)
,, Quinine Quinate
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (2%'3gM. )
,, Quinine Salicylate
Prepared from physiologically pure salicylic acid.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 6 (0-13 gm. to 0-4 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. } and oz. 4 (113 gm. }
,, Quinine Sulphate (Compact)
This salt is presented in a more compact form of
crystals than that usually supplied, but is identical in
composition with the official salt. Its diminished bulk
renders it more convenient for storage and dispensing.
DOSE — gr. T to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4 (113 £?;/.) ; also
tins of oz. 25 (709 gm.} and oz. 100 (2835 £m-)
,, Quinine Sulphate (Large Flake), B.P.
This is the official salt in the usual bulky form of light
feathery crystals.
We recommend in preference the compact crystals,
which occupy one-third the space, as being more
portable and convenient.
When ordering Quinine Sulphate, please indicate
whether "compact" or "large flake" is required.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 10 (0-06 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 1/4 (7 gm.}, oz. 1/2 (14 gm.} and
oz. i (28-3 gm.}. Tins of oz. 4 (113 gm.} , also oz. 25
(709 gm. } and oz. 100 (2835 gm. }
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 299
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Scammony Resin, B.P.
This resin is issued in the form of a fine, light-coloured
powder, wnich is specially convenient for dispensing.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 8 (0-2 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,,' Sodium Formate
DOSE — gr. 5 to gr. 10 (0-3 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28'3gm.)
,, Sodium Glycerophosphate
In the form of colourless crystalline flakes, permanent
in air.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 5 (0-13 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. } and oz. 4 (
,, Sodium Hypophosphite (Pure Crystals)
In colourless transparent crystals containing one
molecule of water of crystallisation. It is free from
phosphate and phosphite.
DOSE — gr. 3 to gr. 10 (0-2 gm. to 0-65 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.}
,, Sodium Salicylate, B.P. (Physiologically Pure)
This salt is issued in "powder" and in "flake."
When ordering, please indicate which is required.
DOSE — gr. 10 to gr. 30 (0-65 gm. to 2 gm.)
NOTE. — Concentrated aqueous solutions (i in 2) of pure Sodium
Salicylate, when stored at low temperatures, are liable to
deposit crystals of a somewhat less soluble salt, having the
formula C6H± (OH) COONa, 6 H2O. When the bottle, in
which crystallisation has occurred, is placed in warm water,
the crystals rapidly dissolve, and, after well shaking, the
original solution is again obtained.
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm.}, oz. 8 (227 gm.} and
cartons of I Ib. (454 gm. )
,, Sodium Salicylate (Natural)
DOSE — gr. 10 to gr. 30 (0-65 gm. to 2 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gin. ) and oz. 4(113 gm. )
,, Sparteine Sulphate
DOSE — gr. 1/6 to gr. i (o-oi gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 60 (3-9 gm.} and oz. I (28- 3 gm.}
For prices, see separate list
300 ' W K L L C O I\I E
F5RAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s — continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Strophanthin
A preparation of uniform activity, controlled by
physiological test.
DOSE — gr. 1/500 to gr. i/ioo (0-00013 Sm- to 0-0006 gm.)
Bottles of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.} and I gramme.
„ Strychnine (Pure Alkaloid, B.PJ
DOSE— gr. 1/60 to gr. 1/15 (o-ooi gm. to 0-004 gm-)
Bottles of oz. i (28«3£7».)
,, Strychnine Hydrochloride, B.P.
DOSE — gr. 1/60 to gr. 1/15 (o-ooi gm. to 0-004 Sm-)
Bottles of ' oz. i (28-3 gm. }
,, Veratrine
The pure alkaloid, not the mixture of alkaloids to
which the name Veratrine is also applied.
Tubes of gr. 5 (0-3 gm.}. Bottles of I gramme and
gr. 60 (3-9 gm.}
EXTRACTS, ^ 'WELLCOME' BRAND
* Wellcome ' Brand Extracts are prepared from specially-
selected drugs of the highest quality, carefully picked over
before treatment.
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
, , Aloes, B. P. , Extract of Barbados
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 4 (0-06 gm. to 0-25 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8 (227 gm.)
„ Belladonna, B.P., Alcoholic Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method, and is standardised to contain i per
cent, of total alkaloid.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 §m- to 0-06 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3£w.) and oz. 4 (113 £•;;?.)
,, Belladonna, B.P., Green Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Pots of oz. i (28- 3 £•;;*.) and oz. 4 (113^-;;?.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 301
'Wellcome' Brand Products — continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Belladonna, Standardised, Green Extract of
This preparation is standardised to contain I per cent,
of total alkaloid.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm- to °'°6 gin.)
Pots of ' oz. I (28-3 £•;;?.) and oz. 4 (113 £-///.)
,, Cannabis Indica, B.P., Extract of (Physiologically con-
trolled, Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories)
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 Sm- to °'°6 gm.)
Pots of oz. i (28- 3 gm.} and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,, Cascara Sagrada, B.P., Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4(113 gm. ) and oz. 8 (227 gm. )
,, Colchicum, B.P., Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
Pots of oz. i (2$'3gm.} and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,, Colocynth, Powdered Compound Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B.P. Extract.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of oz. 4 (113 gm. ) and oz. 8 (227 gm. )
,, Ergot, B.P., Extract of (Ergotin)
( Made from ergot physiologically tested in the Wellcome
Physiological Research Laboratories)
The ergot is carefully hand-picked and freed from all
foreign matter. The extract is free from the objection-
able properties sometimes imparted by excessive heat.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Pots of oz. i (28-3£w.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Prod uct s— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Euonymus, B.P., Dry Extract of (Euonymin)
Prepared from the true drug, Euonymus atropur-
pureus, carefully picked over by hand before extraction.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 2 (0-06 gm. to 0-13 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.}
,, Gentian, B.P., Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Pots of oz. 4 (113 £?#.) and oz. 8 (227 ' gm.}
,, Hyoscyamus, B.P., Green Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method, but is standardised to contain 02 per
cent, of total alkaloid.
DOSE— gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Pots of oz. I (28-3 gm.} and oz. 4 (113 gm.}
,,' Iris, Dry Extract of (Iridin)
From the carefully selected genuine Iris versicolor.
DOSE — gr. i to gr. 5 (0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm.)
Bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.}, oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8
(227 gm.}
,, Jalap, Powdered Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B. P. Extract.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Bottles of oz. i (28-3 gm. ) and ^.4(113 gm. )
,, Liquorice, B.P. , Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
Pots of oz. 4 (n^ gm.} and oz. 8 (227 gm.}
,, Taraxacum, B.P., Extract of
This preparation is made strictly according to the
official method.
DOSE— gr. 5 to gr. 15 (0-3 gin. to i gm.)
Pots of oz. 4 (113 gm.} and oz. 8 (227 gm.}
For prices, see separate list
• \V K L I, C O M K ' BRAND PRODUCTS 303
STANDARDISED GRANULAR EXTRACTS
^ 'WELLCOME' BRAND
' Wellcome ' Brand Granular Extracts possess many advan-
tages over the *usual form of solid extracts. They are
uniform and reliable, and more convenient for dispensing than
the ordinary extracts.
In bottles of oz. I (28-3 gm.)
'WELLCOME' BKAND—
,, Belladonna (Green), Standardised Granular Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B.P. Extract, but
is standardised to contain I per cent, of total alkaloid.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 Sm- to °'°6 gm.)
,, Cascara Sagrada, Granular Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B. P. Extract.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
Also in bottles of oz. 4 (113 g*n-)
,, Ergot, Granular Extract of
(Made from ergot physiologically tested in the Wellcome
Physiological Research Laboratories)
This preparation corresponds to the B. P. Extract.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
,, Hyoscyamus, Standardised Granular Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B.P. Extract, but
is standardised to contain 0-2 per cent, of total alkaloid.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 8 (0-13 gm. to 0-5 gm.)
,, Nux Vomica, Standardised Granular Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B.P. Extract, and
contains 5 per cent, of strychnine.
DOSE— gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
,, Opium, Standardised Granular Extract of
This preparation corresponds to the B. P. Extract, and
contains 20 per cent, of morphine.
DOSE — gr. 1/4 to gr. i (0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm.)
For prices, see separate list
304 'WELT. COME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s — continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Rhubarb, Granular Extract of
This preparation is made by a special process, whereby
the full therapeutic value of the rhubarb is retained.
DOSE — gr. 2 to gr. 6 (0-13 gm. to 0-4 gm.)
STANDARDISED LIQUID EXTRACTS
^l 'WELLCOME' BRAND
These are standardised to represent definite quantities
not of total alkaloids but of the active principle of the
drug, so far as possible. With the exception of the
B.P. preparations, which are prepared strictly according to
the official directions, they are made by a special process
embodying the latest researches on the subject. The miscible
liquid extracts mix clear with water, and on this account may
be employed with advantage when the ordinary liquid extracts
would prove quite unsuitable. The reliability and uniformity
of * Wellcome ' Brand Standardised Liquid Extracts commend
them both for prescribing and for dispensing.
In bottles of fl. oz. 4 ( 1 14 c. c. ), fl. oz. 8 (227 c. c. ) and fl. oz. 1 6
(455 c.c.), with the exception of the Aromatic Liquid Extract,
the Liquid Extract, the Glycerinated Liquid Extract of Cascara
Sagrada, and Liquorice Liquid Extract, which are issued only
in bottles of fl. oz. 16 (455 c.c.)
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Aconite, Liquid Extract of
Standardised to contain 0-2 gm. of ether-soluble
alkaloid in 100 c.c. of extract. One part by volume
represents one part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE— min. 1/4 to min. i (gtt. 1/4 to gtt. i)
,, Belladonna, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, and
standardised to contain 0-75 gm. of total alkaloid in
100 c.c. of extract.
DOSE— min. 1/3 to min. i (gtt. 1/3 to gtt. i)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME'- BRAND PRODUCTS 305
'Wellcome' Brand Product s— -continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Calabar Bean, Liquid Extract of
Made \^ a special process, and standardised to
contain 0-15 gm. of total alkaloid in 100 c.c. of extract.
One part by volume represents one part by weight of
standard drug.
DOSE — min. i to min. 4 (gtt. i to gtt. 4)
,, Cascara Sagrada, Aromatic Liquid Extract of
Made by a special process, is palatable and aromatic,
and possesses the full activity of the official liquid
extract, but contains less inert extractive.
It does not deposit on keeping, nor does it precipitate
when diluted.
DosF-f Laxative, min. 15 to min 30 (0-9 c.c. to 1-8 c.c.)
\Cathartic, min. 30 to min. 60 (1-8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
,, Cascara Sagrada, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method.
DOSE — min. 30 to min. 60 (1-8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
, , Cascara Sagrada, Glycerinated Liquid Extract of
DOSE — min. 30 to min. 60 (1-8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
,, Cinchona, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, and
standardised to contain 5 gm, of total alkaloid in
100 c.c. of extract.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to 0-9 c.c.)
,, Cinchona (Miscible), Liquid Extract of
Made by a special process, and standardised to contain
5 gm. of total alkaloid in 100 c.c. of extract.
DOSE — rnin. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to 0-9 c.c.)
,, Coca, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, but
standardised to contain 0-5 gm. of petroleum-ether-
soluble alkaloid in 100 c.c. of extract. One part by
volume represents one part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 30 to min. 60 (1-8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
For prices, see separate list
306 ' \V E L L C O M li ' K K A N D PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Prod ucts— -continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Coca (Miscible), Liquid Extract of
Made by a special process, and standardised to
contain 0-5 gm. of petroleum-ether-soluble alkaloid in
100 c.c. of extract. One part by volume represents one
part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 30 to min. 60 (1-8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
,, Colchicum Seeds, Liquid Extract of
Standardised to contain 0-5 gm. of colchicine in
100 c.c. .of extract. One part by volume represents one
part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE— min. i to min. 3 (gtt. i to gtt. 3)
,, Ergot, B.P., Liquid Extract of
(Made from ergot physiologically tested in the
Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories)
Made strictly according to the official method.
DOSE — min. 10 to min. 30 (0-6 c.c. to 1-8 c.c.)
,, Gelsemium, Liquid Extract of
Standardised to contain 01 gm. of gelsemine in
100 c.c. of extract. One part by volume represents one
part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. i to min. 3 (gtt. i to gtt. 3)
,, Hamamelis, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to 0-9 c.c.)
,, Hydrastis, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, but
standardised to contain 2-5 gm. of hydrastine in 100 c.c.
of extract. One part by volume represents one part by
weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to 0-9 c.c.)
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 307
'Wellcome' Brand Prod ucts— continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Hyoscyamus, Liquid Extract of
Standardised to contain 01 gm. of total alkaloid in
100 c.c. of extract. One part by volume represents one
part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 3 to min. 10 (gtt. 3 to 0-6 c.c.)
,, Hyoscyamus (Miscible), Liquid Extract of
Standardised to contain o-l gm. of total alkaloid in
100 c.c. of extract. One part by volume represents one
part by weight of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 3 to min. 10 (gtt. 3 to 0-6 c.c.)
,, Ipecacuanha, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, and is
standardised to contain from 2 gm. to 2-25 gm. of total
alkaloid in 100 c.c. of extract.
DOSE — Expectorant, min. 1/2 to min. 2 (gtt. 1/2 to gtt. 2)
Emetic, min. 15 to min. 20(0-9 c-c- to I-2 c-c-)
,, Jaborandi (Miscible), Liquid Extract of
Made by a special process, and is standardised to
contain 0-5 gm. of pilocarpine in 100 c.c. of extract.
One part by volume represents one part by weight
of standard drug.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to 0-9 c.c.)
,, Liquorice, Liquid Extract of
Made from the finest quality Spanish liquorice root,
by a special process, which retains the full demulcent
properties of the drug, and affords a product of excep-
tional flavour and covering power.
DOSE — min. 30 to min. 60 (i- 8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c.)
,, Nux Vomica, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, and
standardised to contain 1-5 gm. of strychnine in 100 c.c,
of extract.
DOSE — min. i to min. 3 (gtt. i to gtt. 3)
For prices, see separate list
308 •' WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS
'Wellcome' Brand Product s — continued
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Opium, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method, and
standardised to contain 0-75 gm. of morphine in 100 c.c.
of extract.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 30 (gtt. 5 to 1-8 c.c.)
,, Opium (Miscible), Liquid Extract of
Made by a special process by which the narcotine is
removed, and the extract rendered miscible with water.
It is standardised to contain 0-75 gm. of morphine in
100 c.c. of extract, and is identical in strength with the
B. P. preparation.
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 30 (gtt. 5 to 1-8 c.c.)
,, Sarsaparilla, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method.
DOSE — fl. dr. 2 to fl. dr. 4 (7 c.c. to 14 c.c.)
,, Taraxacum, B.P., Liquid Extract of
Made strictly according to the official method.
DOSE — min. 30 to fl. dr. 2 (1-8 c.c. to 7 c.c.)
CONCENTRATED INFUSIONS
TMRAARDKE ' WELLCOME' BRAND
' Wellcome ' Brand Concentrated Infusions are made from
carefully selected drugs by processes which preserve all the
activity and aroma of the freshly-prepared infusions. They
keep indefinitely and their diminished bulk renders them
convenient for transport or storage. One fluid ounce added
to seven fluid ounces of water makes a preparation corres-
ponding to the official Infusion.
Bottles offl. oz. 1 6 (455 c.c.}
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Concentrated Infusion of Calumba
,, Concentrated Compound Infusion of Gentian
,, Concentrated Infusion of Quassia
,, Concentrated Infusion of Senega
For prices, see separate list
'WELLCOME' BRAND PRODUCTS 309
PHYSIOLOGICALLY STANDARDISED
B.P. TINCTURES, ^ * WELLCOME' BRAND
The methods adopted for physiologically standardising these
preparations are jbased on results obtained in the Wellcome
Physiological Research Laboratories and elsewhere, and are
those which, in the light of our present knowledge, are best
calculated to give accurate and reliable results.
Bottles off., oz. 4 (114 c.c. }, fl. oz. 8 (227 'c.c.} and
[ft. oz. 1 6 (455 <:.<:.)
DOSE — min. 5 to min. 15 (gtt. 5 to o-g c.c.)
'WELLCOME' BRAND—
,, Tincture of Cannabis Indica, B.P.
(Physiologically controlled, Wellcome Physiological
Research Laboratories)
,, Tincture of Digitalis, B.P.
(Physiologically standardised, Wellcome Physiological
Research Laboratories)
,, Tincture of Squill, B.P.
(Physiologically standardised, Wellcome Physiological
Research Laboratories)
CONCENTRATED TINCTURES
S * WELLCOME' BRAND
' Wellcome ' Brand Concentrated Tinctures are prepared
from picked drugs by a special process which retains the full
therapeutic value, whilst the aroma of the diluted preparations
is equal to that of tinctures prepared by the usual methods.
They are specially suitable for dispensing, and their diminished
bulk renders them convenient and economical for transport and
storage.
Bottles of fl. oz. 4 (114 c.c.}, fl. oz. 8 (227 c.c.} and
ft. oz. 16 (455^-)
The results of the alcoholic dilution of 'Wellcome' Brand
Concentrated Tinctures are as shown on next page, one fluid
ounce being used in each instance.
For prices, see separate list
310
WELLCOME BRAND PRODUCTS
( Wellcome '
Brand
Concentrated
Tincture of
Amount and
strength
of Alcohol
required
for dilution
of i fl. oz. of
Con. Tinct.
Preparations Corresponding to
Aconite
9 fl. oz. of 70%
Tincture of Aconite, B.P.
Arnica
9
70%
„ Arnica, B.P.
Benzoin Comp. ...
Calumba
2
°/ '
904
60%
,, Benzoin Comp., B.P.
'. „ Calumba, B.P.
Camphor Comp.
*Cannabis Indica
9
60%
9°%
, ,, Camphor Compound, B.P.
, ,, Cannabis Indica, B.P.
Cantharides
9
90%
, ,, Cantharides, B.P.
Capsicum
Cardamoms Comp.
9
4
70% 1
60% \
. ,, Capsicum, B.P.
, ,, Cardamoms Comp., B.P.
Cascarilla
4
70%
,, Cascarilla, B.P.
Catechu ...
60%
,, Catechu, B.P.
Chiretta
A
60%
, ,, Chiretta, B.P.
Cimicifuga
9
60%
,, Cimicifuga, B.P.
Cinchona
, ,, Cinchona, B.P.
Cinchona Comp.
>
70%
, ,, Cinchona Compound, B.P.
Cochineal
9
45%
„ Cochineal, B.P.
Colchicum Seeds
4.
45%
, , Colchicum Seeds, B.P.
Conium
i
70%
, Conium, B.P.
Cubebs
4
90%
, Cubebs, B.P.
tDigitalis
Gelsemium
4
9
60%
60% ;
, Digitalis, B.P.
, Gelsemium, B.P.
Gentian Comp. ...
9
45%
, , Gentian Compound, B.P.
Ginger
9
90%
, Ginger, B.P/
Hamamelis
9
45%
, Hamamelis, B.P.
Hops
4
60%
, Hops, B.P.
Hydrastis
9
60%
, Hydrastis, B.P.
Hyoscyamus
9
45%
, ,, Hyoscyamus, B.P.
Iodine
9
9°%
„ Iodine, B.P.
Jaborandi
4
4
45%
70%
, ,, Jaborandi, B.P.
„ Jalap, B.P.
Krameria
4
60%
„ Krameria, B.P.
Lavender Comp.
9
90%
, ,, Lavender Compound, B.P.
Lobelia
Spir
t of
Lther,
,, Lobelia (Ethereal), B.P.
Myrrh
4fl.
oz. c
" 9°%
„ Myrrh, B.P.
Opium
9
45%
,, Opium, B.P.
Podophyllum
Pyrethrum
Rhubarb Comp
9
9
4
90%
70%
60%
,, Podophyllum. B.P.
,, Pyrethrum, B.P.
,, Rhubarb Compound, B. P.
Saffron
9
60%
,, Saffron, B.P.
Senega
4
60%
,, Senega, B.P.
Senna Compound
4
45%
, ,, Senna Compound, B.P.
Serpentary
tSquill ^
9
4
60%
, ,, Serpentary, B.P.
„ Squill, B.P.
Stramonium
4
45%
, ,, Stramonium, B.P.
tStrophanthus ...
Sumbul ...
9
9
70%
70%
, ,, Strophanthus, B.P.
,, Sumbul, B.P.
Tolu
4
90%
, ,, Balsam of Tolu, B.P.
Valerian, Ammon.
3
60%
, ,, Valerian, Ammon., B.P.
* Physiologically controlled, Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories,
f Physiologically standardised, Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories.
'WELLCOME' Brand CHEMICALS
were awarded GRAND PRIZES at St. Louis, 1904; Liege, 1905;
Milan, 1906 ; Franco- British, London, 1908 ; Japan-British,
London, 1910; Brussels, 1910; Turin, 1911.
'WELLCOME' BRAND CHLOROFORM
The Reliable Anaesthetic
Marks the latest degree of reliability
and safety yet achieved.
Excep-
tionally
pure and
perfectly
free from
irritating
and de-
Illustration showing method of breaking
point of hermetically-sealed tube
pressing
products of decomposition. Contains that small
yet definite proportion of Ethyl Chloride which
clinical experience has proved to conduce to the
comfort of the patient.
Its composition
is constant.
The hermeti-
cally-sealed drop-
Illustration showing dropping-tube ping-tubeS &Y Q
The orifice can be effectually closed by em-
bedding the point in a cork CaS6S and SiY Q
very convenient and portable for general practice.
(See page 287 )
TKS 'WELLCOME' BRAND
PHYSIOLOGICALLY STANDARDISED
TINCTURES
Under this head are issued preparations of
Strophanthus, Squill, Digitalis and Cannabis Indica,
the strengths of which it is not possible to stan-
dardise by chemical means.
The 'Wellcome' Brand products are of definite
and uniform activity.
They fulfil the spirit of the prescription as well
as the letter.
The work of physiological standardisation is
carried out for Burroughs Wellcome & Co. at the
Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories by
a skilled staff of highly qualified experts, who are
provided with every facility known to modem
science.
The methods of standardisation are those which,
in the light of our present knowledge, are best
calculated to give accurate and reliable results.
(See' page 309^
r?*E 'VAPOROLE' BRAND MN FUN DIN' ^
(Pituitary [Infundibular] Extract)
jt
A Notable Restorative
The administration of Pituitary (Infundibular)
Extract is generally recognised as the best means
of combating shock or collapse following or occurring
during surgical operations, or after parturition, etc.
This reputation is based upon the
reliability of the ' Vaporole ' product.
Pharmacological Action
It causes prolonged rise of blood-
pressure and slows and strengthens the
heart-beat.
Stimulates the uterus to contraction.
Stimulates peristalsis.
Increases the flow of milk.
Produces marked diuresis.
Pituitary Extract is best given intra- Actual size
muscularly, but when rapidity of action
is desired, it may be given intravenously in half
to one pint of normal saline.
The c Vaporole ' product is of definite strength
and unvarying. Its stability has been proved by
stringent tests.
(See page 28 \)
BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO.
Chief Offices and Warehouses—
LONDON
Exhibition Room —
54, WIGMORE STREET, LONDON, W.
London Telephone Number — " CITY Six THOUSAND" (8 lines)
Address for Cables and Radiotelegrams —
"TABLOID, LONDON"
Inland Telegrams — "TABLOID, CENT LONDON"
ABC and LIBBER'S Telegraphic Codes used
United States of America
35, 37 & 39, WEST THIRTY-THIRD STREET
(NEAR FIFTH AVENUE), NEW YORK CITY
Canada
101-109, CORISTINE BUILDING
ST. NICHOLAS & ST. PAUL STS., MONTREAL
Australasia
481, KENT STREET, SYDNEY, N.S.W.
South Africa
5, LOOP STREET, CAPE TOWN
Italy
26, VIA LEGNANO, MILAN
China
44, SZECHUEN ROAD. SHANGHAI
Argentina
CALLE PIEDRAS 334, BUENOS AIRES
India
COOK'S BUILDING, HORNBY ROAD, BOMBAY
Special Depots Abroad
AMSTERDAM — Handels - Afdeeling
Kerkhoff & Co.
ATHENS — A. S. Krinos
BANGKOK — The British Dispensary
BARCELONA — Vicente Ferrer & Co.
Farmacia Escriva
BASLE — Nadolny & Co.
BERLIN — Linkenheil & Co.
BEYROUT — Gedeon Bros. & Co.
BOMBAY — Thomson & Taylor
BRUSSELS — Ch. Delacre & Co.
CAIRO, ALEXANDRIA AND PORT
SAID— E. Del Mar
CALCUTTA — Smith, Stanistreet&Co.
CARACAS— Valentiner, Behrens &
Co.
COLOMBO — Cargills, Ltd.
CONSTANTINOPLE — La Fontaine
Bros., Ltd., Stamboul
COPENHAGEN — Alfred Benzon
DEMERARA — Brodie & Rainer, Ltd.
GENEVA AND ZURICH — Uhlmann
Eyraud
GIBRALTAR —Dr. Patron's Pharmacy
GUAYAQUIL — Holger Glaesel
HABANA — Dr. Ernesto Sarra
HAMILTON (BERMUDA) — Phoenix
Drug Co.
KINGSTON (JAMAICA)— E. D. Kink-
head, Ltd.
LIMA — F. Gallese
LISBON — F. Freire d'Andrade &
Irmao
MADRID — Francisco Gayoso
Martin & Duran
Perez Martin & Co.
MANILA — Santos & Jahrling
MARSEILLES — Pharmacie Manuel.
The Anglo-American Phar-
macy (L. Perrand)
MEXICO CITY — Emilio Kentzler
PARIS — Scott & Co.
RANGOON — E. M. de Souza & Co.
Rio DE JANEIRO — King, Ferreira
&Co.
SIMLA— F. Bliss & Co.
STOCKHOLM — Apoteket Vasens
Droghandel
SURABAYA (JAVA)— L. E. Tels &
Co.
TANGIER— E. F. Bonich
TEHERAN — E. Bonati, Pharmacie
Centrale
VALPARAISO — Daube & Co.
VIENNA — M. Kris
WARSAW— Richard Furst & Co.
YOKOHAMA — North & Rae
KHARTOUM — G. N. Morhig
Leading pharmacists in all countries stock B. W, ^ Co. products
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
MEMORANDA
T£ 'WELLCOME' BRAND
m C O N C E N T R A T E D
DIPHTHERIA ANTITOXIN
Prepared at the Wellcome Physiological Research
Laboratories.
This product consists of the antitoxic globulins
separated by a method of salt precipitation from
Diphtheria Antitoxic Serum.
Although the fraction of the serum which is
removed in the process of concentration possesses
no antitoxic value, it is at least equally responsible
with the antitoxin-bearing proteins for those inci-
dental toxic symptoms which sera may produce in
susceptible patients.
Important. — In the resultant product i ooo
Ehrlich units are contained in, at most, i c.c. of
fluid, as compared with the 2*5 c.c. necessary to
contain the same number of units in the case of an
average unconcentrated serum.
Physicians will appreciate the advantages which
are afforded by such a reduction in the volume to
be injected.
(See page 223)
TMRaE 'WELLCOME' BRAND TUBERCULINS
Made in England
' Wellcome ' Brand Tuberculins are prepared at
the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories
according to the latest scientific methods.
The products issued by this
Institution are distinguished by
their reliability and stability.
UNDILUTED TUBERCULINS
To meet the requirements of
those physicians who wish to
prepare their own dilutions the
following 'Wellcome' Brand
Tuberculins are issued in rubber-
corked bottles of i c.c. and 5 c.c. :
Endotoxic
New Tuberculin (W.), Human or Bovine
Tubercle Vaccine, Human Bacillary Emulsion
(J3.E.) or Bovine Bacillary Emulsion (P.B.E.)
Exotoxic
Old Tuberculin, Human (T.) or Bovine (P.T.)
Tuberculin Bouillon Filtrate, Human (T.O.A.) or
Bovine (P.T.O.)
(See pages 274-276}
s <WELLCOME' BRAND TUBERCULINS
Fre.sh Sterile Dilutions in
i c.c. hermetically-sealed phials
Dilutions of tuberculins are considered by some
authorities to be unstable.
Dilutions of * Wellcome ' Brand
Endotoxic and Exotoxic Tuberculins
are guaranteed fresh. They are pre-
pared under sterile conditions at the
Wellcome Physiological Research
Laboratories.
The physician who has neither the
time nor the facilities for preparing
his own dilutions, will appreciate this
opportunity of having them made
under the stringent conditions of a
research institute. Actual size
EXAMPLES OF DILUTIONS
Any decimal fraction of I c.c. of undiluted exotoxic
tuberculin, or of I mgm. of undiluted endotoxic tuberculin,
which involves one significant figure only, is supplied. The
physician possessing a graduated hypodermic syringe can,
by ordering 01, o-oi, o-ooi, etc., c.c. or mgm., readily inject
any intermediate dose, thus, 0-7 c.c. of o-oi c.c. = 0-007 c-c-
(See pages 274-275)
:ERNUTIN' BRAND PRODUCTS
Ergot Idealised
' E R N u T i N ' presents Ergotoxine, * Tyramine '
and ' Ergamine, ' the essentials of Ergot. A clear
palatable fluid of un-
varying strength and
activity.
The kymographic
tracing shows the
prompt and powerful
contraction of the
uterus produced
by ' ERNUTIN.'
The superiority
1 of 'ERNUTIN'
; over ordinary
preparations of
Ergot is specially
marked in the
, treatment of post-
A = Addition of i c.c. of 'Emutin' partum haemorr-
The time-marker indicates intervals of 30 seconds l^
A patient's life may depend upon Ergot, and
ordinary galenical preparations of this uncertain
drug are too risky.
(See pages 198-199,)
TRADE <£ PI NINE' MARK
The Synthetic Haemostatic
' E P i N i N E ' (3:4- dihydroxyphenylethylmethyl-
amine) possesses the characteristic physiological
action of the extract of the supra-renal gland.
Kymographic tracings
showing the effects of
' Epinine ' and Adrenine
on the blood-pressure of
the cat.
A = Injection of 0'5
B = Injection of 0'05
Note equal heigut of
A and B but greater
persistence of A.
B
B
TRADE 'EPICAINE' MARK
A combination of 'EPININE' and Cocaine
Hydrochloride.
Haemostatic and local anaesthetic.
(See pages 197-1 98 J
WELLCOME CHEMICAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES
KING STREET, LONDON
This INSTITUTION is conducted separately from the business
of BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co., and is under distinct
direction, although in the Laboratories a large amount of important
scientific work is carried out for the firm.
AWARDS
CONFERRED UPON THE
WELLCOME CHEMICAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES
AT INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS
ST. LOUIS ONE GRAND PRIZE
1904 THREE GOLD MEDALS
LIEGE
1905
ONE GRAND PRIZE
ONE DIPLOMA OF HONOUR
TWO GOLD MEDALS
MILAN
1906
LONDON
(Franco-British)
1908
LONDON
(Japan-British)
1910
BRUSSELS
1910
ONE GRAND PRIZE
TWO GRAND PRIZES
ONE GRAND PRIZE
THREE GRAND PRIZES
ONE DIPLOMA OF HONOUR
TURIN
1911
THREE GRAND PRIZES
ONE DIPLOMA OF HONOUR
CHEMICAL AND PHARMACOGNOSTICAL RESEARCH
ETC., ETC.
AWARDS
CONFERRED UPON THE
WELLCOME PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES
AT INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS
ST. LOUIS ONE GRAND PRIZE
1904 ONE GOLD MEDAL
LIEGE
1905
MILAN
1906
ONE GRAND PRIZE
TWO GOLD MEDALS
ONE GRAND PRIZE
LONDON
(Franco-British)
1908
LONDON
(Japan-British)
1910
BRUSSELS
1910
TWO GRAND PRIZES
ONE GRAND PRIZE
FOUR GRAND PRIZES
TURIN
191 1
THREE GRAND PRIZES
PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH AND PREPARATIONS
ETC., ETC.
PORTION OF FRONTAGE
BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co.'s CHIEF OFFICES
LONDON
Corner of Holborn Viaduct and Snow Hill
facing Holborn Viaduct Station
TYPICAL AWARDS
AT INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS
CONFERRED UPON BURROUGHS WELLCOME & Co.
FOR THE SCIENTIFIC EXCELLENCE
OF THE FIRM'S PRODUCTS
ST. LOUIS
1904
LIEGE
1905
MILAN
1906
LONDON
(Franco-British)
1908
LONDON
(Japan- British)
1910
BRUSSELS
1910
BUENOS
AIRES
1910
LONDON
(Festival of Empire)
191 1
TURIN
1911
THREE GRAND PRIZES
THREE GOLD MEDALS
SIX GRAND PRIZES
THREE DIPLOMAS OF HONOUR
THREE GOLD MEDALS
THREE GRAND PRIZES
THREE DIPLOMAS OF HONOUR
ONE GOLD MEDAL
SEVEN GRAND PRIZES
ONE DIPLOMA OF HONOUR
TWO GOLD MEDALS
FIVE GRAND PRIZES
ONE GOLD MEDAL
EIGHT GRAND PRIZES
THREE DIPLOMAS OF HONOUR
ONE GOLD MEDAL
ONE GRAND PRIZE
TWO GRAND PRIZES
ONE GOLD MEDAL
EIGHT GRAND PRIZES
TWO DIPLOMAS OF HONOUR
THREE GOLD MEDALS
MAKING IN ALL
MORE THAN 260 HIGHEST AWARDS
14 DAY USE
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED
BIOLOGY LIBRARY
TEL. NO. 642-2531
This book is due on the last date stamped below, or
on the date to which renewed.
Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.
^™ HIM 7 1Q£Q 1 1
1
dUii ( ]y&y 1 JL
1
H
S OWE
1
prq 2 9 2005
1
SUBJECT TO RECALL
*S iiAicniATttY
1
1
T 10 '04 -biiii f»<1
Jwr**^
1
&
S
1
•
- f
II
I
s
•H
S
It
1
TT\OIA IK o »«Q General Library
( J6057slO)476 — ^A-32 ' Berkeley
•wT •' i/^l^^ns- ' ff*^^7r\ ' ^i^^-, '• ' ^^^^fL.
. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
CD51bE3753
ft ft ft ft & ft
-^
ft ft ft ft *
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11